https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/enjoy-amazing-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575986https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/421/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Tomas Reicherthttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4cac5d2caa9bf9f3ed19b36fee8cb13c.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/enjoy-amazing-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575986Sat, 29 Mar 2025 05:33:22 +0000Tomas ReichertTomas Reichertfeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/421/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/421/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hamilton-selected-writings-by-corey-brettschneider--65208082https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454449 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hamilton: Selected Writings Series: #6 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Caleb Summers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Essays, speeches, and letters on constitution ratification, pardoning powers, the Bank of the U.S., and foreign policy illuminate not only Hamilton’s legacy but his compelling engagement with Madison, Jefferson, and Adams, and his legendary conflict with Burr.  A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454449Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454449 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hamilton: Selected Writings Series: #6 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Caleb Summers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454449 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hamilton: Selected Writings Series: #6 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Caleb Summers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Essays, speeches, and letters on constitution ratification, pardoning powers, the Bank of the U.S., and foreign policy illuminate not only Hamilton’s legacy but his compelling engagement with Madison, Jefferson, and Adams, and his legendary conflict with Burr.  A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/classic-supreme-court-cases-by-corey-brettschneider--65208066https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classic Supreme Court Cases Series: #5 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Patty Nieman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Landmark cases address the origins of judicial review, racial discrimination, civil rights and liberties, The 14th amendment’s Equal Protection Clause, reproductive rights, LGBTQ+ rights, and federal government regulatory powers. A recommended classroom resource. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454450Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classic Supreme Court Cases Series: #5 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Patty Nieman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classic Supreme Court Cases Series: #5 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Patty Nieman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Landmark cases address the origins of judicial review, racial discrimination, civil rights and liberties, The 14th amendment’s Equal Protection Clause, reproductive rights, LGBTQ+ rights, and federal government regulatory powers. A recommended classroom resource. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-think-like-a-lawyer-and-why-a-common-sense-guide-to-everyday-dilemmas-by-kim-wehle--65208247https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Think Like a Lawyer--and Why: A Common-Sense Guide to Everyday Dilemmas Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A law professor and author teaches non-attorneys how to think like a lawyer to gain advantage in their lives—whether buying a house, negotiating a salary, or choosing the right healthcare.   Lawyers aren’t like other people. They often argue points that are best left alone or look for mistakes in menus “just because.” While their scrupulous attention to detail may be annoying, it can also be a valuable skill.  Do you need to make health care decisions for an aging parent but are unsure where to start? Are you at crossroads in your career and don’t know how to move forward? Have you ever been on a jury trying to understand confusing legal instructions? How to Think Like a Lawyer has the answers to help you cut through the confusion and gain an advantage in your everyday life. Kim Wehle identifies the details you need to pay attention to, the questions you should ask, the responses you should anticipate, and the pitfalls you can avoid. Topics include:  Selling and buying a home Understanding employment terms Creating a will and health care proxy Navigating health concerns Applying for financial aid Negotiating a divorce Wehle shows you how to break complex issues down into digestible, easier-to-understand pieces that will enable you to make better decisions in all areas of your life. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582Tue, 22 Feb 2022 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Think Like a Lawyer--and Why: A Common-Sense Guide to Everyday Dilemmas Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Think Like a Lawyer--and Why: A Common-Sense Guide to Everyday Dilemmas Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A law professor and author teaches non-attorneys how to think like a lawyer to gain advantage in their lives—whether buying a house, negotiating a salary, or choosing the right healthcare.   Lawyers aren’t like other people. They often argue points that are best left alone or look for mistakes in menus “just because.” While their scrupulous attention to detail may be annoying, it can also be a valuable skill.  Do you need to make health care decisions for an aging parent but are unsure where to start? Are you at crossroads in your career and don’t know how to move forward? Have you ever been on a jury trying to understand confusing legal instructions? How to Think Like a Lawyer has the answers to help you cut through the confusion and gain an advantage in your everyday life. Kim Wehle identifies the details you need to pay attention to, the questions you should ask, the responses you should anticipate, and the pitfalls you can avoid. Topics include:  Selling and buying a home Understanding employment terms Creating a will and health care proxy Navigating health concerns Applying for financial aid Negotiating a divorce Wehle shows you how to break complex issues down into digestible, easier-to-understand pieces that will enable you to make better decisions in all areas of your life. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/insurgency-how-republicans-lost-their-party-and-got-everything-they-ever-wanted-by-jeremy-w-peters--65208091https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insurgency: How Republicans Lost Their Party and Got Everything They Ever Wanted Author: Jeremy W. Peters Narrator: Jeremy W. Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • How did the party of Lincoln become the party of Trump? From an acclaimed political reporter for The New York Times comes the definitive story of the mutiny that shattered American politics. “A bracing account of how the party of Lincoln and Reagan was hijacked by gadflies and grifters who reshaped their movement into becoming an anti-democratic cancer that attacked the U.S. Capitol.”—Joe Scarborough An epic narrative chronicling the fracturing of the Republican Party, Jeremy Peters’s Insurgency is the story of a party establishment that believed it could control the dark energy it helped foment—right up until it suddenly couldn’t. How, Peters asks, did conservative values that Republicans claimed to cherish, like small government, fiscal responsibility, and morality in public service, get completely eroded as an unshakable faith in Donald Trump grew to define the party? The answer is a tale traced across three decades—with new reporting and firsthand accounts from the people who were there—of populist uprisings that destabilized the party. The signs of conflict were plainly evident for anyone who cared to look. After Barack Obama’s election convinced many Republicans that they faced an existential demographics crossroads, many believed the only way to save the party was to create a more inclusive and diverse coalition. But party leaders underestimated the energy and popular appeal of those who would pull the party in the opposite direction. They failed to see how the right-wing media they hailed as truth-telling was warping the reality in which their voters lived. And they did not understand the complicated moral framework by which many conservatives would view Trump, leading evangelicals and one-issue voters to shed Republican orthodoxy if it delivered a Supreme Court that would undo Roe v. Wade. In this sweeping history, Peters details key junctures and episodes to unfurl the story of a revolution from within. Its architects had little interest in the America of the new century but a deep understanding of the iron will of a shrinking minority. With Trump as their polestar, their gamble paid greater dividends than they’d ever imagined, extending the life of far-right conservatism in United States domestic policy into the next half century.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892Tue, 08 Feb 2022 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insurgency: How Republicans Lost Their Party and Got Everything They Ever Wanted Author: Jeremy W. Peters Narrator: Jeremy W. Peters Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insurgency: How Republicans Lost Their Party and Got Everything They Ever Wanted Author: Jeremy W. Peters Narrator: Jeremy W. Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS’ CHOICE • How did the party of Lincoln become the party of Trump? From an acclaimed political reporter for The New York Times comes the definitive story of the mutiny that shattered American politics. “A bracing account of how the party of Lincoln and Reagan was hijacked by gadflies and grifters who reshaped their movement into becoming an anti-democratic cancer that attacked the U.S. Capitol.”—Joe Scarborough An epic narrative chronicling the fracturing of the Republican Party, Jeremy Peters’s Insurgency is the story of a party establishment that believed it could control the dark energy it helped foment—right up until it suddenly couldn’t. How, Peters asks, did conservative values that Republicans claimed to cherish, like small government, fiscal responsibility, and morality in public service, get completely eroded as an unshakable faith in Donald Trump grew to define the party? The answer is a tale traced across three decades—with new reporting and firsthand accounts from the people who were there—of populist uprisings that destabilized the party. The signs of conflict were plainly evident for anyone who cared to look. After Barack Obama’s election convinced many Republicans that they faced an existential demographics crossroads, many believed the only way to save the party was to create a more inclusive and diverse coalition. But party leaders underestimated the energy and popular appeal of those who would pull the party in the opposite direction. They failed to see how the right-wing media they hailed as truth-telling was warping the reality in which their voters lived. And they did not understand the complicated moral framework by which many conservatives would view Trump, leading evangelicals and one-issue voters to shed Republican orthodoxy if it delivered a Supreme Court that would undo Roe v. Wade. In this sweeping history, Peters details key junctures and episodes to unfurl the story of a revolution from within. Its architects had little interest in the America of the new century but a deep understanding of the iron will of a shrinking minority. With Trump as their polestar, their gamble paid greater dividends than they’d ever imagined, extending the life of far-right conservatism in United States domestic policy into the next half century.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/free-speech-by-corey-brettschneider--65208069https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454452 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech Series: #3 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Minka Wiltz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Speech is the life blood of democracy, but only if we understand its true meaning, and its role in sustaining our government.  Key texts from the U.S. Supreme Court, John Stuart Mill, Alexander Meiklejohn, Ida B. Wells and Charles Lawrence illuminate the immediate questions and pressing issues of free speech. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454452Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454452 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech Series: #3 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Minka Wiltz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454452 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech Series: #3 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Minka Wiltz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Speech is the life blood of democracy, but only if we understand its true meaning, and its role in sustaining our government.  Key texts from the U.S. Supreme Court, John Stuart Mill, Alexander Meiklejohn, Ida B. Wells and Charles Lawrence illuminate the immediate questions and pressing issues of free speech. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/religious-freedom-by-corey-brettschneider--65208062https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Religious Freedom Series: #4 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Akaina Ghosh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: To understand the most contentious issues around religious liberty, this volume provides influential philosophical ideas from the U.S.’s founding to the present day and key U.S. Supreme Court judgements to ask how the two twin pillars of religious freedom — free exercise and the limit on religious establishment — unfold in daily life. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454451Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Religious Freedom Series: #4 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Akaina Ghosh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Religious Freedom Series: #4 of Penguin Liberty Author: Corey Brettschneider Narrator: Akaina Ghosh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: To understand the most contentious issues around religious liberty, this volume provides influential philosophical ideas from the U.S.’s founding to the present day and key U.S. Supreme Court judgements to ask how the two twin pillars of religious freedom — free exercise and the limit on religious establishment — unfold in daily life. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-saving-us-a-climate-scientist-s-case-for-hope-and-healing-in-a-divided-world-by-katharine-hayhoe--65208200https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Saving Us: A Climate Scientist's Case for Hope and Healing in a Divided World Author: Katharine Hayhoe Narrator: Katharine Hayhoe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: United Nations Champion of the Earth, climate scientist, and evangelical Christian Katharine Hayhoe changes the debate on how we can save our future in this nationally bestselling “optimistic view on why collective action is still possible—and how it can be realized” (The New York Times). Called “one of the nation’s most effective communicators on climate change” by The New York Times, Katharine Hayhoe knows how to navigate all sides of the conversation on our changing planet. A Canadian climate scientist living in Texas, she negotiates distrust of data, indifference to imminent threats, and resistance to proposed solutions with ease. Over the past fifteen years Hayhoe has found that the most important thing we can do to address climate change is talk about it—and she wants to teach you how. In Saving Us, Hayhoe argues that when it comes to changing hearts and minds, facts are only one part of the equation. We need to find shared values in order to connect our unique identities to collective action. This is not another doomsday narrative about a planet on fire. It is a multilayered look at science, faith, and human psychology, from an icon in her field—recently named chief scientist at The Nature Conservancy. Drawing on interdisciplinary research and personal stories, Hayhoe shows that small conversations can have astonishing results. Saving Us leaves us with the tools to open a dialogue with your loved ones about how we all can play a role in pushing forward for change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Saving Us: A Climate Scientist's Case for Hope and Healing in a Divided World Author: Katharine Hayhoe Narrator: Katharine Hayhoe Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445641 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Saving Us: A Climate Scientist's Case for Hope and Healing in a Divided World Author: Katharine Hayhoe Narrator: Katharine Hayhoe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: United Nations Champion of the Earth, climate scientist, and evangelical Christian Katharine Hayhoe changes the debate on how we can save our future in this nationally bestselling “optimistic view on why collective action is still possible—and how it can be realized” (The New York Times). Called “one of the nation’s most effective communicators on climate change” by The New York Times, Katharine Hayhoe knows how to navigate all sides of the conversation on our changing planet. A Canadian climate scientist living in Texas, she negotiates distrust of data, indifference to imminent threats, and resistance to proposed solutions with ease. Over the past fifteen years Hayhoe has found that the most important thing we can do to address climate change is talk about it—and she wants to teach you how. In Saving Us, Hayhoe argues that when it comes to changing hearts and minds, facts are only one part of the equation. We need to find shared values in order to connect our unique identities to collective action. This is not another doomsday narrative about a planet on fire. It is a multilayered look at science, faith, and human psychology, from an icon in her field—recently named chief scientist at The Nature Conservancy. Drawing on interdisciplinary research and personal stories, Hayhoe shows that small conversations can have astonishing results. Saving Us leaves us with the tools to open a dialogue with your loved ones about how we all can play a role in pushing forward for change.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/redeeming-justice-from-defendant-to-defender-my-fight-for-equity-on-both-sides-of-a-broken-system-by-jarrett-adams--65208108https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redeeming Justice: From Defendant to Defender, My Fight for Equity on Both Sides of a Broken System Author: Jarrett Adams Narrator: Jarrett Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A moving and beautifully crafted memoir.”—SCOTT TUROW “A daring act of justified defiance.”—SHAKA SENGHOR “Nothing less than heroic.”—JOHN GRISHAM   He was seventeen when an all-white jury sentenced him to prison for a crime he didn’t commit. Now a pioneering lawyer, he recalls the journey that led to his exoneration—and inspired him to devote his life to fighting the many injustices in our legal system. Seventeen years old and facing nearly thirty years behind bars, Jarrett Adams sought to figure out the why behind his fate. Sustained by his mother and aunts who brought him back from the edge of despair through letters of prayer and encouragement, Adams became obsessed with our legal system in all its damaged glory. After studying how his constitutional rights to effective counsel had been violated, he solicited the help of the Wisconsin Innocence Project, an organization that exonerates the wrongfully convicted, and won his release after nearly ten years in prison. But the journey was far from over. Adams took the lessons he learned through his incarceration and worked his way through law school with the goal of helping those who, like himself, had faced our legal system at its worst. After earning his law degree, he worked with the New York Innocence Project, becoming the first exoneree ever hired by the nonprofit as a lawyer. In his first case with the Innocence Project, he argued before the same court that had convicted him a decade earlier—and won. In this illuminating story of hope and full-circle redemption, Adams draws on his life and the cases of his clients to show the racist tactics used to convict young men of color, the unique challenges facing exonerees once released, and how the lack of equal representation in our courts is a failure not only of empathy but of our collective ability to uncover the truth. Redeeming Justice is an unforgettable firsthand account of the limits—and possibilities—of our country’s system of law.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445749Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redeeming Justice: From Defendant to Defender, My Fight for Equity on Both Sides of a Broken System Author: Jarrett Adams Narrator: Jarrett Adams...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redeeming Justice: From Defendant to Defender, My Fight for Equity on Both Sides of a Broken System Author: Jarrett Adams Narrator: Jarrett Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A moving and beautifully crafted memoir.”—SCOTT TUROW “A daring act of justified defiance.”—SHAKA SENGHOR “Nothing less than heroic.”—JOHN GRISHAM   He was seventeen when an all-white jury sentenced him to prison for a crime he didn’t commit. Now a pioneering lawyer, he recalls the journey that led to his exoneration—and inspired him to devote his life to fighting the many injustices in our legal system. Seventeen years old and facing nearly thirty years behind bars, Jarrett Adams sought to figure out the why behind his fate. Sustained by his mother and aunts who brought him back from the edge of despair through letters of prayer and encouragement, Adams became obsessed with our legal system in all its damaged glory. After studying how his constitutional rights to effective counsel had been violated, he solicited the help of the Wisconsin Innocence Project, an organization that exonerates the wrongfully convicted, and won his release after nearly ten years in prison. But the journey was far from over. Adams took the lessons he learned through his incarceration and worked his way through law school with the goal of helping those who, like himself, had faced our legal system at its worst. After earning his law degree, he worked with the New York Innocence Project, becoming the first exoneree ever hired by the nonprofit as a lawyer. In his first case with the Innocence Project, he argued before the same court that had convicted him a decade earlier—and won. In this illuminating story of hope and full-circle redemption, Adams draws on his life and the cases of his clients to show the racist tactics used to convict young men of color, the unique challenges facing exonerees once released, and how the lack of equal representation in our courts is a failure not only of empathy but of our collective ability to uncover the truth. Redeeming Justice is an unforgettable firsthand account of the limits—and possibilities—of our country’s system of law.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/water-a-biography-by-giulio-boccaletti--65208086https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Water: A Biography Author: Giulio Boccaletti Narrator: Giulio Boccaletti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Spanning millennia and continents, here is a stunningly revealing history of how the distribution of water has shaped human civilization. Boccaletti, of The Nature Conservancy, “tackles the most important story of our time: our relationship with water in a world of looming scarcity” (Kelly McEvers, NPR Host).   Writing with authority and brio, Giulio Boc­caletti—honorary research associate at the Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, Univer­sity of Oxford—shrewdly combines environmental and social history, beginning with the earliest civ­ilizations of sedentary farmers on the banks of the Nile, the Tigris, and the Euphrates Rivers. Even as he describes how these societies were made possible by sea-level changes from the last glacial melt, he incisively examines how this type of farming led to irrigation and multiple cropping, which, in turn, led to a population explosion and labor specialization.   We see with clarity how irrigation’s structure informed social structure (inventions such as the calendar sprung from agricultural necessity); how in ancient Greece, the communal ownership of wells laid the groundwork for democracy; how the Greek and Roman experiences with water security resulted in systems of taxation; and how the modern world as we know it began with a legal framework for the development of water infrastructure.   Extraordinary for its monumental scope and piercing insightfulness, Water: A Biography richly enlarges our understanding of our relationship to—and fundamental reliance on—the most elemental substance on earth. Cover image: 'Vista', painting by Tobias Tovera © 2016]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Water: A Biography Author: Giulio Boccaletti Narrator: Giulio Boccaletti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 17 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454368 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Water: A Biography Author: Giulio Boccaletti Narrator: Giulio Boccaletti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Spanning millennia and continents, here is a stunningly revealing history of how the distribution of water has shaped human civilization. Boccaletti, of The Nature Conservancy, “tackles the most important story of our time: our relationship with water in a world of looming scarcity” (Kelly McEvers, NPR Host).   Writing with authority and brio, Giulio Boc­caletti—honorary research associate at the Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, Univer­sity of Oxford—shrewdly combines environmental and social history, beginning with the earliest civ­ilizations of sedentary farmers on the banks of the Nile, the Tigris, and the Euphrates Rivers. Even as he describes how these societies were made possible by sea-level changes from the last glacial melt, he incisively examines how this type of farming led to irrigation and multiple cropping, which, in turn, led to a population explosion and labor specialization.   We see with clarity how irrigation’s structure informed social structure (inventions such as the calendar sprung from agricultural necessity); how in ancient Greece, the communal ownership of wells laid the groundwork for democracy; how the Greek and Roman experiences with water security resulted in systems of taxation; and how the modern world as we know it began with a legal framework for the development of water infrastructure.   Extraordinary for its monumental scope and piercing insightfulness, Water: A Biography richly enlarges our understanding of our relationship to—and fundamental reliance on—the most elemental substance on earth. Cover image: 'Vista', painting by Tobias Tovera © 2016]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sexual-justice-supporting-victims-ensuring-due-process-and-resisting-the-conservative-backlash-by-alexandra-brodsky--65208068https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454143 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sexual Justice: Supporting Victims, Ensuring Due Process, and Resisting the Conservative Backlash Author: Alexandra Brodsky Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A pathbreaking work for the next stage of the #MeToo movement, showing how we can address sexual harms with fairness to both victims and the accused, and exposing the sexism that shapes today's contentious debates about due process Over the past few years, a remarkable number of sexual harassment victims have come forward with their stories, demanding consequences for their assailants and broad societal change. Each prominent allegation, however, has also set off a wave of questions – some posed in good faith, some distinctly not – about the rights of the accused. The national conversation has grown polarized, inflamed by a public narrative that wrongly presents feminism and fair process as warring interests. Sexual Justice is an intervention, pointing the way to common ground. Drawing on core principles of civil rights law, and the personal experiences of victims and the accused, Alexandra Brodsky details how schools, workplaces, and other institutions can – indeed, must – address sexual harms in ways fair to all. She shows why these allegations cannot be left to police and prosecutors alone, and outlines the key principles of fair proceedings outside the courts. Brodsky explains how contemporary debates continue the long, sexist history of “rape exceptionalism,” in which sexual allegations are treated as uniquely suspect. And she calls on listeners to resist the anti-feminist backlash that hijacks the rhetoric of due process to protect male impunity. Vivid and eye-opening, at once intellectually rigorous and profoundly empathetic, Sexual Justice clears up common misunderstandings about sexual harassment, traces the forgotten histories that underlie our current predicament, and illuminates the way to a more just world. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454143Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454143 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sexual Justice: Supporting Victims, Ensuring Due Process, and Resisting the Conservative Backlash Author: Alexandra Brodsky Narrator: Sarah...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454143 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sexual Justice: Supporting Victims, Ensuring Due Process, and Resisting the Conservative Backlash Author: Alexandra Brodsky Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A pathbreaking work for the next stage of the #MeToo movement, showing how we can address sexual harms with fairness to both victims and the accused, and exposing the sexism that shapes today's contentious debates about due process Over the past few years, a remarkable number of sexual harassment victims have come forward with their stories, demanding consequences for their assailants and broad societal change. Each prominent allegation, however, has also set off a wave of questions – some posed in good faith, some distinctly not – about the rights of the accused. The national conversation has grown polarized, inflamed by a public narrative that wrongly presents feminism and fair process as warring interests. Sexual Justice is an intervention, pointing the way to common ground. Drawing on core principles of civil rights law, and the personal experiences of victims and the accused, Alexandra Brodsky details how schools, workplaces, and other institutions can – indeed, must – address sexual harms in ways fair to all. She shows why these allegations cannot be left to police and prosecutors alone, and outlines the key principles of fair proceedings outside the courts. Brodsky explains how contemporary debates continue the long, sexist history of “rape exceptionalism,” in which sexual allegations are treated as uniquely suspect. And she calls on listeners to resist the anti-feminist backlash that hijacks the rhetoric of due process to protect male impunity. Vivid and eye-opening, at once intellectually rigorous and profoundly empathetic, Sexual Justice clears up common misunderstandings about sexual harassment, traces the forgotten histories that underlie our current predicament, and illuminates the way to a more just world. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/after-the-apocalypse-america-s-role-in-a-world-transformed-by-andrew-bacevich--65208125https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Apocalypse: America's Role in a World Transformed Author: Andrew Bacevich Narrator: Peter Coyote Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold and urgent perspective on how American foreign policy must change in response to the shifting world order of the twenty-first century, from Andrew J. Bacevich, the New York Times bestselling author of The Limits of Power and The Age of Illusions. The purpose of U.S. foreign policy has, at least theoretically, been to keep Americans safe. Yet as we confront a radically changed world, it has become indisputably clear that the terms of that policy have failed. Washington’s insistence that a market economy is compatible with the common good, its faith in the idea of the “West” and its “special relationships,” its conviction that global military primacy is the key to a stable and sustainable world order—these have brought endless wars and a succession of moral and material disasters. In a bold reconception of America’s place in the world, informed by thinking from across the political spectrum, Andrew J. Bacevich—founder and president of the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft, a bipartisan Washington think tank dedicated to foreign policy—lays down a new approach—one that is based on moral pragmatism, mutual coexistence, and war as a last resort. Confronting the threats of the future—accelerating climate change, a shift in the international balance of power, and the ascendance of information technology over brute weapons of war—his vision calls for nothing less than a profound overhaul of our understanding of national security. Crucial and provocative, After the Apocalypse sets out new principles to guide the once-but-no-longer sole superpower as it navigates a transformed world. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454150Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Apocalypse: America's Role in a World Transformed Author: Andrew Bacevich Narrator: Peter Coyote Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Apocalypse: America's Role in a World Transformed Author: Andrew Bacevich Narrator: Peter Coyote Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold and urgent perspective on how American foreign policy must change in response to the shifting world order of the twenty-first century, from Andrew J. Bacevich, the New York Times bestselling author of The Limits of Power and The Age of Illusions. The purpose of U.S. foreign policy has, at least theoretically, been to keep Americans safe. Yet as we confront a radically changed world, it has become indisputably clear that the terms of that policy have failed. Washington’s insistence that a market economy is compatible with the common good, its faith in the idea of the “West” and its “special relationships,” its conviction that global military primacy is the key to a stable and sustainable world order—these have brought endless wars and a succession of moral and material disasters. In a bold reconception of America’s place in the world, informed by thinking from across the political spectrum, Andrew J. Bacevich—founder and president of the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft, a bipartisan Washington think tank dedicated to foreign policy—lays down a new approach—one that is based on moral pragmatism, mutual coexistence, and war as a last resort. Confronting the threats of the future—accelerating climate change, a shift in the international balance of power, and the ascendance of information technology over brute weapons of war—his vision calls for nothing less than a profound overhaul of our understanding of national security. Crucial and provocative, After the Apocalypse sets out new principles to guide the once-but-no-longer sole superpower as it navigates a transformed world. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/faithful-presence-the-promise-and-the-peril-of-faith-in-the-public-square-by-bill-haslam--65208168https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Presence: The Promise and the Peril of Faith in the Public Square Author: Bill Haslam Narrator: Bill Haslem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two-term governor of Tennessee Bill Haslam reveals how faith--too often divisive and contentious--can be a redemptive and unifying presence in the public square. As a former mayor and governor, Bill Haslam has long been at the center of politics and policy on local, state, and federal levels. And he has consistently been guided by his faith, which influenced his actions on issues ranging from capital punishment to pardons, health care to abortion, welfare to free college tuition. Yet the place of faith in public life has been hotly debated since our nation's founding, and the relationship of church and state remains contentious to this day--and for good reason. Too often, Bill Haslam argues, Christians end up shaping their faith to fit their politics rather than forming their politics to their faith. They seem to forget their calling is to be used by God in service of others rather than to use God to reach their own desires and ends. Faithful Presence calls for a different way. Drawing upon his years of public service, Haslam casts a remarkable vision for the redemptive role of faith in politics while examining some of the most complex issues of our time, including: - partisanship in our divided era; - the most essential character trait for a public servant; - how we cannot escape 'legislating morality'; - the answer to perpetual outrage; and - how to think about the separation of church and state.   For Christians ready to be salt and light, as well as for those of a different faith or no faith at all, Faithful Presence argues that faith can be a redemptive, healing presence in the public square--as it must be, if our nation is to flourish.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442834Tue, 25 May 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Presence: The Promise and the Peril of Faith in the Public Square Author: Bill Haslam Narrator: Bill Haslem Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Presence: The Promise and the Peril of Faith in the Public Square Author: Bill Haslam Narrator: Bill Haslem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two-term governor of Tennessee Bill Haslam reveals how faith--too often divisive and contentious--can be a redemptive and unifying presence in the public square. As a former mayor and governor, Bill Haslam has long been at the center of politics and policy on local, state, and federal levels. And he has consistently been guided by his faith, which influenced his actions on issues ranging from capital punishment to pardons, health care to abortion, welfare to free college tuition. Yet the place of faith in public life has been hotly debated since our nation's founding, and the relationship of church and state remains contentious to this day--and for good reason. Too often, Bill Haslam argues, Christians end up shaping their faith to fit their politics rather than forming their politics to their faith. They seem to forget their calling is to be used by God in service of others rather than to use God to reach their own desires and ends. Faithful Presence calls for a different way. Drawing upon his years of public service, Haslam casts a remarkable vision for the redemptive role of faith in politics while examining some of the most complex issues of our time, including: - partisanship in our divided era; - the most essential character trait for a public servant; - how we cannot escape 'legislating morality'; - the answer to perpetual outrage; and - how to think about the separation of church and state.   For Christians ready to be salt and light, as well as for those of a different faith or no faith at all, Faithful Presence argues that faith can be a redemptive, healing presence in the public square--as it must be, if our nation is to flourish.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fighting-for-life-becoming-a-force-for-change-in-a-wounded-world-by-lila-rose--65208150https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting for Life: Becoming a Force for Change in a Wounded World Author: Lila Rose Narrator: Lila Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Includes an audiobook-exclusive episode of The Lila Rose Show featuring an in-depth discussion of the book and an interview with Lila’s sister, Caterina.   What makes your heart break for our broken world?  You want to make a difference in the world. You’re concerned about all the problems you see, the injustices and the suffering. But you don’t know where to begin. Designed for the aspiring activist or world-changer, this book is the key to get you started. Live Action founder Lila Rose says transformation begins with heartbreak—with seeing the injustices around you and allowing that suffering to light a fire in your soul. In this book, she shares raw and intimate stories from both her personal journey and pro-life activism that will inspire you to become a champion for your own cause. Along the way, you’ll discover how to - determine where the need for your gifts is the greatest and begin making a difference; - overcome insecurities and imposter syndrome and become a leader through practice; - find inner courage and confidence in the face of obstacles and criticism; and - bounce back from mistakes to continually grow and make a long-lasting impact. The fight for a world that is more just, more beautiful, and more loving needs all of us. In allowing yourself to be wounded by the brokenness of our world, you’ll find the passion you need to make a difference—and draw closer to the One who truly saves.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442810Tue, 04 May 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting for Life: Becoming a Force for Change in a Wounded World Author: Lila Rose Narrator: Lila Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting for Life: Becoming a Force for Change in a Wounded World Author: Lila Rose Narrator: Lila Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Includes an audiobook-exclusive episode of The Lila Rose Show featuring an in-depth discussion of the book and an interview with Lila’s sister, Caterina.   What makes your heart break for our broken world?  You want to make a difference in the world. You’re concerned about all the problems you see, the injustices and the suffering. But you don’t know where to begin. Designed for the aspiring activist or world-changer, this book is the key to get you started. Live Action founder Lila Rose says transformation begins with heartbreak—with seeing the injustices around you and allowing that suffering to light a fire in your soul. In this book, she shares raw and intimate stories from both her personal journey and pro-life activism that will inspire you to become a champion for your own cause. Along the way, you’ll discover how to - determine where the need for your gifts is the greatest and begin making a difference; - overcome insecurities and imposter syndrome and become a leader through practice; - find inner courage and confidence in the face of obstacles and criticism; and - bounce back from mistakes to continually grow and make a long-lasting impact. The fight for a world that is more just, more beautiful, and more loving needs all of us. In allowing yourself to be wounded by the brokenness of our world, you’ll find the passion you need to make a difference—and draw closer to the One who truly saves.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/overheated-how-capitalism-broke-the-planet-and-how-we-fight-back-by-kate-aronoff--65208204https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overheated: How Capitalism Broke the Planet--And How We Fight Back Author: Kate Aronoff Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This damning account of the forces that have hijacked progress on climate change shares a bold vision of what it will take, politically and economically, to face the existential threat of global warming head-on. It has become impossible to deny that the planet is warming, and that governments must act. But a new denialism is taking root in the halls of power, shaped by decades of neoliberal policies and centuries of anti-democratic thinking. Since the 1980s, Democrats and Republicans have each granted enormous concessions to industries hell bent on maintaining business as usual. What’s worse, policymakers have given oil and gas executives a seat at the table designing policies that should euthanize their business model. This approach, journalist Kate Aronoff makes clear, will only drive the planet further into emergency. Drawing on years of reporting, Aronoff lays out an alternative vision, detailing how democratic majorities can curb polluters’ power; create millions of well-paid, union jobs; enact climate reparations; and transform the economy into a more leisurely and sustainable one. Our future will require a radical reimagining of politics—with the world at stake.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overheated: How Capitalism Broke the Planet--And How We Fight Back Author: Kate Aronoff Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overheated: How Capitalism Broke the Planet--And How We Fight Back Author: Kate Aronoff Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This damning account of the forces that have hijacked progress on climate change shares a bold vision of what it will take, politically and economically, to face the existential threat of global warming head-on. It has become impossible to deny that the planet is warming, and that governments must act. But a new denialism is taking root in the halls of power, shaped by decades of neoliberal policies and centuries of anti-democratic thinking. Since the 1980s, Democrats and Republicans have each granted enormous concessions to industries hell bent on maintaining business as usual. What’s worse, policymakers have given oil and gas executives a seat at the table designing policies that should euthanize their business model. This approach, journalist Kate Aronoff makes clear, will only drive the planet further into emergency. Drawing on years of reporting, Aronoff lays out an alternative vision, detailing how democratic majorities can curb polluters’ power; create millions of well-paid, union jobs; enact climate reparations; and transform the economy into a more leisurely and sustainable one. Our future will require a radical reimagining of politics—with the world at stake.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/for-the-people-a-story-of-justice-and-power-by-larry-krasner--65208151https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452082 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the People: A Story of Justice and Power Author: Larry Krasner Narrator: Nathan Krasner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Philadelphia’s progressive district attorney offers an inspiring vision of how people can take back power to reform criminal justice, based on lessons from a life’s work as an advocate for the accused. “Larry Krasner is at the forefront of a movement to disrupt a system. This is a story that needs to be read by millions.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy Larry Krasner spent thirty years learning about America’s carceral system as a civil rights and criminal defense lawyer in Philadelphia, working to get some kind of justice for his clients in a broken system, before deciding that the way to truly transform the system was to get inside of it. So he launched an unlikely campaign to become the district attorney of Philadelphia, a city known for its long line of notorious “tough on crime” DAs who had turned Philly into a city with one of the highest rates of incarceration in the country. Despite long odds and derisive opposition from the police union and other forces of the status quo, Krasner laid out a simple case for radical reform and won the November 2017 general election by a margin of nearly 50 percent. For the People is not just a story about Krasner’s remarkable early life as a defense lawyer and his innovative grassroots campaign; it’s also a larger exploration of how power and injustice conspired to create a carceral state unprecedented in the world. Readers follow Krasner’s lifelong journey through the streets and courtrooms and election precincts of one American city all the way up to his swearing-in ceremony to see how our system of injustice was built—and how we might dismantle it. In the tradition of powerful critiques of the criminal justice system, from Bryan Stevenson’s Just Mercy to Michelle Alexander’s The New Jim Crow, For the People makes the compelling case that transforming criminal justice is the most important civil rights movement of our time and can only be achieved if we’re willing to fight for the power to make a change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452082Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452082 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the People: A Story of Justice and Power Author: Larry Krasner Narrator: Nathan Krasner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452082 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the People: A Story of Justice and Power Author: Larry Krasner Narrator: Nathan Krasner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Philadelphia’s progressive district attorney offers an inspiring vision of how people can take back power to reform criminal justice, based on lessons from a life’s work as an advocate for the accused. “Larry Krasner is at the forefront of a movement to disrupt a system. This is a story that needs to be read by millions.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy Larry Krasner spent thirty years learning about America’s carceral system as a civil rights and criminal defense lawyer in Philadelphia, working to get some kind of justice for his clients in a broken system, before deciding that the way to truly transform the system was to get inside of it. So he launched an unlikely campaign to become the district attorney of Philadelphia, a city known for its long line of notorious “tough on crime” DAs who had turned Philly into a city with one of the highest rates of incarceration in the country. Despite long odds and derisive opposition from the police union and other forces of the status quo, Krasner laid out a simple case for radical reform and won the November 2017 general election by a margin of nearly 50 percent. For the People is not just a story about Krasner’s remarkable early life as a defense lawyer and his innovative grassroots campaign; it’s also a larger exploration of how power and injustice conspired to create a carceral state unprecedented in the world. Readers follow Krasner’s lifelong journey through the streets and courtrooms and election precincts of one American city all the way up to his swearing-in ceremony to see how our system of injustice was built—and how we might dismantle it. In the tradition of powerful critiques of the criminal justice system, from Bryan Stevenson’s Just Mercy to Michelle Alexander’s The New Jim Crow, For the People makes the compelling case that transforming criminal justice is the most important civil rights movement of our time and can only be achieved if we’re willing to fight for the power to make a change.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/central-america-s-forgotten-history-revolution-violence-and-the-roots-of-migration-by-aviva-chomsky--65208111https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Central America's Forgotten History: Revolution, Violence, and the Roots of Migration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Aida Reluzco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Restores the region’s fraught history of repression and resistance to popular consciousness and connects the United States’ interventions and influence to the influx of refugees seeking asylum today. At the center of the current immigration debate are migrants from Central America fleeing poverty, corruption, and violence in search of refuge in the United States. In Central America’s Forgotten History, Aviva Chomsky answers the urgent question “How did we get here?” Centering the centuries-long intertwined histories of US expansion and Indigenous and Central American struggles against inequality and oppression, Chomsky highlights the pernicious cycle of colonial and neocolonial development policies that promote cultures of violence and forgetting without any accountability or restorative reparations. Focusing on the valiant struggles for social and economic justice in Guatemala, Nicaragua, El Salvador, and Honduras, Chomsky restores these vivid and gripping events to popular consciousness. Tracing the roots of displacement and migration in Central America to the Spanish conquest and bringing us to the present day, she concludes that the more immediate roots of migration from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras lie in the wars and in the US interventions of the 1980s and the peace accords of the 1990s that set the stage for neoliberalism in Central America. Chomsky also examines how and why histories and memories are suppressed, and the impact of losing historical memory. Only by erasing history can we claim that Central American countries created their own poverty and violence, while the United States’ enjoyment and profit from their bananas, coffee, mining, clothing, and export of arms are simply unrelated curiosities.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Central America's Forgotten History: Revolution, Violence, and the Roots of Migration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Aida Reluzco Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Central America's Forgotten History: Revolution, Violence, and the Roots of Migration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Aida Reluzco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Restores the region’s fraught history of repression and resistance to popular consciousness and connects the United States’ interventions and influence to the influx of refugees seeking asylum today. At the center of the current immigration debate are migrants from Central America fleeing poverty, corruption, and violence in search of refuge in the United States. In Central America’s Forgotten History, Aviva Chomsky answers the urgent question “How did we get here?” Centering the centuries-long intertwined histories of US expansion and Indigenous and Central American struggles against inequality and oppression, Chomsky highlights the pernicious cycle of colonial and neocolonial development policies that promote cultures of violence and forgetting without any accountability or restorative reparations. Focusing on the valiant struggles for social and economic justice in Guatemala, Nicaragua, El Salvador, and Honduras, Chomsky restores these vivid and gripping events to popular consciousness. Tracing the roots of displacement and migration in Central America to the Spanish conquest and bringing us to the present day, she concludes that the more immediate roots of migration from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras lie in the wars and in the US interventions of the 1980s and the peace accords of the 1990s that set the stage for neoliberalism in Central America. Chomsky also examines how and why histories and memories are suppressed, and the impact of losing historical memory. Only by erasing history can we claim that Central American countries created their own poverty and violence, while the United States’ enjoyment and profit from their bananas, coffee, mining, clothing, and export of arms are simply unrelated curiosities.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/radicalizing-her-why-women-choose-violence-by-nimmi-gowrinathan--65208194https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439470 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalizing Her: Why Women Choose Violence Author: Nimmi Gowrinathan Narrator: Pratima Mani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent corrective to the erasure of the female fighter from narratives on gender and power, demanding that we see all women as political actors. “Violence, for me, and for the women I chronicle in this book, is simply a political reality.” Though the female fighter is often seen as an anomaly, women make up nearly 30% of militant movements worldwide. Historically, these women—viewed as victims, weak-willed wives, and prey to Stockholm Syndrome—have been deeply misunderstood. Radicalizing Her holds the female fighter up in all her complexity as a kind of mirror to contemporary conversations on gender, violence, and power. The narratives at the heart of the book are centered in the Global South, and extend to a criticism of the West’s response to the female fighter, revealing the arrayed forces that have driven women into battle and the personal and political elements of these decisions. Gowrinathan, whose own family history is intertwined with resistance, spent nearly twenty years in conversation with female fighters in Sri Lanka, Eritrea, Pakistan, and Colombia. The intensity of these interactions consistently unsettled her assumptions about violence, re-positioning how these women were positioned in relation to power. Gowrinathan posits that the erasure of the female fighter from narratives on gender and power is not only dangerous but also, anti-feminist. She argues for a deeper, more nuanced understanding of women who choose violence noting in particular the tendency of contemporary political discourse to parse the world into for—and against—camps: an understanding of motivations to fight is read as condoning violence, and oppressive agendas are given the upper hand by the moral imperative to condemn it. Coming at a political moment that demands an urgent re-imagining of the possibilities for women to resist, Radicalizing Her reclaims women’s roles in political struggles on the battlefield and in the streets.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439470Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439470 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalizing Her: Why Women Choose Violence Author: Nimmi Gowrinathan Narrator: Pratima Mani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439470 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalizing Her: Why Women Choose Violence Author: Nimmi Gowrinathan Narrator: Pratima Mani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent corrective to the erasure of the female fighter from narratives on gender and power, demanding that we see all women as political actors. “Violence, for me, and for the women I chronicle in this book, is simply a political reality.” Though the female fighter is often seen as an anomaly, women make up nearly 30% of militant movements worldwide. Historically, these women—viewed as victims, weak-willed wives, and prey to Stockholm Syndrome—have been deeply misunderstood. Radicalizing Her holds the female fighter up in all her complexity as a kind of mirror to contemporary conversations on gender, violence, and power. The narratives at the heart of the book are centered in the Global South, and extend to a criticism of the West’s response to the female fighter, revealing the arrayed forces that have driven women into battle and the personal and political elements of these decisions. Gowrinathan, whose own family history is intertwined with resistance, spent nearly twenty years in conversation with female fighters in Sri Lanka, Eritrea, Pakistan, and Colombia. The intensity of these interactions consistently unsettled her assumptions about violence, re-positioning how these women were positioned in relation to power. Gowrinathan posits that the erasure of the female fighter from narratives on gender and power is not only dangerous but also, anti-feminist. She argues for a deeper, more nuanced understanding of women who choose violence noting in particular the tendency of contemporary political discourse to parse the world into for—and against—camps: an understanding of motivations to fight is read as condoning violence, and oppressive agendas are given the upper hand by the moral imperative to condemn it. Coming at a political moment that demands an urgent re-imagining of the possibilities for women to resist, Radicalizing Her reclaims women’s roles in political struggles on the battlefield and in the streets.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-climate-diet-50-simple-ways-to-trim-your-carbon-footprint-by-paul-greenberg--65208060https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453031 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Climate Diet: 50 Simple Ways to Trim Your Carbon Footprint Author: Paul Greenberg Narrator: Paul Greenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Useful and relevant. . . . Greenberg’s writing is clear and concise. Each section starts with easy tips . . . then wades into bigger, trickier concepts.” —New York Times Book Review A celebrated writer on food and sustainability offers fifty straightforward, impactful rules for climate-friendly living We all understand just how dire the circumstances facing our planet are and that we all need to do our part to stem the tide of climate change. When we look in the mirror, we can admit that we desperately need to go on a climate diet. But the task of cutting down our carbon emissions feels overwhelming and the discipline required hard to summon. With The Climate Diet, award-winning food and environmental writer Paul Greenberg offers us the practical, accessible guide we all need. It contains fifty achievable steps we can take to live our daily lives in a way that's friendlier to the planet--from what we eat, how we live at home, how we travel, and how we lobby businesses and elected officials to do the right thing. Chock-full of simple yet revelatory guidance, The Climate Diet empowers us to cast aside feelings of helplessness and start making positive changes for the good of our planet.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453031Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453031 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Climate Diet: 50 Simple Ways to Trim Your Carbon Footprint Author: Paul Greenberg Narrator: Paul Greenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453031 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Climate Diet: 50 Simple Ways to Trim Your Carbon Footprint Author: Paul Greenberg Narrator: Paul Greenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Useful and relevant. . . . Greenberg’s writing is clear and concise. Each section starts with easy tips . . . then wades into bigger, trickier concepts.” —New York Times Book Review A celebrated writer on food and sustainability offers fifty straightforward, impactful rules for climate-friendly living We all understand just how dire the circumstances facing our planet are and that we all need to do our part to stem the tide of climate change. When we look in the mirror, we can admit that we desperately need to go on a climate diet. But the task of cutting down our carbon emissions feels overwhelming and the discipline required hard to summon. With The Climate Diet, award-winning food and environmental writer Paul Greenberg offers us the practical, accessible guide we all need. It contains fifty achievable steps we can take to live our daily lives in a way that's friendlier to the planet--from what we eat, how we live at home, how we travel, and how we lobby businesses and elected officials to do the right thing. Chock-full of simple yet revelatory guidance, The Climate Diet empowers us to cast aside feelings of helplessness and start making positive changes for the good of our planet.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/prisons-make-us-safer-and-20-other-myths-about-mass-incarceration-by-victoria-law--65208107https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445767 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'Prisons Make Us Safer': And 20 Other Myths about Mass Incarceration Author: Victoria Law Narrator: Melissa Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible guide for activists, educators, and all who are interested in understanding how the prison system oppresses communities and harms individuals. The United States incarcerates more of its residents than any other nation. Though home to 5% of the global population, the United States has nearly 25% of the world’s prisoners—a total of over 2 million people. This number continues to steadily rise. Over the past 40 years, the number of people behind bars in the United States has increased by 500%. Journalist Victoria Law explains how racism and social control were the catalysts for mass incarceration and have continued to be its driving force: from the post-Civil War laws that states passed to imprison former slaves, to the laws passed under the “War Against Drugs” campaign that disproportionately imprison Black people. She breaks down these complicated issues into four main parts:    1. The rise and cause of mass incarceration    2. Myths about prison    3. Misconceptions about incarcerated people    4. How to end mass incarceration Through carefully conducted research and interviews with incarcerated people, Law identifies the 21 key myths that propel and maintain mass incarceration, including:    • The system is broken and we simply need some reforms to fix it    • Incarceration is necessary to keep our society safe    • Prison is an effective way to get people into drug treatment    • Private prison corporations drive mass incarceration “Prisons Make Us Safer” is a necessary guide for all who are interested in learning about the cause and rise of mass incarceration and how we can dismantle it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445767Tue, 06 Apr 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445767 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'Prisons Make Us Safer': And 20 Other Myths about Mass Incarceration Author: Victoria Law Narrator: Melissa Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445767 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'Prisons Make Us Safer': And 20 Other Myths about Mass Incarceration Author: Victoria Law Narrator: Melissa Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible guide for activists, educators, and all who are interested in understanding how the prison system oppresses communities and harms individuals. The United States incarcerates more of its residents than any other nation. Though home to 5% of the global population, the United States has nearly 25% of the world’s prisoners—a total of over 2 million people. This number continues to steadily rise. Over the past 40 years, the number of people behind bars in the United States has increased by 500%. Journalist Victoria Law explains how racism and social control were the catalysts for mass incarceration and have continued to be its driving force: from the post-Civil War laws that states passed to imprison former slaves, to the laws passed under the “War Against Drugs” campaign that disproportionately imprison Black people. She breaks down these complicated issues into four main parts:    1. The rise and cause of mass incarceration    2. Myths about prison    3. Misconceptions about incarcerated people    4. How to end mass incarceration Through carefully conducted research and interviews with incarcerated people, Law identifies the 21 key myths that propel and maintain mass incarceration, including:    • The system is broken and we simply need some reforms to fix it    • Incarceration is necessary to keep our society safe    • Prison is an effective way to get people into drug treatment    • Private prison corporations drive mass incarceration “Prisons Make Us Safer” is a necessary guide for all who are interested in learning about the cause and rise of mass incarceration and how we can dismantle it.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-the-shadow-of-the-ivory-tower-how-universities-are-plundering-our-cities-by-davarian-l-baldwin--65208234https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444605 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of the Ivory Tower: How Universities Are Plundering Our Cities Author: Davarian L Baldwin Narrator: Wayne Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Across America, universities have become big businesses—and our cities their company towns. But there is a cost to those who live in their shadow.   Urban universities play an outsized role in America’s cities. They bring diverse ideas and people together and they generate new innovations. But they also gentrify neighborhoods and exacerbate housing inequality in an effort to enrich their campuses and attract students. They maintain private police forces that target the Black and Latinx neighborhoods nearby. They become the primary employers, dictating labor practices and suppressing wages.   In the Shadow of the Ivory Tower takes readers from Hartford to Chicago and from Phoenix to Manhattan, revealing the increasingly parasitic relationship between universities and our cities. Through eye-opening conversations with city leaders, low-wage workers tending to students’ needs, and local activists fighting encroachment, scholar Davarian L. Baldwin makes clear who benefits from unchecked university power—and who is made vulnerable.   In the Shadow of the Ivory Tower is a wake-up call to the reality that higher education is no longer the ubiquitous public good it was once thought to be. But as Baldwin shows, there is an alternative vision for urban life, one that necessitates a more equitable relationship between our cities and our universities.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444605Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444605 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of the Ivory Tower: How Universities Are Plundering Our Cities Author: Davarian L Baldwin Narrator: Wayne Carr Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444605 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of the Ivory Tower: How Universities Are Plundering Our Cities Author: Davarian L Baldwin Narrator: Wayne Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Across America, universities have become big businesses—and our cities their company towns. But there is a cost to those who live in their shadow.   Urban universities play an outsized role in America’s cities. They bring diverse ideas and people together and they generate new innovations. But they also gentrify neighborhoods and exacerbate housing inequality in an effort to enrich their campuses and attract students. They maintain private police forces that target the Black and Latinx neighborhoods nearby. They become the primary employers, dictating labor practices and suppressing wages.   In the Shadow of the Ivory Tower takes readers from Hartford to Chicago and from Phoenix to Manhattan, revealing the increasingly parasitic relationship between universities and our cities. Through eye-opening conversations with city leaders, low-wage workers tending to students’ needs, and local activists fighting encroachment, scholar Davarian L. Baldwin makes clear who benefits from unchecked university power—and who is made vulnerable.   In the Shadow of the Ivory Tower is a wake-up call to the reality that higher education is no longer the ubiquitous public good it was once thought to be. But as Baldwin shows, there is an alternative vision for urban life, one that necessitates a more equitable relationship between our cities and our universities.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-not-disturb-the-story-of-a-political-murder-and-an-african-regime-gone-bad-by-michela-wrong--65208220https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439295 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Not Disturb: The Story of a Political Murder and an African Regime Gone Bad Author: Michela Wrong Narrator: Michela Wrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A powerful investigation into a grisly political murder and the authoritarian regime behind it: Do Not Disturb upends the narrative that Rwanda sold the world after one of the deadliest genocides of the twentieth century. We think we know the story of Africa’s Great Lakes region. Following the Rwandan genocide, an idealistic group of young rebels overthrew the brutal regime in Kigali, ushering in an era of peace and stability that made Rwanda the donor darling of the West, winning comparisons with Switzerland and Singapore. But the truth was considerably more sinister.    Vividly sourcing her story with direct testimony from key participants, Wrong uses the story of the murder of Patrick Karegeya, once Rwanda’s head of external intelligence and a quicksilver operator of supple charm, to paint the portrait of a modern African dictatorship created in the chilling likeness of Paul Kagame, the president who sanctioned his former friend’s assassination.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439295Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439295 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Not Disturb: The Story of a Political Murder and an African Regime Gone Bad Author: Michela Wrong Narrator: Michela Wrong Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439295 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Not Disturb: The Story of a Political Murder and an African Regime Gone Bad Author: Michela Wrong Narrator: Michela Wrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A powerful investigation into a grisly political murder and the authoritarian regime behind it: Do Not Disturb upends the narrative that Rwanda sold the world after one of the deadliest genocides of the twentieth century. We think we know the story of Africa’s Great Lakes region. Following the Rwandan genocide, an idealistic group of young rebels overthrew the brutal regime in Kigali, ushering in an era of peace and stability that made Rwanda the donor darling of the West, winning comparisons with Switzerland and Singapore. But the truth was considerably more sinister.    Vividly sourcing her story with direct testimony from key participants, Wrong uses the story of the murder of Patrick Karegeya, once Rwanda’s head of external intelligence and a quicksilver operator of supple charm, to paint the portrait of a modern African dictatorship created in the chilling likeness of Paul Kagame, the president who sanctioned his former friend’s assassination.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rescuing-the-planet-protecting-half-the-land-to-heal-the-earth-by-tony-hiss--65208130https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth Author: Tony Hiss Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an 'upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam' (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth's land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species. Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama's Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the 'superorganism' that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other 'Half Earthers' like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth Author: Tony Hiss Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444517 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rescuing the Planet: Protecting Half the Land to Heal the Earth Author: Tony Hiss Narrator: Adam Barr, Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning author of The Experience of Place delivers an 'upbeat and engaging account of the remarkable progress being made to preserve vast wild spaces for animals to roam' (The Wall Street Journal)—and an urgent call to protect 50 percent of the earth's land by 2050—thereby saving millions of its species. Beginning in the vast North American Boreal Forest that stretches through Canada, and roving across the continent, from the Northern Sierra to Alabama's Paint Rock Forest, from the Appalachian Trail to a ranch in Mexico, Tony Hiss sets out on a journey to take stock of the 'superorganism' that is the earth: its land, its elements, its plants and animals, its greatest threats--and what we can do to keep it, and ourselves, alive. Hiss not only invites us to understand the scope and gravity of the problems we face, but also makes the case for why protecting half the land is the way to fix those problems. He highlights the important work of the many groups already involved in this fight, such as the Indigenous Leadership Initiative, the Yellowstone to Yukon Conservation Initiative, and the global animal tracking project ICARUS. And he introduces us to the engineers, geologists, biologists, botanists, oceanographers, ecologists, and other 'Half Earthers' like Hiss himself who are allied in their dedication to the unifying, essential cause of saving our own planet from ourselves. Tender, impassioned, curious, and above all else inspiring, Rescuing the Planet is a work that promises to make all of us better citizens of the earth.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rock-me-on-the-water-1974-the-year-los-angeles-transformed-movies-music-television-and-politics-by-ronald-brownstein--65208242https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rock Me on the Water: 1974-The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television and Politics Author: Ronald Brownstein Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this exceptional cultural history, Atlantic Senior Editor Ronald Brownstein—“one of America's best political journalists (The Economist)—tells the kaleidoscopic story of one monumental year that marked the city of Los Angeles’ creative peak, a glittering moment when popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become.  Los Angeles in 1974 exerted more influence over popular culture than any other city in America. Los Angeles that year, in fact, dominated popular culture more than it ever had before, or would again. Working in film, recording, and television studios around Sunset Boulevard, living in Brentwood and Beverly Hills or amid the flickering lights of the Hollywood Hills, a cluster of transformative talents produced an explosion in popular culture which reflected the demographic, social, and cultural realities of a changing America. At a time when Richard Nixon won two presidential elections with a message of backlash against the social changes unleashed by the sixties, popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become. The early 1970s in Los Angeles was the time and the place where conservatives definitively lost the battle to control popular culture. Rock Me on the Water traces the confluence of movies, music, television, and politics in Los Angeles month by month through that transformative, magical year. Ronald Brownstein reveals how 1974 represented a confrontation between a massive younger generation intent on change, and a political order rooted in the status quo. Today, we are again witnessing a generational cultural divide. Brownstein shows how the voices resistant to change may win the political battle for a time, but they cannot hold back the future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987Tue, 23 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rock Me on the Water: 1974-The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television and Politics Author: Ronald Brownstein Narrator: Will Damron...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rock Me on the Water: 1974-The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television and Politics Author: Ronald Brownstein Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this exceptional cultural history, Atlantic Senior Editor Ronald Brownstein—“one of America's best political journalists (The Economist)—tells the kaleidoscopic story of one monumental year that marked the city of Los Angeles’ creative peak, a glittering moment when popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become.  Los Angeles in 1974 exerted more influence over popular culture than any other city in America. Los Angeles that year, in fact, dominated popular culture more than it ever had before, or would again. Working in film, recording, and television studios around Sunset Boulevard, living in Brentwood and Beverly Hills or amid the flickering lights of the Hollywood Hills, a cluster of transformative talents produced an explosion in popular culture which reflected the demographic, social, and cultural realities of a changing America. At a time when Richard Nixon won two presidential elections with a message of backlash against the social changes unleashed by the sixties, popular culture was ahead of politics in predicting what America would become. The early 1970s in Los Angeles was the time and the place where conservatives definitively lost the battle to control popular culture. Rock Me on the Water traces the confluence of movies, music, television, and politics in Los Angeles month by month through that transformative, magical year. Ronald Brownstein reveals how 1974 represented a confrontation between a massive younger generation intent on change, and a political order rooted in the status quo. Today, we are again witnessing a generational cultural divide. Brownstein shows how the voices resistant to change may win the political battle for a time, but they cannot hold back the future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-water-defenders-how-ordinary-people-saved-a-country-from-corporate-greed-by-john-cavanagh-robin-broad--65208160https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed Author: John Cavanagh, Robin Broad Narrator: Ximena Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2021 Duke University Juan Mendez Award Named one of The Progressive’s “Favorite Books of 2021” and one of the “Best of Books 2021” by Foreign Affairs The David and Goliath story of ordinary people in El Salvador who rallied together with international allies to prevent a global mining corporation from poisoning the country’s main water source At a time when countless communities are resisting powerful corporations—from Flint, Michigan, to the Standing Rock Reservation, to Didipio in the Philippines, to the Gualcarque River in Honduras—The Water Defenders tells the inspirational story of a community that took on an international mining corporation at seemingly insurmountable odds and won not one but two historic victories. In the early 2000s, many people in El Salvador were at first excited by the prospect of jobs, progress, and prosperity that the Pacific Rim mining company promised. However, farmer Vidalina Morales, brothers Marcelo and Miguel Rivera, and others soon discovered that the river system supplying water to the majority of Salvadorans was in danger of catastrophic contamination. With a group of unlikely allies, local and global, they committed to stop the corporation and the destruction of their home. Based on over a decade of research and their own role as international allies of the community groups in El Salvador, Robin Broad and John Cavanagh unspool this untold story—a tale replete with corporate greed, a transnational lawsuit at a secretive World Bank tribunal in Washington, violent threats, murders, and—surprisingly—victory. The husband-and-wife duo immerses the reader in the lives of the Salvadoran villagers, the journeys of the local activists who sought the truth about the effects of gold mining on the environment, and the behind-the-scenes maneuverings of the corporate mining executives and their lawyers. The Water Defenders demands that we examine our assumptions about progress and prosperity, while providing valuable lessons for those fighting against destructive corporations in the United States and across the world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056Tue, 23 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed Author: John Cavanagh, Robin Broad Narrator: Ximena Morris Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a Country from Corporate Greed Author: John Cavanagh, Robin Broad Narrator: Ximena Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2021 Duke University Juan Mendez Award Named one of The Progressive’s “Favorite Books of 2021” and one of the “Best of Books 2021” by Foreign Affairs The David and Goliath story of ordinary people in El Salvador who rallied together with international allies to prevent a global mining corporation from poisoning the country’s main water source At a time when countless communities are resisting powerful corporations—from Flint, Michigan, to the Standing Rock Reservation, to Didipio in the Philippines, to the Gualcarque River in Honduras—The Water Defenders tells the inspirational story of a community that took on an international mining corporation at seemingly insurmountable odds and won not one but two historic victories. In the early 2000s, many people in El Salvador were at first excited by the prospect of jobs, progress, and prosperity that the Pacific Rim mining company promised. However, farmer Vidalina Morales, brothers Marcelo and Miguel Rivera, and others soon discovered that the river system supplying water to the majority of Salvadorans was in danger of catastrophic contamination. With a group of unlikely allies, local and global, they committed to stop the corporation and the destruction of their home. Based on over a decade of research and their own role as international allies of the community groups in El Salvador, Robin Broad and John Cavanagh unspool this untold story—a tale replete with corporate greed, a transnational lawsuit at a secretive World Bank tribunal in Washington, violent threats, murders, and—surprisingly—victory. The husband-and-wife duo immerses the reader in the lives of the Salvadoran villagers, the journeys of the local activists who sought the truth about the effects of gold mining on the environment, and the behind-the-scenes maneuverings of the corporate mining executives and their lawyers. The Water Defenders demands that we examine our assumptions about progress and prosperity, while providing valuable lessons for those fighting against destructive corporations in the United States and across the world.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-whiteness-of-wealth-how-the-tax-system-impoverishes-black-americans-and-how-we-can-fix-it-by-dorothy-a-brown--65208134https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447321 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whiteness of Wealth: How the Tax System Impoverishes Black Americans--and How We Can Fix It Author: Dorothy A. Brown Narrator: Karen Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exposé of racism in the American taxation system from a law professor and expert on tax policy NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR AND FORTUNE • “Important reading for those who want to understand how inequality is built into the bedrock of American society, and what a more equitable future might look like.”—Ibram X. Kendi, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist Dorothy A. Brown became a tax lawyer to get away from race. As a young black girl growing up in the South Bronx, she’d seen how racism limited the lives of her family and neighbors. Her law school classes offered a refreshing contrast: Tax law was about numbers, and the only color that mattered was green. But when Brown sat down to prepare tax returns for her parents, she found something strange: James and Dottie Brown, a plumber and a nurse, seemed to be paying an unusually high percentage of their income in taxes. When Brown became a law professor, she set out to understand why. In The Whiteness of Wealth, Brown draws on decades of cross-disciplinary research to show that tax law isn’t as color-blind as she’d once believed. She takes us into her adopted city of Atlanta, introducing us to families across the economic spectrum whose stories demonstrate how American tax law rewards the preferences and practices of white people while pushing black people further behind. From attending college to getting married to buying a home, black Americans find themselves at a financial disadvantage compared to their white peers. The results are an ever-increasing wealth gap and more black families shut out of the American dream. Solving the problem will require a wholesale rethinking of America’s tax code. But it will also require both black and white Americans to make different choices. This urgent, actionable book points the way forward.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447321Tue, 23 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447321 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whiteness of Wealth: How the Tax System Impoverishes Black Americans--and How We Can Fix It Author: Dorothy A. Brown Narrator: Karen Murray Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447321 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whiteness of Wealth: How the Tax System Impoverishes Black Americans--and How We Can Fix It Author: Dorothy A. Brown Narrator: Karen Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exposé of racism in the American taxation system from a law professor and expert on tax policy NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR AND FORTUNE • “Important reading for those who want to understand how inequality is built into the bedrock of American society, and what a more equitable future might look like.”—Ibram X. Kendi, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist Dorothy A. Brown became a tax lawyer to get away from race. As a young black girl growing up in the South Bronx, she’d seen how racism limited the lives of her family and neighbors. Her law school classes offered a refreshing contrast: Tax law was about numbers, and the only color that mattered was green. But when Brown sat down to prepare tax returns for her parents, she found something strange: James and Dottie Brown, a plumber and a nurse, seemed to be paying an unusually high percentage of their income in taxes. When Brown became a law professor, she set out to understand why. In The Whiteness of Wealth, Brown draws on decades of cross-disciplinary research to show that tax law isn’t as color-blind as she’d once believed. She takes us into her adopted city of Atlanta, introducing us to families across the economic spectrum whose stories demonstrate how American tax law rewards the preferences and practices of white people while pushing black people further behind. From attending college to getting married to buying a home, black Americans find themselves at a financial disadvantage compared to their white peers. The results are an ever-increasing wealth gap and more black families shut out of the American dream. Solving the problem will require a wholesale rethinking of America’s tax code. But it will also require both black and white Americans to make different choices. This urgent, actionable book points the way forward.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/value-s-an-economist-s-guide-to-everything-that-matters-by-mark-carney--65208190https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Value(s): An Economist’s Guide to Everything That Matters Author: Mark Carney Narrator: Mark Carney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Horrified by the current financial crisis? Want to learn how we might get out of it? This is a pivotal moment in our economy. With the markets in free-fall, financial challenges are growing for us all. A winter of inflation and spiralling energy costs looms. But it doesn’t have to be this way. As former Governor for the Bank of England Mark Carney said to the BBC: ‘The message from the financial markets is there’s a limit to unfunded spending and unfunded tax cuts in this environment.’ His book is essential reading for today’s economic crisis and provides answers to your questions as well as solutions for the future. In Value(s), Carney offers a roadmap out of this chaos and towards a better, fairer society. This moment could be an opportunity for change, for overhaul. We cannot go on as we have, something must change. Drawing on a truly international perspective, this book offers a blueprint for how we can channel the dynamism of the market to transform intractable global problems into opportunities. And in so doing build a better world for all. Read as one of the great global thinkers of our time examines how what we value has become misaligned and how we can rethink and rebuild before it is too late.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439901Thu, 18 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Value(s): An Economist’s Guide to Everything That Matters Author: Mark Carney Narrator: Mark Carney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 18...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Value(s): An Economist’s Guide to Everything That Matters Author: Mark Carney Narrator: Mark Carney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Horrified by the current financial crisis? Want to learn how we might get out of it? This is a pivotal moment in our economy. With the markets in free-fall, financial challenges are growing for us all. A winter of inflation and spiralling energy costs looms. But it doesn’t have to be this way. As former Governor for the Bank of England Mark Carney said to the BBC: ‘The message from the financial markets is there’s a limit to unfunded spending and unfunded tax cuts in this environment.’ His book is essential reading for today’s economic crisis and provides answers to your questions as well as solutions for the future. In Value(s), Carney offers a roadmap out of this chaos and towards a better, fairer society. This moment could be an opportunity for change, for overhaul. We cannot go on as we have, something must change. Drawing on a truly international perspective, this book offers a blueprint for how we can channel the dynamism of the market to transform intractable global problems into opportunities. And in so doing build a better world for all. Read as one of the great global thinkers of our time examines how what we value has become misaligned and how we can rethink and rebuild before it is too late.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/uprooted-recovering-the-legacy-of-the-places-we-ve-left-behind-by-grace-olmstead--65208243https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441940 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uprooted: Recovering the Legacy of the Places We've Left Behind Author: Grace Olmstead Narrator: Grace Olmstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A superior exploration of the consequences of the hollowing out of our agricultural heartlands.'—Kirkus Reviews In the tradition of Wendell Berry, a young writer wrestles with what we owe the places we’ve left behind.    In the tiny farm town of Emmett, Idaho, there are two kinds of people: those who leave and those who stay. Those who leave go in search of greener pastures, better jobs, and college. Those who stay are left to contend with thinning communities, punishing government farm policy, and environmental decay.   Grace Olmstead, now a journalist in Washington, DC, is one who left, and in Uprooted, she examines the heartbreaking consequences of uprooting—for Emmett, and for the greater heartland America. Part memoir, part journalistic investigation, Uprooted wrestles with the questions of what we owe the places we come from and what we are willing to sacrifice for profit and progress.   As part of her own quest to decide whether or not to return to her roots, Olmstead revisits the stories of those who, like her great-grandparents and grandparents, made Emmett a strong community and her childhood idyllic. She looks at the stark realities of farming life today, identifying the government policies and big agriculture practices that make it almost impossible for such towns to survive. And she explores the ranks of Emmett’s newcomers and what growth means for the area’s farming tradition.   Avoiding both sentimental devotion to the past and blind faith in progress, Olmstead uncovers ways modern life attacks all of our roots, both metaphorical and literal. She brings readers face to face with the damage and brain drain left in the wake of our pursuit of self-improvement, economic opportunity, and so-called growth. Ultimately, she comes to an uneasy conclusion for herself: one can cultivate habits and practices that promote rootedness wherever one may be, but: some things, once lost, cannot be recovered.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441940Tue, 16 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441940 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uprooted: Recovering the Legacy of the Places We've Left Behind Author: Grace Olmstead Narrator: Grace Olmstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441940 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uprooted: Recovering the Legacy of the Places We've Left Behind Author: Grace Olmstead Narrator: Grace Olmstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'A superior exploration of the consequences of the hollowing out of our agricultural heartlands.'—Kirkus Reviews In the tradition of Wendell Berry, a young writer wrestles with what we owe the places we’ve left behind.    In the tiny farm town of Emmett, Idaho, there are two kinds of people: those who leave and those who stay. Those who leave go in search of greener pastures, better jobs, and college. Those who stay are left to contend with thinning communities, punishing government farm policy, and environmental decay.   Grace Olmstead, now a journalist in Washington, DC, is one who left, and in Uprooted, she examines the heartbreaking consequences of uprooting—for Emmett, and for the greater heartland America. Part memoir, part journalistic investigation, Uprooted wrestles with the questions of what we owe the places we come from and what we are willing to sacrifice for profit and progress.   As part of her own quest to decide whether or not to return to her roots, Olmstead revisits the stories of those who, like her great-grandparents and grandparents, made Emmett a strong community and her childhood idyllic. She looks at the stark realities of farming life today, identifying the government policies and big agriculture practices that make it almost impossible for such towns to survive. And she explores the ranks of Emmett’s newcomers and what growth means for the area’s farming tradition.   Avoiding both sentimental devotion to the past and blind faith in progress, Olmstead uncovers ways modern life attacks all of our roots, both metaphorical and literal. She brings readers face to face with the damage and brain drain left in the wake of our pursuit of self-improvement, economic opportunity, and so-called growth. Ultimately, she comes to an uneasy conclusion for herself: one can cultivate habits and practices that promote rootedness wherever one may be, but: some things, once lost, cannot be recovered.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lady-bird-johnson-hiding-in-plain-sight-by-julia-sweig--65208205https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight Author: Julia Sweig Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 1 minute Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “A revelation . . . a book in the Caro mold, using Lady Bird, along with tapes and transcripts of her entire White House diary, to tell the history of America during the Johnson years.”—The New York Times The inspiration for the documentary film The Lady Bird Diaries, premiering November 13 on Hulu Perhaps the most underestimated First Lady of the twentieth century, Lady Bird Johnson was also one of the most powerful. In Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight, Julia Sweig reveals how indispensable the First Lady was to Lyndon Johnson’s administration—which Lady Bird called “our” presidency. In addition to advising him through critical moments, she took on her own policy initiatives, including the most ambitious national environmental effort since Theodore Roosevelt and a virtually unknown initiative to desegregate access to public recreation and national parks in Washington, D.C.   Where no presidential biographer has understood Lady Bird’s full impact, Julia Sweig is the first to draw substantially on her White House diaries and to place her center stage. In doing so, Sweig reveals a woman ahead of her time—and an accomplished strategist and politician in her own right. This program includes an actual recording of Lady Bird’s audio diary, dated October 12, 1965.   Winner of the Texas Book Award • Longlisted for the PEN/Jacqueline Bogard Weld Award]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319Tue, 16 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight Author: Julia Sweig Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 1 minute Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437319 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight Author: Julia Sweig Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 1 minute Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “A revelation . . . a book in the Caro mold, using Lady Bird, along with tapes and transcripts of her entire White House diary, to tell the history of America during the Johnson years.”—The New York Times The inspiration for the documentary film The Lady Bird Diaries, premiering November 13 on Hulu Perhaps the most underestimated First Lady of the twentieth century, Lady Bird Johnson was also one of the most powerful. In Lady Bird Johnson: Hiding in Plain Sight, Julia Sweig reveals how indispensable the First Lady was to Lyndon Johnson’s administration—which Lady Bird called “our” presidency. In addition to advising him through critical moments, she took on her own policy initiatives, including the most ambitious national environmental effort since Theodore Roosevelt and a virtually unknown initiative to desegregate access to public recreation and national parks in Washington, D.C.   Where no presidential biographer has understood Lady Bird’s full impact, Julia Sweig is the first to draw substantially on her White House diaries and to place her center stage. In doing so, Sweig reveals a woman ahead of her time—and an accomplished strategist and politician in her own right. This program includes an actual recording of Lady Bird’s audio diary, dated October 12, 1965.   Winner of the Texas Book Award • Longlisted for the PEN/Jacqueline Bogard Weld Award]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-the-fire-what-i-say-to-my-friends-about-racism-by-don-lemon--65208102https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Fire: What I Say to My Friends About Racism Author: Don Lemon Narrator: Don Lemon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.07 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this "vital book for these times" (Kirkus Reviews), Don Lemon brings his vast audience and experience as a reporter and a Black man to today's most urgent question: How can we end racism in America in our lifetimes?  The host of CNN Tonight with Don Lemon is more popular than ever. As America’s only Black prime-time anchor, Lemon and his daily monologues on racism and antiracism, on the failures of the Trump administration and of so many of our leaders, and on America’s systemic flaws speak for his millions of fans. Now, in an urgent, deeply personal, riveting plea, he shows us all how deep our problems lie, and what we can do to begin to fix them. Beginning with a letter to one of his Black nephews, he proceeds with reporting and reflections on his slave ancestors, his upbringing in the shadows of segregation, and his adult confrontations with politicians, activists, and scholars. In doing so, Lemon offers a searing and poetic ultimatum to America. He visits the slave port where a direct ancestor was shackled and shipped to America. He recalls a slave uprising in Louisiana, just a few miles from his birthplace. And he takes us to the heart of the 2020 protests in New York City. As he writes to his young nephew: We must resist racism every single day. We must resist it with love.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454293Tue, 16 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Fire: What I Say to My Friends About Racism Author: Don Lemon Narrator: Don Lemon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is the Fire: What I Say to My Friends About Racism Author: Don Lemon Narrator: Don Lemon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.07 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this "vital book for these times" (Kirkus Reviews), Don Lemon brings his vast audience and experience as a reporter and a Black man to today's most urgent question: How can we end racism in America in our lifetimes?  The host of CNN Tonight with Don Lemon is more popular than ever. As America’s only Black prime-time anchor, Lemon and his daily monologues on racism and antiracism, on the failures of the Trump administration and of so many of our leaders, and on America’s systemic flaws speak for his millions of fans. Now, in an urgent, deeply personal, riveting plea, he shows us all how deep our problems lie, and what we can do to begin to fix them. Beginning with a letter to one of his Black nephews, he proceeds with reporting and reflections on his slave ancestors, his upbringing in the shadows of segregation, and his adult confrontations with politicians, activists, and scholars. In doing so, Lemon offers a searing and poetic ultimatum to America. He visits the slave port where a direct ancestor was shackled and shipped to America. He recalls a slave uprising in Louisiana, just a few miles from his birthplace. And he takes us to the heart of the 2020 protests in New York City. As he writes to his young nephew: We must resist racism every single day. We must resist it with love.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/shaking-the-gates-of-hell-a-search-for-family-and-truth-in-the-wake-of-the-civil-rights-revolution-by-john-archibald--65208166https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaking the Gates of Hell: A Search for Family and Truth in the Wake of the Civil Rights Revolution Author: John Archibald Narrator: Cameron Scoggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On growing up in the American South of the 1960s—an all-American white boy—son of a long line of Methodist preachers, in the midst of the civil rights revolution, and discovering the culpability of silence within the church. By the Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and columnist for The Birmingham News. 'My dad was a Methodist preacher and his dad was a Methodist preacher,' writes John Archibald. 'It goes all the way back on both sides of my family. When I am at my best, I think it comes from that sermon place.' Everything Archibald knows and believes about life is 'refracted through the stained glass of the Southern church. It had everything to do with people. And fairness. And compassion.' In Shaking the Gates of Hell, Archibald asks: Can a good person remain silent in the face of discrimination and horror, and still be a good person? Archibald had seen his father, the Rev. Robert L. Archibald, Jr., the son and grandson of Methodist preachers, as a moral authority, a moderate and a moderating force during the racial turbulence of the '60s, a loving and dependable parent, a forgiving and attentive minister, a man many Alabamians came to see as a saint. But was that enough? Even though Archibald grew up in Alabama in the heart of the civil rights movement, he could recall few words about racial rights or wrongs from his father's pulpit at a time the South seethed, and this began to haunt him. In this moving and powerful book, Archibald writes of his complex search, and of the conspiracy of silence his father faced in the South, in the Methodist Church and in the greater Christian church. Those who spoke too loudly were punished, or banished, or worse. Archibald's father was warned to guard his words on issues of race to protect his family, and he did. He spoke to his flock in the safety of parable, and trusted in the goodness of others, even when they earned none of it, rising through the ranks of the Methodist Church, and teaching his family lessons in kindness and humanity, and devotion to nature and the Earth. Archibald writes of this difficult, at times uncomfortable, reckoning with his past in this unadorned, affecting book of growth and evolution.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440936Tue, 09 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaking the Gates of Hell: A Search for Family and Truth in the Wake of the Civil Rights Revolution Author: John Archibald Narrator: Cameron Scoggins...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaking the Gates of Hell: A Search for Family and Truth in the Wake of the Civil Rights Revolution Author: John Archibald Narrator: Cameron Scoggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On growing up in the American South of the 1960s—an all-American white boy—son of a long line of Methodist preachers, in the midst of the civil rights revolution, and discovering the culpability of silence within the church. By the Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and columnist for The Birmingham News. 'My dad was a Methodist preacher and his dad was a Methodist preacher,' writes John Archibald. 'It goes all the way back on both sides of my family. When I am at my best, I think it comes from that sermon place.' Everything Archibald knows and believes about life is 'refracted through the stained glass of the Southern church. It had everything to do with people. And fairness. And compassion.' In Shaking the Gates of Hell, Archibald asks: Can a good person remain silent in the face of discrimination and horror, and still be a good person? Archibald had seen his father, the Rev. Robert L. Archibald, Jr., the son and grandson of Methodist preachers, as a moral authority, a moderate and a moderating force during the racial turbulence of the '60s, a loving and dependable parent, a forgiving and attentive minister, a man many Alabamians came to see as a saint. But was that enough? Even though Archibald grew up in Alabama in the heart of the civil rights movement, he could recall few words about racial rights or wrongs from his father's pulpit at a time the South seethed, and this began to haunt him. In this moving and powerful book, Archibald writes of his complex search, and of the conspiracy of silence his father faced in the South, in the Methodist Church and in the greater Christian church. Those who spoke too loudly were punished, or banished, or worse. Archibald's father was warned to guard his words on issues of race to protect his family, and he did. He spoke to his flock in the safety of parable, and trusted in the goodness of others, even when they earned none of it, rising through the ranks of the Methodist Church, and teaching his family lessons in kindness and humanity, and devotion to nature and the Earth. Archibald writes of this difficult, at times uncomfortable, reckoning with his past in this unadorned, affecting book of growth and evolution.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mine-how-the-hidden-rules-of-ownership-control-our-lives-by-michael-a-heller-james-salzman--65208241https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mine!: How the Hidden Rules of Ownership Control Our Lives Author: Michael A. Heller, James Salzman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Mine” is one of the first words babies learn, and by the time we grow up, the idea of ownership seems natural, whether we are buying a cup of coffee or a house. But who controls the space behind your airplane seat: you, reclining, or the squished laptop user behind you? Why is plagiarism wrong, but it’s okay to knock off a recipe or a dress design? And after a snowstorm, why does a chair in the street hold your parking space in Chicago, while in New York you lose both the space and the chair? In Mine!, Michael Heller and James Salzman, two of the world’s leading authorities on ownership, explain these puzzles and many more. Remarkably, they reveal, there are just six simple rules that everyone uses to claim everything. Owners choose the rule that steers us to do what they want. But we can pick differently. This is true not just for airplane seats, but also for battles over digital privacy, climate change, and wealth inequality. Mine! draws on mind-bending, often infuriating, and always fascinating accounts from business, history, courtrooms, and everyday life to reveal how the rules of ownership control our lives and shape our world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972Tue, 02 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mine!: How the Hidden Rules of Ownership Control Our Lives Author: Michael A. Heller, James Salzman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mine!: How the Hidden Rules of Ownership Control Our Lives Author: Michael A. Heller, James Salzman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Mine” is one of the first words babies learn, and by the time we grow up, the idea of ownership seems natural, whether we are buying a cup of coffee or a house. But who controls the space behind your airplane seat: you, reclining, or the squished laptop user behind you? Why is plagiarism wrong, but it’s okay to knock off a recipe or a dress design? And after a snowstorm, why does a chair in the street hold your parking space in Chicago, while in New York you lose both the space and the chair? In Mine!, Michael Heller and James Salzman, two of the world’s leading authorities on ownership, explain these puzzles and many more. Remarkably, they reveal, there are just six simple rules that everyone uses to claim everything. Owners choose the rule that steers us to do what they want. But we can pick differently. This is true not just for airplane seats, but also for battles over digital privacy, climate change, and wealth inequality. Mine! draws on mind-bending, often infuriating, and always fascinating accounts from business, history, courtrooms, and everyday life to reveal how the rules of ownership control our lives and shape our world.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bring-back-our-girls-the-untold-story-of-the-global-search-for-nigeria-s-missing-schoolgirls-by-drew-hinshaw-joe-parkinson--65208233https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Back Our Girls: The Untold Story of the Global Search for Nigeria’s Missing Schoolgirls Author: Drew Hinshaw, Joe Parkinson Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What happens after you click Tweet? The heart-stopping definitive account of the mission to rescue hundreds of Nigerian schoolgirls whose abduction ignited a global social media campaign and a dramatic worldwide intervention.  In the spring of 2014, millions of Twitter users, including some of the world’s most famous people, unwittingly helped turn a group of 276 schoolgirls abducted by a little-known Islamist sect into a central prize in the global War on Terror by retweeting a call for their release: #BringBackOurGirls. With just four words, their tweets launched an army of would-be liberators. Soldiers and drones, spies, mercenaries, and glory hunters descended into an obscure conflict that few understood, in a remote part of Nigeria that had barely begun to use the internet.  When hostage talks and military intervention failed, the schoolgirls were forced to take survival into their own hands. As their days in captivity dragged into years, the young women learned to withstand hunger, disease, and torment, and became witnesses and victims of unspeakable brutality. Many of the girls were Christians who refused to take the one path offered them—converting to their captors' fundamentalist creed. In secret, they sang hymns, and kept a diary, relying on their faith and friendships to stay alive. Bring Back Our Girls unfolds across four continents, from the remote forests of northern Nigeria to the White House; from clandestine meetings in Khartoum safe houses to century-old luxury hotels on picturesque lakes in the Swiss Alps. A twenty-first century story that plumbs the promise and peril of an era whose politics are fueled by the power of hashtag advocacy, this urgent and engrossing work of investigative journalism reveals the unpredictable interconnectedness of our butterfly-wings world, where a few days of online activism can bring years of offline consequences for people continents away. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438565Tue, 02 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Back Our Girls: The Untold Story of the Global Search for Nigeria’s Missing Schoolgirls Author: Drew Hinshaw, Joe Parkinson Narrator: Will Damron...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring Back Our Girls: The Untold Story of the Global Search for Nigeria’s Missing Schoolgirls Author: Drew Hinshaw, Joe Parkinson Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What happens after you click Tweet? The heart-stopping definitive account of the mission to rescue hundreds of Nigerian schoolgirls whose abduction ignited a global social media campaign and a dramatic worldwide intervention.  In the spring of 2014, millions of Twitter users, including some of the world’s most famous people, unwittingly helped turn a group of 276 schoolgirls abducted by a little-known Islamist sect into a central prize in the global War on Terror by retweeting a call for their release: #BringBackOurGirls. With just four words, their tweets launched an army of would-be liberators. Soldiers and drones, spies, mercenaries, and glory hunters descended into an obscure conflict that few understood, in a remote part of Nigeria that had barely begun to use the internet.  When hostage talks and military intervention failed, the schoolgirls were forced to take survival into their own hands. As their days in captivity dragged into years, the young women learned to withstand hunger, disease, and torment, and became witnesses and victims of unspeakable brutality. Many of the girls were Christians who refused to take the one path offered them—converting to their captors' fundamentalist creed. In secret, they sang hymns, and kept a diary, relying on their faith and friendships to stay alive. Bring Back Our Girls unfolds across four continents, from the remote forests of northern Nigeria to the White House; from clandestine meetings in Khartoum safe houses to century-old luxury hotels on picturesque lakes in the Swiss Alps. A twenty-first century story that plumbs the promise and peril of an era whose politics are fueled by the power of hashtag advocacy, this urgent and engrossing work of investigative journalism reveals the unpredictable interconnectedness of our butterfly-wings world, where a few days of online activism can bring years of offline consequences for people continents away. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-age-of-empire-how-racism-and-colonialism-still-rule-the-world-by-kehinde-andrews--65208079https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Age of Empire: How Racism and Colonialism Still Rule the World Author: Kehinde Andrews Narrator: Kehinde Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A damning exploration of the many ways in which the effects and logic of anti-black colonialism continue to inform our modern world. Colonialism and imperialism are often thought to be distant memories, whether they're glorified in Britain's collective nostalgia or taught as a sin of the past in history classes. This idea is bolstered by the emergence of India, China, Argentina and other non-western nations as leading world powers. Multiculturalism, immigration and globalization have led traditionalists to fear that the west is in decline and that white people are rapidly being left behind; progressives and reactionaries alike espouse the belief that we live in a post-racial society. But imperialism, as Kehinde Andrews argues, is alive and well. It's just taken a new form: one in which the U.S. and not Europe is at the center of Western dominion, and imperial power looks more like racial capitalism than the expansion of colonial holdings. The International Monetary Fund, World Bank, World Trade Organization and even the United Nations are only some of these modern mechanisms of Western imperialism. Yet these imperialist logics and tactics are not limited to just the west or to white people, as in the neocolonial relationship between China and Africa. Diving deep into the concepts of racial capitalism and racial patriarchy, Andrews adds nuance and context to these often over-simplified narratives, challenging the right and the left in equal measure. Andrews takes the reader from genocide to slavery to colonialism, deftly explaining the histories of these phenomena, how their justifications are linked, and how they continue to shape our world to this day. The New Age of Empire is a damning indictment of white-centered ideologies from Marxism to neoliberalism, and a reminder that our histories are never really over.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450900Tue, 02 Mar 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Age of Empire: How Racism and Colonialism Still Rule the World Author: Kehinde Andrews Narrator: Kehinde Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Age of Empire: How Racism and Colonialism Still Rule the World Author: Kehinde Andrews Narrator: Kehinde Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A damning exploration of the many ways in which the effects and logic of anti-black colonialism continue to inform our modern world. Colonialism and imperialism are often thought to be distant memories, whether they're glorified in Britain's collective nostalgia or taught as a sin of the past in history classes. This idea is bolstered by the emergence of India, China, Argentina and other non-western nations as leading world powers. Multiculturalism, immigration and globalization have led traditionalists to fear that the west is in decline and that white people are rapidly being left behind; progressives and reactionaries alike espouse the belief that we live in a post-racial society. But imperialism, as Kehinde Andrews argues, is alive and well. It's just taken a new form: one in which the U.S. and not Europe is at the center of Western dominion, and imperial power looks more like racial capitalism than the expansion of colonial holdings. The International Monetary Fund, World Bank, World Trade Organization and even the United Nations are only some of these modern mechanisms of Western imperialism. Yet these imperialist logics and tactics are not limited to just the west or to white people, as in the neocolonial relationship between China and Africa. Diving deep into the concepts of racial capitalism and racial patriarchy, Andrews adds nuance and context to these often over-simplified narratives, challenging the right and the left in equal measure. Andrews takes the reader from genocide to slavery to colonialism, deftly explaining the histories of these phenomena, how their justifications are linked, and how they continue to shape our world to this day. The New Age of Empire is a damning indictment of white-centered ideologies from Marxism to neoliberalism, and a reminder that our histories are never really over.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-spymaster-of-baghdad-a-true-story-of-bravery-family-and-patriotism-in-the-battle-against-isis-by-margaret-coker--65208249https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymaster of Baghdad: A True Story of Bravery, Family, and Patriotism in The Battle against ISIS Author: Margaret Coker Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former New York Times bureau chief in Baghdad comes the gripping and heroic story of an elite, top-secret team of unlikely spies who triumphed over ISIS.  The Spymaster of Baghdad tells the dramatic yet intimate account of how a covert Iraqi intelligence unit called “the Falcons” came together against all odds to defeat ISIS. The Falcons, comprised of ordinary men with little conventional espionage background, infiltrated the world’s most powerful terrorist organization, ultimately turning the tide of war against the terrorist group and bringing safety to millions of Iraqis and the broader world. Centered around the relationship between two brothers, Harith Sudani, a rudderless college dropout who was recruited to the Falcons by his all-star younger brother Munaf, and their eponymous unit commander Abu Ali, The Spymaster of Baghdad follows their emotional journey as Harith volunteers for the most dangerous mission imaginable. With piercing lyricism and thrilling prose, Coker’s deeply-reported account interweaves heartfelt portraits of these and other unforgettable characters as they navigate the streets of war-torn Baghdad and perform heroic feats of cunning and courage. The Falcons’ path crosses with that of Abraar, a young, radicalized university student who, after being snubbed by the head of the Islamic State’s chemical weapons program, plots her own attack. At the near-final moment, the Falcons intercept Abraar’s deadly plan to poison Baghdad’s drinking water and arrest her in the middle of the night—just one of many covert counterterrorism operations revealed for the first time in the book.  Ultimately, The Spymaster of Baghdad is a page-turning account of wartime espionage in which ordinary people make extraordinary sacrifices for the greater good. Challenging our perceptions of terrorism and counterterrorism, war and peace, Iraq and the wider Middle East, American occupation and foreign intervention, The Spymaster of Baghdad is a testament to the power of personal choice and individual action to change the course of history—in a time when we need such stories more than ever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437410Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymaster of Baghdad: A True Story of Bravery, Family, and Patriotism in The Battle against ISIS Author: Margaret Coker Narrator: Cassandra...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437410 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymaster of Baghdad: A True Story of Bravery, Family, and Patriotism in The Battle against ISIS Author: Margaret Coker Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former New York Times bureau chief in Baghdad comes the gripping and heroic story of an elite, top-secret team of unlikely spies who triumphed over ISIS.  The Spymaster of Baghdad tells the dramatic yet intimate account of how a covert Iraqi intelligence unit called “the Falcons” came together against all odds to defeat ISIS. The Falcons, comprised of ordinary men with little conventional espionage background, infiltrated the world’s most powerful terrorist organization, ultimately turning the tide of war against the terrorist group and bringing safety to millions of Iraqis and the broader world. Centered around the relationship between two brothers, Harith Sudani, a rudderless college dropout who was recruited to the Falcons by his all-star younger brother Munaf, and their eponymous unit commander Abu Ali, The Spymaster of Baghdad follows their emotional journey as Harith volunteers for the most dangerous mission imaginable. With piercing lyricism and thrilling prose, Coker’s deeply-reported account interweaves heartfelt portraits of these and other unforgettable characters as they navigate the streets of war-torn Baghdad and perform heroic feats of cunning and courage. The Falcons’ path crosses with that of Abraar, a young, radicalized university student who, after being snubbed by the head of the Islamic State’s chemical weapons program, plots her own attack. At the near-final moment, the Falcons intercept Abraar’s deadly plan to poison Baghdad’s drinking water and arrest her in the middle of the night—just one of many covert counterterrorism operations revealed for the first time in the book.  Ultimately, The Spymaster of Baghdad is a page-turning account of wartime espionage in which ordinary people make extraordinary sacrifices for the greater good. Challenging our perceptions of terrorism and counterterrorism, war and peace, Iraq and the wider Middle East, American occupation and foreign intervention, The Spymaster of Baghdad is a testament to the power of personal choice and individual action to change the course of history—in a time when we need such stories more than ever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-own-this-city-a-true-story-of-crime-cops-and-corruption-by-justin-fenton--65208180https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Own This City: A True Story of Crime, Cops, and Corruption Author: Justin Fenton Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • The astonishing true story of “one of the most startling police corruption scandals in a generation” (The New York Times), from the Pulitzer Prize–nominated reporter who exposed a gang of criminal cops and their yearslong plunder of an American city NOW AN HBO SERIES FROM THE WIRE CREATOR DAVID SIMON AND GEORGE PELECANOS “A work of journalism that not only chronicles the rise and fall of a corrupt police unit but can stand as the inevitable coda to the half-century of disaster that is the American drug war.”—David Simon Baltimore, 2015. Riots are erupting across the city as citizens demand justice for Freddie Gray, a twenty-five-year-old Black man who has died under suspicious circumstances while in police custody. Drug and violent crime are surging, and Baltimore will reach its highest murder count in more than two decades: 342 homicides in a single year, in a city of just 600,000 people. Facing pressure from the mayor’s office—as well as a federal investigation of the department over Gray’s death—Baltimore police commanders turn to a rank-and-file hero, Sergeant Wayne Jenkins, and his elite plainclothes unit, the Gun Trace Task Force, to help get guns and drugs off the street.    But behind these new efforts, a criminal conspiracy of unprecedented scale was unfolding within the police department. Entrusted with fixing the city’s drug and gun crisis, Jenkins chose to exploit it instead. With other members of the empowered Gun Trace Task Force, Jenkins stole from Baltimore’s citizens—skimming from drug busts, pocketing thousands in cash found in private homes, and planting fake evidence to throw Internal Affairs off their scent. Their brazen crime spree would go unchecked for years. The results were countless wrongful convictions, the death of an innocent civilian, and the mysterious death of one cop who was shot in the head, killed just a day before he was scheduled to testify against the unit.   In this urgent book, award-winning investigative journalist Justin Fenton distills hundreds of interviews, thousands of court documents, and countless hours of video footage to present the definitive account of the entire scandal. The result is an astounding, riveting feat of reportage about a rogue police unit, the city they held hostage, and the ongoing struggle between American law enforcement and the communities they are charged to serve.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441982Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Own This City: A True Story of Crime, Cops, and Corruption Author: Justin Fenton Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Own This City: A True Story of Crime, Cops, and Corruption Author: Justin Fenton Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • The astonishing true story of “one of the most startling police corruption scandals in a generation” (The New York Times), from the Pulitzer Prize–nominated reporter who exposed a gang of criminal cops and their yearslong plunder of an American city NOW AN HBO SERIES FROM THE WIRE CREATOR DAVID SIMON AND GEORGE PELECANOS “A work of journalism that not only chronicles the rise and fall of a corrupt police unit but can stand as the inevitable coda to the half-century of disaster that is the American drug war.”—David Simon Baltimore, 2015. Riots are erupting across the city as citizens demand justice for Freddie Gray, a twenty-five-year-old Black man who has died under suspicious circumstances while in police custody. Drug and violent crime are surging, and Baltimore will reach its highest murder count in more than two decades: 342 homicides in a single year, in a city of just 600,000 people. Facing pressure from the mayor’s office—as well as a federal investigation of the department over Gray’s death—Baltimore police commanders turn to a rank-and-file hero, Sergeant Wayne Jenkins, and his elite plainclothes unit, the Gun Trace Task Force, to help get guns and drugs off the street.    But behind these new efforts, a criminal conspiracy of unprecedented scale was unfolding within the police department. Entrusted with fixing the city’s drug and gun crisis, Jenkins chose to exploit it instead. With other members of the empowered Gun Trace Task Force, Jenkins stole from Baltimore’s citizens—skimming from drug busts, pocketing thousands in cash found in private homes, and planting fake evidence to throw Internal Affairs off their scent. Their brazen crime spree would go unchecked for years. The results were countless wrongful convictions, the death of an innocent civilian, and the mysterious death of one cop who was shot in the head, killed just a day before he was scheduled to testify against the unit.   In this urgent book, award-winning investigative journalist Justin Fenton distills hundreds of interviews, thousands of court documents, and countless hours of video footage to present the definitive account of the entire scandal. The result is an astounding, riveting feat of reportage about a rogue police unit, the city they held hostage, and the ongoing struggle between American law enforcement and the communities they are charged to serve.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-daughters-of-kobani-a-story-of-rebellion-courage-and-justice-by-gayle-tzemach-lemmon--65208171https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440953 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daughters of Kobani: A Story of Rebellion, Courage, and Justice Author: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Narrator: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The extraordinary story of the women who took on the Islamic State and won 'The Daughters of Kobani is an unforgettable and nearly mythic tale of women's power and courage. The young women profiled in this book fought a fearsome war against brutal men in impossible circumstances--and proved in the process what girls and women can accomplish when given the chance to lead. Brilliantly researched and respectfully reported, this book is a lesson in heroism, sacrifice, and the real meaning of sisterhood. I am so grateful that this story has been told.'--Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Big Magic and Eat, Pray, Love 'Absolutely fascinating and brilliantly written, The Daughters of Kobani is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand both the nobility and the brutality of war. This is one of the most compelling stories in modern warfare.'--Admiral William H. McRaven, author of Make Your Bed In 2014, northeastern Syria might have been the last place you would expect to find a revolution centered on women's rights. But that year, an all-female militia faced off against ISIS in a little town few had ever heard of: Kobani. By then, the Islamic State had swept across vast swaths of the country, taking town after town and spreading terror as the civil war burned all around it. From that unlikely showdown in Kobani emerged a fighting force that would wage war against ISIS across northern Syria alongside the United States. In the process, these women would spread their own political vision, determined to make women's equality a reality by fighting--house by house, street by street, city by city--the men who bought and sold women.  Based on years of on-the-ground reporting, The Daughters of Kobani is the unforgettable story of the women of the Kurdish militia that improbably became part of the world's best hope for stopping ISIS in Syria. Drawing from hundreds of hours of interviews, bestselling author Gayle Tzemach Lemmon introduces us to the women fighting on the front lines, determined to not only extinguish the terror of ISIS but also prove that women could lead in war and must enjoy equal rights come the peace. In helping to cement the territorial defeat of ISIS, whose savagery toward women astounded the world, these women played a central role in neutralizing the threat the group posed worldwide. In the process they earned the respect--and significant military support--of U.S. Special Operations Forces. Rigorously reported and powerfully told, The Daughters of Kobani shines a light on a group of women intent on not only defeating the Islamic State on the battlefield but also changing women's lives in their corner of the Middle East and beyond. *This audiobook includes a PDF containing a map, acknowledgements, and a guide to the story's characters.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440953Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440953 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daughters of Kobani: A Story of Rebellion, Courage, and Justice Author: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Narrator: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440953 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daughters of Kobani: A Story of Rebellion, Courage, and Justice Author: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Narrator: Gayle Tzemach Lemmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The extraordinary story of the women who took on the Islamic State and won 'The Daughters of Kobani is an unforgettable and nearly mythic tale of women's power and courage. The young women profiled in this book fought a fearsome war against brutal men in impossible circumstances--and proved in the process what girls and women can accomplish when given the chance to lead. Brilliantly researched and respectfully reported, this book is a lesson in heroism, sacrifice, and the real meaning of sisterhood. I am so grateful that this story has been told.'--Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Big Magic and Eat, Pray, Love 'Absolutely fascinating and brilliantly written, The Daughters of Kobani is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand both the nobility and the brutality of war. This is one of the most compelling stories in modern warfare.'--Admiral William H. McRaven, author of Make Your Bed In 2014, northeastern Syria might have been the last place you would expect to find a revolution centered on women's rights. But that year, an all-female militia faced off against ISIS in a little town few had ever heard of: Kobani. By then, the Islamic State had swept across vast swaths of the country, taking town after town and spreading terror as the civil war burned all around it. From that unlikely showdown in Kobani emerged a fighting force that would wage war against ISIS across northern Syria alongside the United States. In the process, these women would spread their own political vision, determined to make women's equality a reality by fighting--house by house, street by street, city by city--the men who bought and sold women.  Based on years of on-the-ground reporting, The Daughters of Kobani is the unforgettable story of the women of the Kurdish militia that improbably became part of the world's best hope for stopping ISIS in Syria. Drawing from hundreds of hours of interviews, bestselling author Gayle Tzemach Lemmon introduces us to the women fighting on the front lines, determined to not only extinguish the terror of ISIS but also prove that women could lead in war and must enjoy equal rights come the peace. In helping to cement the territorial defeat of ISIS, whose savagery toward women astounded the world, these women played a central role in neutralizing the threat the group posed worldwide. In the process they earned the respect--and significant military support--of U.S. Special Operations Forces. Rigorously reported and powerfully told, The Daughters of Kobani shines a light on a group of women intent on not only defeating the Islamic State on the battlefield but also changing women's lives in their corner of the Middle East and beyond. *This audiobook includes a PDF containing a map, acknowledgements, and a guide to the story's characters.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/george-washington-the-political-rise-of-america-s-founding-father-by-david-o-stewart--65208212https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: George Washington: The Political Rise of America's Founding Father Author: David O. Stewart Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fascinating and illuminating account of how George Washington became the dominant force in the creation of the United States of America, from award-winning author David O. Stewart “An outstanding biography . . . [George Washington] has a narrative drive such a life deserves.”—The Wall Street Journal Washington's rise constitutes one of the greatest self-reinventions in history. In his mid-twenties, this third son of a modest Virginia planter had ruined his own military career thanks to an outrageous ego. But by his mid-forties, that headstrong, unwise young man had evolved into an unassailable leader chosen as the commander in chief of the fledgling Continental Army. By his mid-fifties, he was unanimously elected the nation's first president. How did Washington emerge from the wilderness to become the central founder of the United States of America? In this remarkable new portrait, award-winning historian David O. Stewart unveils the political education that made Washington a master politician—and America's most essential leader. From Virginia's House of Burgesses, where Washington mastered the craft and timing of a practicing politician, to his management of local government as a justice of the Fairfax County Court to his eventual role in the Second Continental Congress and his grueling generalship in the American Revolution, Washington perfected the art of governing and service, earned trust, and built bridges. The lessons in leadership he absorbed along the way would be invaluable during the early years of the republic as he fought to unify the new nation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493Tue, 09 Feb 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: George Washington: The Political Rise of America's Founding Father Author: David O. Stewart Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: George Washington: The Political Rise of America's Founding Father Author: David O. Stewart Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fascinating and illuminating account of how George Washington became the dominant force in the creation of the United States of America, from award-winning author David O. Stewart “An outstanding biography . . . [George Washington] has a narrative drive such a life deserves.”—The Wall Street Journal Washington's rise constitutes one of the greatest self-reinventions in history. In his mid-twenties, this third son of a modest Virginia planter had ruined his own military career thanks to an outrageous ego. But by his mid-forties, that headstrong, unwise young man had evolved into an unassailable leader chosen as the commander in chief of the fledgling Continental Army. By his mid-fifties, he was unanimously elected the nation's first president. How did Washington emerge from the wilderness to become the central founder of the United States of America? In this remarkable new portrait, award-winning historian David O. Stewart unveils the political education that made Washington a master politician—and America's most essential leader. From Virginia's House of Burgesses, where Washington mastered the craft and timing of a practicing politician, to his management of local government as a justice of the Fairfax County Court to his eventual role in the Second Continental Congress and his grueling generalship in the American Revolution, Washington perfected the art of governing and service, earned trust, and built bridges. The lessons in leadership he absorbed along the way would be invaluable during the early years of the republic as he fought to unify the new nation.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/moon-u-s-civil-rights-trail-a-traveler-s-guide-to-the-people-places-and-events-that-made-the-movement-by-deborah-d-douglas--65208177https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moon U.S. Civil Rights Trail: A Traveler's Guide to the People, Places, and Events that Made the Movement Series: Part of Travel Guide Author: Deborah D. Douglas Narrator: Bree Newsome Bass, Deborah D. Douglas, Rebecca Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The U.S. Civil Rights Trail offers a vivid glimpse into the story of Black America's fight for freedom. From witnessing eye-opening landmarks to celebrating triumph over adversity, experience a tangible piece of history with Moon U.S. Civil Rights Trail. - Flexible Itineraries: Travel the entire trail through the South, or take shorter trips with chapters on Charleston, Birmingham, Jackson, Memphis, Washington DC, and more places that were significant to the Civil Rights Movement - Historic Civil Rights Sites: Learn about Dr. King's legacy at the Lorraine Motel in Memphis, be transformed at the small but mighty Emmett Till Intrepid Center, and stand tall with Little Rock Nine at their memorial in Arkansas - The Culture of the Movement: Get to know the voices, stories, music, and flavors that shape and celebrate Black America both then and now - Expert Insight: Award-winning journalist Deborah Douglas offers her valuable perspective and knowledge, as well as suggestions for engaging with local communities by patronizing Black-owned businesses and seeking out activist groups - Travel Tools: Find tips on where to stay, where to eat, the best local nightlife, and more, plus driving directions for exploring the sites on a road trip, with full-color photos and maps throughout - Detailed coverage of: Charleston, Atlanta, Selma to Montgomery, Birmingham, Jackson, the Mississippi Delta, Little Rock, Memphis, Nashville, Raleigh, Durham, Virginia, and Washington DC - Foreword by Bree Newsome Bass: activist, filmmaker, and artist Journey through history, understand struggles past and present, and get inspired to create a better future with Moon U.S. Civil Rights Trail.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440551Tue, 09 Feb 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moon U.S. Civil Rights Trail: A Traveler's Guide to the People, Places, and Events that Made the Movement Series: Part of Travel Guide Author: Deborah...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moon U.S. Civil Rights Trail: A Traveler's Guide to the People, Places, and Events that Made the Movement Series: Part of Travel Guide Author: Deborah D. Douglas Narrator: Bree Newsome Bass, Deborah D. Douglas, Rebecca Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The U.S. Civil Rights Trail offers a vivid glimpse into the story of Black America's fight for freedom. From witnessing eye-opening landmarks to celebrating triumph over adversity, experience a tangible piece of history with Moon U.S. Civil Rights Trail. - Flexible Itineraries: Travel the entire trail through the South, or take shorter trips with chapters on Charleston, Birmingham, Jackson, Memphis, Washington DC, and more places that were significant to the Civil Rights Movement - Historic Civil Rights Sites: Learn about Dr. King's legacy at the Lorraine Motel in Memphis, be transformed at the small but mighty Emmett Till Intrepid Center, and stand tall with Little Rock Nine at their memorial in Arkansas - The Culture of the Movement: Get to know the voices, stories, music, and flavors that shape and celebrate Black America both then and now - Expert Insight: Award-winning journalist Deborah Douglas offers her valuable perspective and knowledge, as well as suggestions for engaging with local communities by patronizing Black-owned businesses and seeking out activist groups - Travel Tools: Find tips on where to stay, where to eat, the best local nightlife, and more, plus driving directions for exploring the sites on a road trip, with full-color photos and maps throughout - Detailed coverage of: Charleston, Atlanta, Selma to Montgomery, Birmingham, Jackson, the Mississippi Delta, Little Rock, Memphis, Nashville, Raleigh, Durham, Virginia, and Washington DC - Foreword by Bree Newsome Bass: activist, filmmaker, and artist Journey through history, understand struggles past and present, and get inspired to create a better future with Moon U.S. Civil Rights Trail.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ratline-the-exalted-life-and-mysterious-death-of-a-nazi-fugitive-by-philippe-sands--65208193https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ratline: The Exalted Life and Mysterious Death of a Nazi Fugitive Author: Philippe Sands Narrator: Katja Riemann, Philippe Sands, Stephen Fry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A tale of Nazi lives, mass murder, love, Cold War espionage, a mysterious death in the Vatican, and the Nazi escape route to Perón's Argentina,'the Ratline'—from the author of the internationally acclaimed, award-winning East West Street. 'Hypnotic, shocking, and unputdownable.' —John le Carré, internationally renowned bestselling author Baron Otto von Wächter, Austrian lawyer, husband, father, high Nazi official, senior SS officer, former governor of Galicia during the war, creator and overseer of the Krakow ghetto, indicted after as a war criminal for the mass murder of more than 100,000 Poles, hunted by the Soviets, the Americans, the British, by Simon Wiesenthal, on the run for three years, from 1945 to 1948 . . . Philippe Sands pieces together, in riveting detail, Wächter's extraordinary, shocking story. Given full access to the Wächter family archives--journals, diaries, tapes, and more--and with the assistance of the Wächters' son Horst, who believes his father to have been a 'good man,' Sands writes of Wächter's rise through the Nazi high command, his 'blissful' marriage and family life as their world was brought to ruin, and his four-year flight to escape justice--to the Tirol, to Rome, and the Vatican; given a new identity, on his way to a new life via 'the Ratline' to Perón's Argentina, the escape route taken by Eichmann, Mengele, and thousands of other Nazis. Wächter's escape was cut short by his mysterious, shocking death in Rome, in the midst of the burgeoning Cold War (was he being recruited in postwar Italy by the Americans and the U.S. Army Counter Intelligence Corps or by the Soviet NKVD or by both; or was he poisoned by one side or the other, as his son believes--or by both?) . . . An extraordinary discovery, told up-close through access to a trove of family correspondence between Wächter and his wife--part historical detective story, part love story, part family memoir, part Cold War espionage thriller. 'Breathtaking, gripping, shattering.' --Elif Shafak]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439522Tue, 02 Feb 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ratline: The Exalted Life and Mysterious Death of a Nazi Fugitive Author: Philippe Sands Narrator: Katja Riemann, Philippe Sands, Stephen Fry...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ratline: The Exalted Life and Mysterious Death of a Nazi Fugitive Author: Philippe Sands Narrator: Katja Riemann, Philippe Sands, Stephen Fry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A tale of Nazi lives, mass murder, love, Cold War espionage, a mysterious death in the Vatican, and the Nazi escape route to Perón's Argentina,'the Ratline'—from the author of the internationally acclaimed, award-winning East West Street. 'Hypnotic, shocking, and unputdownable.' —John le Carré, internationally renowned bestselling author Baron Otto von Wächter, Austrian lawyer, husband, father, high Nazi official, senior SS officer, former governor of Galicia during the war, creator and overseer of the Krakow ghetto, indicted after as a war criminal for the mass murder of more than 100,000 Poles, hunted by the Soviets, the Americans, the British, by Simon Wiesenthal, on the run for three years, from 1945 to 1948 . . . Philippe Sands pieces together, in riveting detail, Wächter's extraordinary, shocking story. Given full access to the Wächter family archives--journals, diaries, tapes, and more--and with the assistance of the Wächters' son Horst, who believes his father to have been a 'good man,' Sands writes of Wächter's rise through the Nazi high command, his 'blissful' marriage and family life as their world was brought to ruin, and his four-year flight to escape justice--to the Tirol, to Rome, and the Vatican; given a new identity, on his way to a new life via 'the Ratline' to Perón's Argentina, the escape route taken by Eichmann, Mengele, and thousands of other Nazis. Wächter's escape was cut short by his mysterious, shocking death in Rome, in the midst of the burgeoning Cold War (was he being recruited in postwar Italy by the Americans and the U.S. Army Counter Intelligence Corps or by the Soviet NKVD or by both; or was he poisoned by one side or the other, as his son believes--or by both?) . . . An extraordinary discovery, told up-close through access to a trove of family correspondence between Wächter and his wife--part historical detective story, part love story, part family memoir, part Cold War espionage thriller. 'Breathtaking, gripping, shattering.' --Elif Shafak]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-solve-a-murder-true-stories-from-a-life-in-forensic-medicine-by-pauline-tremain-derek-tremain--65208074https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454431 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Solve a Murder: True Stories from a Life in Forensic Medicine Author: Pauline Tremain, Derek Tremain Narrator: John Sackville, Kim Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As gripping as it is gruesome, How to Solve a Murder is a fascinating insight into the career of a pathologist told by experts in the field. Includes a foreword from Dr Richard Shepherd, bestselling author of Unnatural Causes. FRACTURED SKULLS. GAS MASKS. BRAIN BUCKETS. VATS OF ACID. PICKLED BODY PARTS. Not the usual tools of trade, but for Chief Forensic Medical Scientist Derek and Forensic Secretary Pauline they were just part of a normal day in the office inside the world-famous Department of Forensic Medicine at Guy’s Hospital in London. Derek has played a pivotal role in investigating some of the UK’s most high-profile mass disasters and murder cases. Derek’s innovative work on murder cases, in particular, has seen him credited as a pioneer of forensic medical science, after developing ground-breaking techniques that make it easier to secure a conviction and also identify a serial killer. Warmly recalled and brilliantly told, these intriguing revelations will open your eyes to the dark world inhabited by those who investigate death and murder (typically most horrid), and unveil the secrets of how each case is solved.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454431Thu, 21 Jan 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454431 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Solve a Murder: True Stories from a Life in Forensic Medicine Author: Pauline Tremain, Derek Tremain Narrator: John Sackville, Kim Hicks Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454431 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Solve a Murder: True Stories from a Life in Forensic Medicine Author: Pauline Tremain, Derek Tremain Narrator: John Sackville, Kim Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As gripping as it is gruesome, How to Solve a Murder is a fascinating insight into the career of a pathologist told by experts in the field. Includes a foreword from Dr Richard Shepherd, bestselling author of Unnatural Causes. FRACTURED SKULLS. GAS MASKS. BRAIN BUCKETS. VATS OF ACID. PICKLED BODY PARTS. Not the usual tools of trade, but for Chief Forensic Medical Scientist Derek and Forensic Secretary Pauline they were just part of a normal day in the office inside the world-famous Department of Forensic Medicine at Guy’s Hospital in London. Derek has played a pivotal role in investigating some of the UK’s most high-profile mass disasters and murder cases. Derek’s innovative work on murder cases, in particular, has seen him credited as a pioneer of forensic medical science, after developing ground-breaking techniques that make it easier to secure a conviction and also identify a serial killer. Warmly recalled and brilliantly told, these intriguing revelations will open your eyes to the dark world inhabited by those who investigate death and murder (typically most horrid), and unveil the secrets of how each case is solved.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bite-back-people-taking-on-corporate-food-and-winning-by-kathryn-de-master-editor-saru-jayaraman-editor--65208154https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bite Back: People Taking on Corporate Food and Winning Author: Kathryn De Master (editor), Saru Jayaraman (editor) Narrator: Rebecca Gibel, Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The food system is broken, but there is a revolution underway to fix it. Bite Back presents an urgent call to action and a vision for disrupting corporate power in the food system, a vision shared with countless organizers and advocates worldwide. In this provocative and inspiring new book, editors Saru Jayaraman and Kathryn De Master bring together leading experts and activists who are challenging corporate power by addressing injustices in our food system, from wage inequality to environmental destruction to corporate bullying. In paired chapters, authors present a problem arising from corporate control of the food system and then recount how an organizing campaign successfully tackled it. This unique solutions-oriented book allows listeners to explore the core contemporary challenges embedded in our food system and learn how we can push back against corporate greed to benefit workers and consumers everywhere.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443872Tue, 19 Jan 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bite Back: People Taking on Corporate Food and Winning Author: Kathryn De Master (editor), Saru Jayaraman (editor) Narrator: Rebecca Gibel, Neil Shah...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bite Back: People Taking on Corporate Food and Winning Author: Kathryn De Master (editor), Saru Jayaraman (editor) Narrator: Rebecca Gibel, Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The food system is broken, but there is a revolution underway to fix it. Bite Back presents an urgent call to action and a vision for disrupting corporate power in the food system, a vision shared with countless organizers and advocates worldwide. In this provocative and inspiring new book, editors Saru Jayaraman and Kathryn De Master bring together leading experts and activists who are challenging corporate power by addressing injustices in our food system, from wage inequality to environmental destruction to corporate bullying. In paired chapters, authors present a problem arising from corporate control of the food system and then recount how an organizing campaign successfully tackled it. This unique solutions-oriented book allows listeners to explore the core contemporary challenges embedded in our food system and learn how we can push back against corporate greed to benefit workers and consumers everywhere.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/drug-use-for-grown-ups-chasing-liberty-in-the-land-of-fear-by-carl-l-hart--65208257https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drug Use for Grown-Ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear Author: Carl L. Hart Narrator: Carl L. Hart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the world's foremost experts on the subject, a powerful argument that the greatest damage from drugs flows from their being illegal, and a hopeful reckoning with the possibility of their use as part of a responsible and happy life Dr. Carl L. Hart, Ziff Professor at Columbia University and former chair of the Department of Psychology, is one of the world's preeminent experts on the effects of so-called recreational drugs on the human mind and body. Dr. Hart is open about the fact that he uses drugs himself, in a happy balance with the rest of his full and productive life as a colleague, husband, father, and friend. In Drug Use for Grown-Ups, he draws on decades of research and his own personal experience to argue definitively that the criminalization and demonization of drug use--not drugs themselves--have been a tremendous scourge on America, not least in reinforcing this country's enduring structural racism. Dr. Hart did not always have this view. He came of age in one of Miami's most troubled neighborhoods at a time when many ills were being laid at the door of crack cocaine. His initial work as a researcher was aimed at proving that drug use caused bad outcomes. But one problem kept cropping up: the evidence from his research did not support his hypothesis. From inside the massively well-funded research arm of the American war on drugs, he saw how the facts did not support the ideology. The truth was dismissed and distorted in order to keep fear and outrage stoked, the funds rolling in, and black and brown bodies behind bars.  Drug Use for Grown-Ups will be controversial, to be sure: the propaganda war, Dr. Hart argues, has been tremendously effective. Imagine if the only subject of any discussion about driving automobiles was fatal car crashes. Drug Use for Grown-Ups offers a radically different vision: when used responsibly, drugs can enrich and enhance our lives. We have a long way to go, but the vital conversation this book will generate is an extraordinarily important step. *This audiobook includes a PDF of figures and an appendix from the book.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drug Use for Grown-Ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear Author: Carl L. Hart Narrator: Carl L. Hart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436611 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drug Use for Grown-Ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear Author: Carl L. Hart Narrator: Carl L. Hart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the world's foremost experts on the subject, a powerful argument that the greatest damage from drugs flows from their being illegal, and a hopeful reckoning with the possibility of their use as part of a responsible and happy life Dr. Carl L. Hart, Ziff Professor at Columbia University and former chair of the Department of Psychology, is one of the world's preeminent experts on the effects of so-called recreational drugs on the human mind and body. Dr. Hart is open about the fact that he uses drugs himself, in a happy balance with the rest of his full and productive life as a colleague, husband, father, and friend. In Drug Use for Grown-Ups, he draws on decades of research and his own personal experience to argue definitively that the criminalization and demonization of drug use--not drugs themselves--have been a tremendous scourge on America, not least in reinforcing this country's enduring structural racism. Dr. Hart did not always have this view. He came of age in one of Miami's most troubled neighborhoods at a time when many ills were being laid at the door of crack cocaine. His initial work as a researcher was aimed at proving that drug use caused bad outcomes. But one problem kept cropping up: the evidence from his research did not support his hypothesis. From inside the massively well-funded research arm of the American war on drugs, he saw how the facts did not support the ideology. The truth was dismissed and distorted in order to keep fear and outrage stoked, the funds rolling in, and black and brown bodies behind bars.  Drug Use for Grown-Ups will be controversial, to be sure: the propaganda war, Dr. Hart argues, has been tremendously effective. Imagine if the only subject of any discussion about driving automobiles was fatal car crashes. Drug Use for Grown-Ups offers a radically different vision: when used responsibly, drugs can enrich and enhance our lives. We have a long way to go, but the vital conversation this book will generate is an extraordinarily important step. *This audiobook includes a PDF of figures and an appendix from the book.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-climate-war-the-fight-to-take-back-our-planet-by-michael-e-mann--65208256https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Climate War: The Fight to Take Back Our Planet Author: Michael E. Mann Narrator: Tim Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shortlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year award A renowned climate scientist shows how fossil fuel companies have waged a thirty-year campaign to deflect blame and responsibility and delay action on climate change, and offers a battle plan for how we can save the planet. Recycle. Fly less. Eat less meat. These are some of the ways that we've been told can slow climate change. But the inordinate emphasis on individual behavior is the result of a marketing campaign that has succeeded in placing the responsibility for fixing climate change squarely on the shoulders of individuals. Fossil fuel companies have followed the example of other industries deflecting blame (think "guns don't kill people, people kill people") or greenwashing (think of the beverage industry's "Crying Indian" commercials of the 1970s). Meanwhile, they've blocked efforts to regulate or price carbon emissions, run PR campaigns aimed at discrediting viable alternatives, and have abdicated their responsibility in fixing the problem they've created. The result has been disastrous for our planet. In The New Climate War, Mann argues that all is not lost. He draws the battle lines between the people and the polluters-fossil fuel companies, right-wing plutocrats, and petrostates. And he outlines a plan for forcing our governments and corporations to wake up and make real change, including: - A common-sense, attainable approach to carbon pricing- and a revision of the well-intentioned but flawed currently proposed version of the Green New Deal; - Allowing renewable energy to compete fairly against fossil fuels - Debunking the false narratives and arguments that have worked their way into the climate debate and driven a wedge between even those who support climate change solutions - Combatting climate doomism and despair-mongering With immensely powerful vested interests aligned in defense of the fossil fuel status quo, the societal tipping point won't happen without the active participation of citizens everywhere aiding in the collective push forward. This book will reach, inform, and enable citizens everywhere to join this battle for our planet.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Climate War: The Fight to Take Back Our Planet Author: Michael E. Mann Narrator: Tim Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Climate War: The Fight to Take Back Our Planet Author: Michael E. Mann Narrator: Tim Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shortlisted for the FT/McKinsey Business Book of the Year award A renowned climate scientist shows how fossil fuel companies have waged a thirty-year campaign to deflect blame and responsibility and delay action on climate change, and offers a battle plan for how we can save the planet. Recycle. Fly less. Eat less meat. These are some of the ways that we've been told can slow climate change. But the inordinate emphasis on individual behavior is the result of a marketing campaign that has succeeded in placing the responsibility for fixing climate change squarely on the shoulders of individuals. Fossil fuel companies have followed the example of other industries deflecting blame (think "guns don't kill people, people kill people") or greenwashing (think of the beverage industry's "Crying Indian" commercials of the 1970s). Meanwhile, they've blocked efforts to regulate or price carbon emissions, run PR campaigns aimed at discrediting viable alternatives, and have abdicated their responsibility in fixing the problem they've created. The result has been disastrous for our planet. In The New Climate War, Mann argues that all is not lost. He draws the battle lines between the people and the polluters-fossil fuel companies, right-wing plutocrats, and petrostates. And he outlines a plan for forcing our governments and corporations to wake up and make real change, including: - A common-sense, attainable approach to carbon pricing- and a revision of the well-intentioned but flawed currently proposed version of the Green New Deal; - Allowing renewable energy to compete fairly against fossil fuels - Debunking the false narratives and arguments that have worked their way into the climate debate and driven a wedge between even those who support climate change solutions - Combatting climate doomism and despair-mongering With immensely powerful vested interests aligned in defense of the fossil fuel status quo, the societal tipping point won't happen without the active participation of citizens everywhere aiding in the collective push forward. This book will reach, inform, and enable citizens everywhere to join this battle for our planet.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-critical-theory-of-police-power-the-fabrication-of-the-social-order-by-mark-neocleous--65208137https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451266 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Critical Theory of Police Power: The Fabrication of the Social Order Author: Mark Neocleous Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Putting police power into the center of the picture of capitalism The ubiquitous nature and political attraction of the concept of order has to be understood in conjunction with the idea of police. Since its first publication, this book has been one of the most powerful and wide-ranging critiques of the police power. Neocleous argues for an expanded concept of police, able to account for the range of institutions through which policing takes place. These institutions are concerned not just with the maintenance and reproduction of order, but with its very fabrication, especially the fabrication of a social order founded on wage labor. By situating the police power in relation to both capital and the state and at the heart of the politics of security, the book opens up into an understanding of the ways in which the state administers civil society and fabricates order through law and the ideology of crime. The discretionary violence of the police on the street is thereby connected to the wider administrative powers of the state, and the thud of the truncheon to the dull compulsion of economic relations.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451266Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451266 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Critical Theory of Police Power: The Fabrication of the Social Order Author: Mark Neocleous Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451266 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Critical Theory of Police Power: The Fabrication of the Social Order Author: Mark Neocleous Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Putting police power into the center of the picture of capitalism The ubiquitous nature and political attraction of the concept of order has to be understood in conjunction with the idea of police. Since its first publication, this book has been one of the most powerful and wide-ranging critiques of the police power. Neocleous argues for an expanded concept of police, able to account for the range of institutions through which policing takes place. These institutions are concerned not just with the maintenance and reproduction of order, but with its very fabrication, especially the fabrication of a social order founded on wage labor. By situating the police power in relation to both capital and the state and at the heart of the politics of security, the book opens up into an understanding of the ways in which the state administers civil society and fabricates order through law and the ideology of crime. The discretionary violence of the police on the street is thereby connected to the wider administrative powers of the state, and the thud of the truncheon to the dull compulsion of economic relations.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-just-wanted-to-save-my-family-a-memoir-by-stephan-pelissier--65208088https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451239 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Just Wanted to Save My Family: A Memoir Author: Stéphan Pélissier Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The timely, powerful memoir of a man unjustly charged with a crime for helping his relatives, refugees from Syria. For trying to save his in-laws, who were fleeing certain death in Syria, Stéphan Pélissier was threatened with fifteen years in prison by the Greek justice system, which accused him of human smuggling. His crime? Having gone to search for the parents, brother, and sister of his wife, Zéna, in Greece rather than leaving them to undertake a treacherous journey by boat to Italy. Their joy on finding each other quickly turned into a nightmare: Pélissier was arrested as a result of a missing car registration and thrown into prison. Although his relatives were ultimately able to seek asylum—legally—in France, Pélissier had to fight to prove his innocence, and to uphold the values of common humanity and solidarity in which he so strongly believes. I Just Wanted to Save My Family offers a heartrending window into the lives of those displaced by the Syrian civil war and a scathing critique of the often absurd, unfeeling bureaucracies that determine their fates.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451239Tue, 05 Jan 2021 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451239 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Just Wanted to Save My Family: A Memoir Author: Stéphan Pélissier Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451239 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Just Wanted to Save My Family: A Memoir Author: Stéphan Pélissier Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The timely, powerful memoir of a man unjustly charged with a crime for helping his relatives, refugees from Syria. For trying to save his in-laws, who were fleeing certain death in Syria, Stéphan Pélissier was threatened with fifteen years in prison by the Greek justice system, which accused him of human smuggling. His crime? Having gone to search for the parents, brother, and sister of his wife, Zéna, in Greece rather than leaving them to undertake a treacherous journey by boat to Italy. Their joy on finding each other quickly turned into a nightmare: Pélissier was arrested as a result of a missing car registration and thrown into prison. Although his relatives were ultimately able to seek asylum—legally—in France, Pélissier had to fight to prove his innocence, and to uphold the values of common humanity and solidarity in which he so strongly believes. I Just Wanted to Save My Family offers a heartrending window into the lives of those displaced by the Syrian civil war and a scathing critique of the often absurd, unfeeling bureaucracies that determine their fates.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/celebritocracy-the-misguided-agenda-of-celebrity-politics-in-a-postmodern-democracy-by-cooper-lawrence-phd--65208235https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444983 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Celebritocracy: The Misguided Agenda of Celebrity Politics in a Postmodern Democracy Author: Cooper Lawrence PhD Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here's the truth behind the celebrity causes you thought you knew. Celebritocracy delves into celebrity activism while tearing apart most of the highly publicized charitable and activist efforts of your favorite celebrities. Why did George Clooney back off of Darfur? How did Oprah's attempt to help Katrina victims go terribly wrong? While Kim Kardashian has done great things for criminal justice reform, did her activism on behalf of Armenian genocide set the cause back decades? And did you know that the famed Dodd-Frank Act has a small bit of pork barrel politics wedged into it—urged on by actress Robin Wright—that put thousands of lives in jeopardy in the DRC? Celebritocracy exposes nonfictional accounts of the many instances when celebrity activism ended up causing more harm than good.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444983Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444983 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Celebritocracy: The Misguided Agenda of Celebrity Politics in a Postmodern Democracy Author: Cooper Lawrence PhD Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444983 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Celebritocracy: The Misguided Agenda of Celebrity Politics in a Postmodern Democracy Author: Cooper Lawrence PhD Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here's the truth behind the celebrity causes you thought you knew. Celebritocracy delves into celebrity activism while tearing apart most of the highly publicized charitable and activist efforts of your favorite celebrities. Why did George Clooney back off of Darfur? How did Oprah's attempt to help Katrina victims go terribly wrong? While Kim Kardashian has done great things for criminal justice reform, did her activism on behalf of Armenian genocide set the cause back decades? And did you know that the famed Dodd-Frank Act has a small bit of pork barrel politics wedged into it—urged on by actress Robin Wright—that put thousands of lives in jeopardy in the DRC? Celebritocracy exposes nonfictional accounts of the many instances when celebrity activism ended up causing more harm than good.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/afghanistan-what-everyone-needs-to-know-by-barnett-r-rubin--65208184https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afghanistan: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Barnett R. Rubin Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Afghanistan, a landlocked country in Central Asia, has improbably been at the center of international geopolitics for four decades. After the Soviet Union invaded in 1980, Afghanistan descended into an unending conflict that featured at various points most of the world's major powers. In the mid-1990s, the country entered a new phase, when the Taliban took power and imposed order based on a harsh, repressive version of Islamic law. Infamously, the sheltered Osama bin Laden, whose attack on 9/11 Towers ushered in the Global War on Terror, drew tens of thousands of American troops to the country, where they remain today. In Afghanistan: What Everyone Needs to Know®, leading scholar Barnett R. Rubin provides an overview of this complicated nation. After providing a concise history of Afghanistan, he explores the various peoples and cultures of the country and its relations with neighbors like Pakistan and Iran. He also provides an authoritative overview of the conflicts that have plagued the country since the Soviet invasion. Both wide-ranging and pithy, this book explains why Afghanistan matters and what its possible future might look like.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447175Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afghanistan: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Barnett R. Rubin Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afghanistan: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Barnett R. Rubin Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Afghanistan, a landlocked country in Central Asia, has improbably been at the center of international geopolitics for four decades. After the Soviet Union invaded in 1980, Afghanistan descended into an unending conflict that featured at various points most of the world's major powers. In the mid-1990s, the country entered a new phase, when the Taliban took power and imposed order based on a harsh, repressive version of Islamic law. Infamously, the sheltered Osama bin Laden, whose attack on 9/11 Towers ushered in the Global War on Terror, drew tens of thousands of American troops to the country, where they remain today. In Afghanistan: What Everyone Needs to Know®, leading scholar Barnett R. Rubin provides an overview of this complicated nation. After providing a concise history of Afghanistan, he explores the various peoples and cultures of the country and its relations with neighbors like Pakistan and Iran. He also provides an authoritative overview of the conflicts that have plagued the country since the Soviet invasion. Both wide-ranging and pithy, this book explains why Afghanistan matters and what its possible future might look like.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spies-of-the-deep-the-untold-truth-about-the-most-terrifying-incident-in-submarine-naval-history-and-how-putin-used-the-tragedy-to-ignite-a--65208175https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spies of the Deep: The Untold Truth About the Most Terrifying Incident in Submarine Naval History and How Putin Used The Tragedy To Ignite a New Cold War Author: W. Craig Reed Narrator: Paul Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A decade after the Cold War, a violent explosion sent the Russian submarine Kursk to the bottom of the Barents Sea. The Russians claimed an outdated torpedo caused the incident and refused help from the West while twenty-three survivors died before they could be rescued. When Russian naval officers revealed evidence of a collision with a US spy sub, Vladimir Putin squelched the allegations and fired the officers. In Spies of the Deep, W. Craig Reed shatters the lies told by both Russian and US officials and exposes several shocking truths. Included are never-before-revealed facts and firsthand accounts from deep sea rescue divers, US submariners, government officials, Russian naval officers, and expert witnesses. Not to mention unveiled evidence of a secret deal between Putin and US President Bill Clinton to avert a nuclear war. Discover how the Kursk propelled Putin to power and how he used its demise to muzzle oligarchs, wrest control of energy firms, rebuild Russia's military, and dominate Arctic resources and sea routes. Spies of the Deep explores how the Kursk incident will be remembered as a pivotal historical event that propelled the world's superpowers into another, far more dangerous Cold War, sparked conflicts in the Arctic, and fueled a resource war that could create an economic nightmare not seen since the Great Depression.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444985Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spies of the Deep: The Untold Truth About the Most Terrifying Incident in Submarine Naval History and How Putin Used The Tragedy To Ignite a New Cold...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spies of the Deep: The Untold Truth About the Most Terrifying Incident in Submarine Naval History and How Putin Used The Tragedy To Ignite a New Cold War Author: W. Craig Reed Narrator: Paul Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A decade after the Cold War, a violent explosion sent the Russian submarine Kursk to the bottom of the Barents Sea. The Russians claimed an outdated torpedo caused the incident and refused help from the West while twenty-three survivors died before they could be rescued. When Russian naval officers revealed evidence of a collision with a US spy sub, Vladimir Putin squelched the allegations and fired the officers. In Spies of the Deep, W. Craig Reed shatters the lies told by both Russian and US officials and exposes several shocking truths. Included are never-before-revealed facts and firsthand accounts from deep sea rescue divers, US submariners, government officials, Russian naval officers, and expert witnesses. Not to mention unveiled evidence of a secret deal between Putin and US President Bill Clinton to avert a nuclear war. Discover how the Kursk propelled Putin to power and how he used its demise to muzzle oligarchs, wrest control of energy firms, rebuild Russia's military, and dominate Arctic resources and sea routes. Spies of the Deep explores how the Kursk incident will be remembered as a pivotal historical event that propelled the world's superpowers into another, far more dangerous Cold War, sparked conflicts in the Arctic, and fueled a resource war that could create an economic nightmare not seen since the Great Depression.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unmasking-obama-the-fight-to-tell-the-true-story-of-a-failed-presidency-by-jack-cashill--65208136https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmasking Obama: The Fight to Tell the True Story of a Failed Presidency Author: Jack Cashill Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While the major media were spinning their collective fairy tale about the Obama presidency, the alternative conservative media—America's 'samizdat'—were telling the truth. During the Obama years, an asymmetrical media war was waged to control the critical first draft of American history. There is no fair way to record that history without first acknowledging the war. The field of battle shaped up as follows: on the right, the alternative conservative media and the 'responsible' right, occasionally working together, often working at odds; on the left, the mainstream media, the social media giants, Hollywood, Broadway, the federal bureaucracies, the national security apparatus, and what Ray Bradbury would call 'firemen'—the virtual book burners, amateur and professional. Rarely at odds, these forces routinely worked together to amplify what Obama adviser Ben Rhodes famously called the White House's 'messaging campaign.' Money, resources, and power overwhelmingly favored the left, but the right had the equalizer on its side—the truth.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444982Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmasking Obama: The Fight to Tell the True Story of a Failed Presidency Author: Jack Cashill Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmasking Obama: The Fight to Tell the True Story of a Failed Presidency Author: Jack Cashill Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While the major media were spinning their collective fairy tale about the Obama presidency, the alternative conservative media—America's 'samizdat'—were telling the truth. During the Obama years, an asymmetrical media war was waged to control the critical first draft of American history. There is no fair way to record that history without first acknowledging the war. The field of battle shaped up as follows: on the right, the alternative conservative media and the 'responsible' right, occasionally working together, often working at odds; on the left, the mainstream media, the social media giants, Hollywood, Broadway, the federal bureaucracies, the national security apparatus, and what Ray Bradbury would call 'firemen'—the virtual book burners, amateur and professional. Rarely at odds, these forces routinely worked together to amplify what Obama adviser Ben Rhodes famously called the White House's 'messaging campaign.' Money, resources, and power overwhelmingly favored the left, but the right had the equalizer on its side—the truth.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dark-skies-space-expansionism-planetary-geopolitics-and-the-ends-of-humanity-by-daniel-deudney--65208067https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Skies: Space Expansionism, Planetary Geopolitics, and the Ends of Humanity Author: Daniel Deudney Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Would-be asteroid collision diverters, space solar energy collectors, asteroid miners, and space geo-engineers insistently promote their Earth-changing mega-projects. Given our many looming planetary catastrophes (from extreme climate change to runaway artificial superintelligence), looking beyond the earth for solutions might seem like a sound strategy for humanity. And indeed, bolstered by a global network of fervent space advocates—and seemingly rendered plausible, even inevitable, by oceans of science fiction and the wizardly of modern cinema—space beckons as a fully hopeful path for human survival and flourishing, a positive future in increasingly dark times. But despite even basic questions of feasibility, will these many space ventures really have desirable effects, as their advocates insist? In the first book to critically assess the major consequences of space activities from their origins in the 1940s to the present and beyond, Daniel Deudney argues in Dark Skies that the major result of the 'Space Age' has been to increase the likelihood of global nuclear war, a fact conveniently obscured by the failure of recognize that nuclear-armed ballistic missiles are inherently space weapons.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453658Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Skies: Space Expansionism, Planetary Geopolitics, and the Ends of Humanity Author: Daniel Deudney Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Skies: Space Expansionism, Planetary Geopolitics, and the Ends of Humanity Author: Daniel Deudney Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Would-be asteroid collision diverters, space solar energy collectors, asteroid miners, and space geo-engineers insistently promote their Earth-changing mega-projects. Given our many looming planetary catastrophes (from extreme climate change to runaway artificial superintelligence), looking beyond the earth for solutions might seem like a sound strategy for humanity. And indeed, bolstered by a global network of fervent space advocates—and seemingly rendered plausible, even inevitable, by oceans of science fiction and the wizardly of modern cinema—space beckons as a fully hopeful path for human survival and flourishing, a positive future in increasingly dark times. But despite even basic questions of feasibility, will these many space ventures really have desirable effects, as their advocates insist? In the first book to critically assess the major consequences of space activities from their origins in the 1940s to the present and beyond, Daniel Deudney argues in Dark Skies that the major result of the 'Space Age' has been to increase the likelihood of global nuclear war, a fact conveniently obscured by the failure of recognize that nuclear-armed ballistic missiles are inherently space weapons.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-shadow-commander-soleimani-the-us-and-iran-s-global-ambitions-by-arash-azizi--65208123https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447160 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Commander: Soleimani, the US, and Iran’s Global Ambitions Author: Arash Azizi Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Until his assassination by US drone strike in January 2020, commander Qassem Soleimani was one of the most powerful men in Iran and the military spearhead for Iranian foreign policy, enacting the wishes of the country's Supreme Leader in the region. A widely popular but also feared maverick operator, he helped to establish the Islamic Republic as a major force in the Middle East, with interventions in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and Yemen. This was a long way from where he began as a youth, living on the margins in a country ruled by a monarch supported by the United States. In this engaging account, historian Arash Azizi examines Soleimani's life, regional influence, and future ambitions. The Shadow Commander breaks new ground through interviews with Iranians, Afghans, Iraqis, and Syrians who knew Soleimani for years, including his personal driver, the aides who accompanied him to his Moscow meeting with Vladimir Putin, and his brother. Ultimately, Azizi uses the story of this one important figure to make sense of the global ambitions of Iran, a country whose actions are much talked about but seldom understood.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447160Tue, 15 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447160 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Commander: Soleimani, the US, and Iran’s Global Ambitions Author: Arash Azizi Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447160 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Commander: Soleimani, the US, and Iran’s Global Ambitions Author: Arash Azizi Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Until his assassination by US drone strike in January 2020, commander Qassem Soleimani was one of the most powerful men in Iran and the military spearhead for Iranian foreign policy, enacting the wishes of the country's Supreme Leader in the region. A widely popular but also feared maverick operator, he helped to establish the Islamic Republic as a major force in the Middle East, with interventions in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and Yemen. This was a long way from where he began as a youth, living on the margins in a country ruled by a monarch supported by the United States. In this engaging account, historian Arash Azizi examines Soleimani's life, regional influence, and future ambitions. The Shadow Commander breaks new ground through interviews with Iranians, Afghans, Iraqis, and Syrians who knew Soleimani for years, including his personal driver, the aides who accompanied him to his Moscow meeting with Vladimir Putin, and his brother. Ultimately, Azizi uses the story of this one important figure to make sense of the global ambitions of Iran, a country whose actions are much talked about but seldom understood.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/angry-politics-partisan-hatred-and-political-polarization-among-college-students-by-stacy-g-ulbig--65208121https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angry Politics: Partisan Hatred and Political Polarization among College Students Author: Stacy G. Ulbig Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At a time of political tribalism and ideological purity tests, it can be hard to remember that cross-party hatred isn’t an inherent feature of partisan politics. But, as this book reminds us, a backward glance—or a quick survey of so many retiring members of Congress—tells us that even in the past decade partisan rancor has grown exponentially. In Angry Politics, Stacy G. Ulbig asks why. Even more to the point, she traces the trend to the place where it all might begin—the college campus, among the youngest segment of the electorate. A distinguished researcher and scholar of political psychology and public opinion, Ulbig gets right to the heart of the problem—the early manifestation of the incivility pervading contemporary US politics. With an emphasis on undergraduates at four-year universities, she gauges the intensity and effects of partisan animosities on campus, examines the significance of media consumption in forming political attitudes, and considers the possibility that partisan hostility can operate like racial and ethnic animosities in fomenting intolerance for other groups. During the college years, political attitudes are most likely to be mutable; so, as Angry Politics explores the increasing combativeness on campus, it also considers the possibility of forestalling partisan hatred before attitudes harden.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454254Fri, 11 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angry Politics: Partisan Hatred and Political Polarization among College Students Author: Stacy G. Ulbig Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angry Politics: Partisan Hatred and Political Polarization among College Students Author: Stacy G. Ulbig Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At a time of political tribalism and ideological purity tests, it can be hard to remember that cross-party hatred isn’t an inherent feature of partisan politics. But, as this book reminds us, a backward glance—or a quick survey of so many retiring members of Congress—tells us that even in the past decade partisan rancor has grown exponentially. In Angry Politics, Stacy G. Ulbig asks why. Even more to the point, she traces the trend to the place where it all might begin—the college campus, among the youngest segment of the electorate. A distinguished researcher and scholar of political psychology and public opinion, Ulbig gets right to the heart of the problem—the early manifestation of the incivility pervading contemporary US politics. With an emphasis on undergraduates at four-year universities, she gauges the intensity and effects of partisan animosities on campus, examines the significance of media consumption in forming political attitudes, and considers the possibility that partisan hostility can operate like racial and ethnic animosities in fomenting intolerance for other groups. During the college years, political attitudes are most likely to be mutable; so, as Angry Politics explores the increasing combativeness on campus, it also considers the possibility of forestalling partisan hatred before attitudes harden.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-groundings-with-my-brothers-by-walter-rodney--65208155https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445353 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Groundings With My Brothers Author: Walter Rodney Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'I have sat on a little oil drum, rusty and in the midst of garbage, and some black brothers and I have grounded together.'—Walter Rodney In his short life, the Guyanese intellectual Walter Rodney emerged as one of the leading thinkers and activists of the anticolonial revolution, leading movements in North America, South America, the African continent, and the Caribbean. In each locale, Rodney found himself a lightning rod for working class Black Power. His deportation catalyzed twentieth century Jamaica's most significant rebellion, the 1968 Rodney riots, and his scholarship trained a generation how to think politics at an international scale. In 1980, shortly after founding of the Working People's Alliance in Guyana, the thirty-eight-year-old Rodney would be assassinated. In this classic work published in the heady days of international black power, Groundings with My Brothers details the global circulation of emancipatory ideas, but also offers first-hand reports of Rodney's mass movement organizing. Introduced and contextualized by leading Caribbean scholar-activists, this updated edition brings Rodney's legacy to a new generation of radicals.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445353Tue, 01 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445353 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Groundings With My Brothers Author: Walter Rodney Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445353 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Groundings With My Brothers Author: Walter Rodney Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'I have sat on a little oil drum, rusty and in the midst of garbage, and some black brothers and I have grounded together.'—Walter Rodney In his short life, the Guyanese intellectual Walter Rodney emerged as one of the leading thinkers and activists of the anticolonial revolution, leading movements in North America, South America, the African continent, and the Caribbean. In each locale, Rodney found himself a lightning rod for working class Black Power. His deportation catalyzed twentieth century Jamaica's most significant rebellion, the 1968 Rodney riots, and his scholarship trained a generation how to think politics at an international scale. In 1980, shortly after founding of the Working People's Alliance in Guyana, the thirty-eight-year-old Rodney would be assassinated. In this classic work published in the heady days of international black power, Groundings with My Brothers details the global circulation of emancipatory ideas, but also offers first-hand reports of Rodney's mass movement organizing. Introduced and contextualized by leading Caribbean scholar-activists, this updated edition brings Rodney's legacy to a new generation of radicals.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/long-time-coming-reckoning-with-race-in-america-by-michael-eric-dyson--65208092https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453095 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Time Coming: Reckoning with Race in America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'As a narrator, the reverence and tenderness Dyson communicates in his letters--addressed to victims of racist violence Elijah McClain, Emmett Till, Eric Garner, Breonna Taylor, Hadiya Pendleton, Sandra Bland, and the Rev. Clementa Pinckney--invoke the experience of listening in on a holy epistle. Don't miss this.' -- AudioFile Magazine This program is read by Michael Eric Dyson. From the New York Times bestselling author of Tears We Cannot Stop, a passionate call to America to finally reckon with race and start the journey to redemption. The night of May 25, 2020 changed America. George Floyd, a 46-year-old Black man, was killed during an arrest in Minneapolis when a white cop suffocated him. The video of that night’s events went viral, sparking the largest protests in the nation’s history and the sort of social unrest we have not seen since the sixties. While Floyd’s death was certainly the catalyst, (heightened by the fact that it occurred during a pandemic whose victims were disproportionately of color) it was in truth the fuse that lit an ever-filling powder keg. Long Time Coming grapples with the cultural and social forces that have shaped our nation in the brutal crucible of race. In five beautifully argued chapters—each addressed to a black martyr from Breonna Taylor to Rev. Clementa Pinckney—Dyson traces the genealogy of anti-blackness from the slave ship to the street corner where Floyd lost his life—and where America gained its will to confront the ugly truth of systemic racism. Ending with a poignant plea for hope, Dyson’s exciting new book points the way to social redemption. Long Time Coming is a necessary guide to help America finally reckon with race. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press “Antiracist demonstrations have been like love notes to the martyrs of racist terror and anti-Blackness. Michael Eric Dyson writes out these love notes in this powerfully illuminating, heart-wrenching, and enlightening book. Long Time Coming is right on time.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist “Crushingly powerful, Long Time Coming is an unfiltered Marlboro of black pain.” —Isabel Wilkerson, author of Caste: The Origins of Our Discontents 'Michael Eric Dyson is one of the nation’s most thoughtful and critical thinkers in social inequality and the demands of justice. Long Time Coming, his latest formidable, compelling book, has much to offer on our nation’s crucial need for racial reckoning and the way forward.' —Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453095Tue, 01 Dec 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453095 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Time Coming: Reckoning with Race in America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453095 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Time Coming: Reckoning with Race in America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'As a narrator, the reverence and tenderness Dyson communicates in his letters--addressed to victims of racist violence Elijah McClain, Emmett Till, Eric Garner, Breonna Taylor, Hadiya Pendleton, Sandra Bland, and the Rev. Clementa Pinckney--invoke the experience of listening in on a holy epistle. Don't miss this.' -- AudioFile Magazine This program is read by Michael Eric Dyson. From the New York Times bestselling author of Tears We Cannot Stop, a passionate call to America to finally reckon with race and start the journey to redemption. The night of May 25, 2020 changed America. George Floyd, a 46-year-old Black man, was killed during an arrest in Minneapolis when a white cop suffocated him. The video of that night’s events went viral, sparking the largest protests in the nation’s history and the sort of social unrest we have not seen since the sixties. While Floyd’s death was certainly the catalyst, (heightened by the fact that it occurred during a pandemic whose victims were disproportionately of color) it was in truth the fuse that lit an ever-filling powder keg. Long Time Coming grapples with the cultural and social forces that have shaped our nation in the brutal crucible of race. In five beautifully argued chapters—each addressed to a black martyr from Breonna Taylor to Rev. Clementa Pinckney—Dyson traces the genealogy of anti-blackness from the slave ship to the street corner where Floyd lost his life—and where America gained its will to confront the ugly truth of systemic racism. Ending with a poignant plea for hope, Dyson’s exciting new book points the way to social redemption. Long Time Coming is a necessary guide to help America finally reckon with race. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press “Antiracist demonstrations have been like love notes to the martyrs of racist terror and anti-Blackness. Michael Eric Dyson writes out these love notes in this powerfully illuminating, heart-wrenching, and enlightening book. Long Time Coming is right on time.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist “Crushingly powerful, Long Time Coming is an unfiltered Marlboro of black pain.” —Isabel Wilkerson, author of Caste: The Origins of Our Discontents 'Michael Eric Dyson is one of the nation’s most thoughtful and critical thinkers in social inequality and the demands of justice. Long Time Coming, his latest formidable, compelling book, has much to offer on our nation’s crucial need for racial reckoning and the way forward.' —Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-return-of-great-power-rivalry-democracy-versus-autocracy-from-the-ancient-world-to-the-u-s-and-china-by-matthew-kroenig--65208133https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Great Power Rivalry: Democracy versus Autocracy from the Ancient World to the U.S. and China Author: Matthew Kroenig Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States of America has been the most powerful country in the world for over seventy years, but recently the US National Security Strategy declared that the return of great power competition with Russia and China is the greatest threat to US national security. Further, many analysts predict that America's autocratic rivals will have at least some success in disrupting—and, in the longer term, possibly even displacing—US global leadership. Brilliant and engagingly written, The Return of Great Power Rivalry argues that this conventional wisdom is wrong. Drawing on an extraordinary range of historical evidence and the works of figures like Herodotus, Machiavelli, and Montesquieu and combining it with cutting-edge social science research, Matthew Kroenig advances the riveting argument that democracies tend to excel in great power rivalries. He contends that democracies actually have unique economic, diplomatic, and military advantages in long-run geopolitical competitions. He considers autocratic advantages as well, but shows that these are more than outweighed by their vulnerabilities. By advancing a 'hard-power' argument for democracy, Kroenig demonstrates that despite its many problems, the US is better positioned to maintain a global leadership role than either Russia or China.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445364Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Great Power Rivalry: Democracy versus Autocracy from the Ancient World to the U.S. and China Author: Matthew Kroenig Narrator: Joel...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Great Power Rivalry: Democracy versus Autocracy from the Ancient World to the U.S. and China Author: Matthew Kroenig Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States of America has been the most powerful country in the world for over seventy years, but recently the US National Security Strategy declared that the return of great power competition with Russia and China is the greatest threat to US national security. Further, many analysts predict that America's autocratic rivals will have at least some success in disrupting—and, in the longer term, possibly even displacing—US global leadership. Brilliant and engagingly written, The Return of Great Power Rivalry argues that this conventional wisdom is wrong. Drawing on an extraordinary range of historical evidence and the works of figures like Herodotus, Machiavelli, and Montesquieu and combining it with cutting-edge social science research, Matthew Kroenig advances the riveting argument that democracies tend to excel in great power rivalries. He contends that democracies actually have unique economic, diplomatic, and military advantages in long-run geopolitical competitions. He considers autocratic advantages as well, but shows that these are more than outweighed by their vulnerabilities. By advancing a 'hard-power' argument for democracy, Kroenig demonstrates that despite its many problems, the US is better positioned to maintain a global leadership role than either Russia or China.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-escaped-from-auschwitz-the-shocking-true-story-of-the-world-war-ii-hero-who-escaped-the-nazis-and-helped-save-over-200-000-jews-by-rudolf--65208070https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Escaped from Auschwitz: The Shocking True Story of the World War II Hero Who Escaped the Nazis and Helped Save Over 200,000 Jews Author: Rudolf Vrba, Alan Bestic Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Stunning and Emotional Autobiography of an Auschwitz Survivor April 7, 1944—This date marks the successful escape of two Slovak prisoners from one of the most heavily-guarded and notorious concentration camps of Nazi Germany. The escapees, Rudolf Vrba and Alfred Wetzler, fled over one hundred miles to be the first to give the graphic and detailed descriptions of the atrocities of Auschwitz. Originally published in the early 1960s, I Escaped from Auschwitz is the striking autobiography of none other than Rudolf Vrba himself. Vrba details his life leading up to, during, and after his escape from his twenty-one-month internment in Auschwitz. Vrba and Wetzler manage to evade Nazi authorities looking for them and make contact with the Jewish council in Zilina, Slovakia, informing them about the truth of the 'unknown destination' of Jewish deportees all across Europe. This first-hand report alerted Western authorities, such as Pope Pius XII, Winston Churchill, and Franklin D. Roosevelt, to the reality of Nazi annihilation camps—information that until then had only been recognized as nasty rumors.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453689Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Escaped from Auschwitz: The Shocking True Story of the World War II Hero Who Escaped the Nazis and Helped Save Over 200,000 Jews Author: Rudolf Vrba,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Escaped from Auschwitz: The Shocking True Story of the World War II Hero Who Escaped the Nazis and Helped Save Over 200,000 Jews Author: Rudolf Vrba, Alan Bestic Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Stunning and Emotional Autobiography of an Auschwitz Survivor April 7, 1944—This date marks the successful escape of two Slovak prisoners from one of the most heavily-guarded and notorious concentration camps of Nazi Germany. The escapees, Rudolf Vrba and Alfred Wetzler, fled over one hundred miles to be the first to give the graphic and detailed descriptions of the atrocities of Auschwitz. Originally published in the early 1960s, I Escaped from Auschwitz is the striking autobiography of none other than Rudolf Vrba himself. Vrba details his life leading up to, during, and after his escape from his twenty-one-month internment in Auschwitz. Vrba and Wetzler manage to evade Nazi authorities looking for them and make contact with the Jewish council in Zilina, Slovakia, informing them about the truth of the 'unknown destination' of Jewish deportees all across Europe. This first-hand report alerted Western authorities, such as Pope Pius XII, Winston Churchill, and Franklin D. Roosevelt, to the reality of Nazi annihilation camps—information that until then had only been recognized as nasty rumors.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-are-we-going-to-explain-this-our-future-on-a-hot-earth-by-jelmer-mommers--65208176https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Are We Going to Explain This?: Our Future on a Hot Earth Author: Jelmer Mommers Narrator: Simon Darwen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There’s a new story in the making, one in which the consequences of our actions add up—and every contribution is meaningful. If climate change is the biggest threat humanity has ever faced, then why are we doing so little about it? And where do we go from here? Journalist Jelmer Mommers knows most people prefer not to talk or even think about climate change, and that is exactly why he wrote this book. Denial and despair are not the only possible responses to the current crisis. Drawing on the latest science, Mommers describes how we got here, what possible future awaits us, and how you can help make a difference. Five years in the making, How Are We Going to Explain This was an instant bestseller in the Netherlands. With this revised and updated translation, including responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, Mommers brings his unique blend of realism and hope to the wider world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202Tue, 17 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Are We Going to Explain This?: Our Future on a Hot Earth Author: Jelmer Mommers Narrator: Simon Darwen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444202 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Are We Going to Explain This?: Our Future on a Hot Earth Author: Jelmer Mommers Narrator: Simon Darwen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There’s a new story in the making, one in which the consequences of our actions add up—and every contribution is meaningful. If climate change is the biggest threat humanity has ever faced, then why are we doing so little about it? And where do we go from here? Journalist Jelmer Mommers knows most people prefer not to talk or even think about climate change, and that is exactly why he wrote this book. Denial and despair are not the only possible responses to the current crisis. Drawing on the latest science, Mommers describes how we got here, what possible future awaits us, and how you can help make a difference. Five years in the making, How Are We Going to Explain This was an instant bestseller in the Netherlands. With this revised and updated translation, including responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, Mommers brings his unique blend of realism and hope to the wider world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/just-medicine-a-cure-for-racial-inequality-in-american-health-care-by-dayna-bowen-matthew--65208124https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454251 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Medicine: A Cure for Racial Inequality in American Health Care Author: Dayna Bowen Matthew Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Health disparities have remained stubbornly entrenched in the American health care system—and in Just Medicine Dayna Bowen Matthew finds that they principally arise from unconscious racial and ethnic biases held by physicians, institutional providers, and their patients. Implicit bias is the single most important determinant of health and health care disparities. Because we have missed this fact, the money we spend on training providers to become culturally competent, expanding wellness education programs and community health centers, and even expanding access to health insurance will have only a modest effect on reducing health disparities. We will continue to utterly fail in the effort to eradicate health disparities unless we enact strong, evidence-based legal remedies that accurately address implicit and unintentional forms of discrimination, to replace the weak, tepid, and largely irrelevant legal remedies currently available. Our continued failure to fashion an effective response that purges the effects of implicit bias from American health care, Matthew argues, is unjust and morally untenable. In a time when the health of the entire nation is at risk, it is essential to confront the issues keeping the health care system from providing equal treatment to all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454251Tue, 17 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454251 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Medicine: A Cure for Racial Inequality in American Health Care Author: Dayna Bowen Matthew Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454251 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Medicine: A Cure for Racial Inequality in American Health Care Author: Dayna Bowen Matthew Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Health disparities have remained stubbornly entrenched in the American health care system—and in Just Medicine Dayna Bowen Matthew finds that they principally arise from unconscious racial and ethnic biases held by physicians, institutional providers, and their patients. Implicit bias is the single most important determinant of health and health care disparities. Because we have missed this fact, the money we spend on training providers to become culturally competent, expanding wellness education programs and community health centers, and even expanding access to health insurance will have only a modest effect on reducing health disparities. We will continue to utterly fail in the effort to eradicate health disparities unless we enact strong, evidence-based legal remedies that accurately address implicit and unintentional forms of discrimination, to replace the weak, tepid, and largely irrelevant legal remedies currently available. Our continued failure to fashion an effective response that purges the effects of implicit bias from American health care, Matthew argues, is unjust and morally untenable. In a time when the health of the entire nation is at risk, it is essential to confront the issues keeping the health care system from providing equal treatment to all.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/everyone-versus-racism-a-letter-to-my-children-by-patrick-hutchinson--65208095https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447076 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone Versus Racism: A Letter to My Children Author: Patrick Hutchinson Narrator: Patrick Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The best of England' The New Statesman 'A powerful open letter about racism' The Sun ‘I just want equality, equality for all of us. At the moment, the scales are unfairly balanced and I just want things to be fair for my children, my grandchildren and future generations.’ On 13 June 2020, Patrick Hutchinson, a black man, was photographed carrying a white injured man to safety during a confrontation in London between Black Lives Matter demonstrators and counter-protestors. The powerful image was shared and discussed all around the world. Everyone versus Racism is a poignant letter from Patrick to his children and grandchildren. Writing from the heart, he describes the realities of life as a black man today and why we must unite to inspire change for generations to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447076Thu, 12 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447076 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone Versus Racism: A Letter to My Children Author: Patrick Hutchinson Narrator: Patrick Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447076 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone Versus Racism: A Letter to My Children Author: Patrick Hutchinson Narrator: Patrick Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The best of England' The New Statesman 'A powerful open letter about racism' The Sun ‘I just want equality, equality for all of us. At the moment, the scales are unfairly balanced and I just want things to be fair for my children, my grandchildren and future generations.’ On 13 June 2020, Patrick Hutchinson, a black man, was photographed carrying a white injured man to safety during a confrontation in London between Black Lives Matter demonstrators and counter-protestors. The powerful image was shared and discussed all around the world. Everyone versus Racism is a poignant letter from Patrick to his children and grandchildren. Writing from the heart, he describes the realities of life as a black man today and why we must unite to inspire change for generations to come.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-invention-of-china-by-bill-hayton--65208228https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445330 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invention of China Author: Bill Hayton Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative account showing that 'China'—and its 5,000 years of unified history—is a national myth, created only a century ago with a political agenda that persists to this day. China's current leadership lays claim to a 5,000-year-old civilization, but 'China' as a unified country and people, Bill Hayton argues, was created far more recently by a small group of intellectuals. In this compelling account, Hayton shows how China's present-day geopolitical problems—the fates of Hong Kong, Taiwan, Tibet, Xinjiang, and the South China Sea—were born in the struggle to create a modern nation-state. In the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, reformers and revolutionaries adopted foreign ideas to 'invent' a new vision of China. By asserting a particular, politicized version of the past the government bolstered its claim to a vast territory stretching from the Pacific to Central Asia. Ranging across history, nationhood, language, and territory, Hayton shows how the Republic's reworking of its past not only helped it to justify its right to rule a century ago—but continues to motivate and direct policy today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445330Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445330 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invention of China Author: Bill Hayton Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 10,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445330 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invention of China Author: Bill Hayton Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative account showing that 'China'—and its 5,000 years of unified history—is a national myth, created only a century ago with a political agenda that persists to this day. China's current leadership lays claim to a 5,000-year-old civilization, but 'China' as a unified country and people, Bill Hayton argues, was created far more recently by a small group of intellectuals. In this compelling account, Hayton shows how China's present-day geopolitical problems—the fates of Hong Kong, Taiwan, Tibet, Xinjiang, and the South China Sea—were born in the struggle to create a modern nation-state. In the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, reformers and revolutionaries adopted foreign ideas to 'invent' a new vision of China. By asserting a particular, politicized version of the past the government bolstered its claim to a vast territory stretching from the Pacific to Central Asia. Ranging across history, nationhood, language, and territory, Hayton shows how the Republic's reworking of its past not only helped it to justify its right to rule a century ago—but continues to motivate and direct policy today.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hammer-and-hoe-alabama-communists-during-the-great-depression-by-robin-dg-kelley--65208142https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression Author: Robin Dg Kelley Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking contribution to the history of the 'long Civil Rights movement,' Hammer and Hoe tells the story of how, during the 1930s and '40s, Communists took on Alabama's repressive, racist police state to fight for economic justice, civil and political rights, and racial equality. The Alabama Communist Party was made up of working people without a Euro-American radical political tradition: devoutly religious and semiliterate black laborers and sharecroppers, and a handful of whites, including unemployed industrial workers, housewives, youth, and renegade liberals. In this book, Robin D. G. Kelley reveals how the experiences and identities of these people from Alabama's farms, factories, mines, kitchens, and city streets shaped the Party's tactics and unique political culture. The result was a remarkably resilient movement forged in a racist world that had little tolerance for radicals. After discussing the book's origins and impact in a new preface written for this twenty-fifth-anniversary edition, Kelley reflects on what a militantly antiracist, radical movement in the heart of Dixie might teach contemporary social movements confronting rampant inequality, police violence, mass incarceration, and neoliberalism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression Author: Robin Dg Kelley Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449758 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression Author: Robin Dg Kelley Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking contribution to the history of the 'long Civil Rights movement,' Hammer and Hoe tells the story of how, during the 1930s and '40s, Communists took on Alabama's repressive, racist police state to fight for economic justice, civil and political rights, and racial equality. The Alabama Communist Party was made up of working people without a Euro-American radical political tradition: devoutly religious and semiliterate black laborers and sharecroppers, and a handful of whites, including unemployed industrial workers, housewives, youth, and renegade liberals. In this book, Robin D. G. Kelley reveals how the experiences and identities of these people from Alabama's farms, factories, mines, kitchens, and city streets shaped the Party's tactics and unique political culture. The result was a remarkably resilient movement forged in a racist world that had little tolerance for radicals. After discussing the book's origins and impact in a new preface written for this twenty-fifth-anniversary edition, Kelley reflects on what a militantly antiracist, radical movement in the heart of Dixie might teach contemporary social movements confronting rampant inequality, police violence, mass incarceration, and neoliberalism.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-last-lincoln-republican-the-presidential-election-of-1880-by-benjamin-t-arrington--65208058https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Lincoln Republican: The Presidential Election of 1880 Author: Benjamin T. Arrington Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the presidential election of 1880, fully explored for the first time in The Last Lincoln Republican, is a political drama of lasting consequence and dashed possibilities. A fierce opponent of slavery before the war, Garfield had fought for civil rights for African Americans for years in Congress. Holding true to the original values of the Republican Party, Garfield wanted to promote equal opportunity for all; meanwhile, Democrats, led by Winfield Scott Hancock, sought to return the South to white supremacy and an inferior status for African Americans. With its in-depth account of the personalities and issues at play in 1880, Arrington's book provides a unique perspective on how this critical election continues to resonate through our national politics and culture to this day. A close look at the contest of 1880 reveals that Garfield's victory could have been the start of a period of greater civil rights legislation, a continuation of Lincoln's vision. This was the choice made by the American people—and, as The Last Lincoln Republican makes poignantly clear, the great opportunity forever lost when Garfield was assassinated just a few months into his term.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454255Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Lincoln Republican: The Presidential Election of 1880 Author: Benjamin T. Arrington Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Lincoln Republican: The Presidential Election of 1880 Author: Benjamin T. Arrington Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the presidential election of 1880, fully explored for the first time in The Last Lincoln Republican, is a political drama of lasting consequence and dashed possibilities. A fierce opponent of slavery before the war, Garfield had fought for civil rights for African Americans for years in Congress. Holding true to the original values of the Republican Party, Garfield wanted to promote equal opportunity for all; meanwhile, Democrats, led by Winfield Scott Hancock, sought to return the South to white supremacy and an inferior status for African Americans. With its in-depth account of the personalities and issues at play in 1880, Arrington's book provides a unique perspective on how this critical election continues to resonate through our national politics and culture to this day. A close look at the contest of 1880 reveals that Garfield's victory could have been the start of a period of greater civil rights legislation, a continuation of Lincoln's vision. This was the choice made by the American people—and, as The Last Lincoln Republican makes poignantly clear, the great opportunity forever lost when Garfield was assassinated just a few months into his term.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-interest-how-the-british-establishment-resisted-the-abolition-of-slavery-by-michael-taylor--65208065https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452664 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Interest: How the British Establishment Resisted the Abolition of Slavery Author: Michael Taylor Narrator: James Maccallum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE ORWELL PRIZE FOR POLITICAL WRITING A DAILY TELEGRAPH BOOK OF THE YEAR A riveting narrative history that shows for the first time how the campaign to end slavery divided Britain, convulsed its politics and was almost thwarted by some of the most powerful and famous figures of the era. In 1807, Parliament outlawed the slave trade in the British Empire. But for the next 25 years more than 700,000 people remained enslaved, due to the immensely powerful pro-slavery group the 'West India Interest'. This ground-breaking history discloses the extent to which the 'Interest' were supported by nearly every figure of the British establishment - fighting, not to abolish slavery, but to maintain it for profit. Gripping and unflinching, The Interest is the long-overdue exposé of one of Britain's darkest, most turbulent times. 'A critical piece of history and a devastating exposé' Shashi Tharoor, author of Inglorious Empire 'Thoroughly researched and potent' David Lammy MP 'Essential reading' Simon Sebag Montefiore © Michael Taylor 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452664Thu, 05 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452664 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Interest: How the British Establishment Resisted the Abolition of Slavery Author: Michael Taylor Narrator: James Maccallum Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452664 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Interest: How the British Establishment Resisted the Abolition of Slavery Author: Michael Taylor Narrator: James Maccallum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE ORWELL PRIZE FOR POLITICAL WRITING A DAILY TELEGRAPH BOOK OF THE YEAR A riveting narrative history that shows for the first time how the campaign to end slavery divided Britain, convulsed its politics and was almost thwarted by some of the most powerful and famous figures of the era. In 1807, Parliament outlawed the slave trade in the British Empire. But for the next 25 years more than 700,000 people remained enslaved, due to the immensely powerful pro-slavery group the 'West India Interest'. This ground-breaking history discloses the extent to which the 'Interest' were supported by nearly every figure of the British establishment - fighting, not to abolish slavery, but to maintain it for profit. Gripping and unflinching, The Interest is the long-overdue exposé of one of Britain's darkest, most turbulent times. 'A critical piece of history and a devastating exposé' Shashi Tharoor, author of Inglorious Empire 'Thoroughly researched and potent' David Lammy MP 'Essential reading' Simon Sebag Montefiore © Michael Taylor 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/writing-about-animals-in-the-age-of-revolution-by-jane-spencer--65208128https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing About Animals in the Age of Revolution Author: Jane Spencer Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Writing About Animals in the Age of Revolution shows how an appreciation of human-animal similarity and a literature of compassion for animals developed in the same years during which radical thinkers were first basing political demands on the concept of natural and universal human rights. Some people began to conceptualize animal rights as an extension of the rights of man and woman. But because oppressed people had to insist on their own separation from animals in order to claim the right to a full share in human privileges, the relationship between human and animal rights was fraught and complex. This book examines that relationship in chapters covering the abolition movement, early feminism, and the political reform movement. Donkeys, pigs, apes, and many other literary animals became central metaphors within political discourse, fought over in the struggle for rights and freedoms; while at the same time more and more writers became interested in exploring the experiences of animals themselves. We learn how children's writers pioneered narrative techniques for representing animal subjectivity, and how the anti-cruelty campaign of the early 1800s drew on the legacy of 1790s radicalism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445379Tue, 03 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing About Animals in the Age of Revolution Author: Jane Spencer Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing About Animals in the Age of Revolution Author: Jane Spencer Narrator: Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Writing About Animals in the Age of Revolution shows how an appreciation of human-animal similarity and a literature of compassion for animals developed in the same years during which radical thinkers were first basing political demands on the concept of natural and universal human rights. Some people began to conceptualize animal rights as an extension of the rights of man and woman. But because oppressed people had to insist on their own separation from animals in order to claim the right to a full share in human privileges, the relationship between human and animal rights was fraught and complex. This book examines that relationship in chapters covering the abolition movement, early feminism, and the political reform movement. Donkeys, pigs, apes, and many other literary animals became central metaphors within political discourse, fought over in the struggle for rights and freedoms; while at the same time more and more writers became interested in exploring the experiences of animals themselves. We learn how children's writers pioneered narrative techniques for representing animal subjectivity, and how the anti-cruelty campaign of the early 1800s drew on the legacy of 1790s radicalism.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/truth-is-trouble-the-strange-case-of-israel-folau-or-how-free-speech-became-so-complicated-by-malcolm-knox--65208153https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth Is Trouble: The strange case of Israel Folau, or How Free Speech Became So Complicated Author: Malcolm Knox Narrator: Laurence Brewer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the marriage equality debate to the COVID-19 lockdown, ‘free speech’ has become the new battleground in Australian society. What does the furore over one footballer’s social media postings reveal about how it got that way? For a period in 2019, a tweet from rugby player Israel Folau became the biggest story in the nation. His urging of homosexuals to ‘repent’ or face damnation cost him his job and divided the country. Churches and politicians, employers and labour lawyers, sponsors and shock jocks, even people who had never heard of Folau – everyone had an opinion about his right to express his view, and many shouted it from the digital rooftop. Now that the dust has settled, the real question emerges. When celebrities, and sportspeople in particular, are regularly ‘rehabilitated’ after incidents involving drink, drugs and domestic violence, why was it religious belief that got someone fired? In this powerful and insightful work, triple Walkley Award-winning journalist Malcolm Knox explores how freedom of expression has become our national faultline. Truth is Trouble explores the rise of the religious right and its political consequences; the ‘right to be a bigot’ versus ‘cancel culture’; the changing nature of our rights at work and the separation between public and private lives; and above all, the incendiary power of social media. And by interrogating his own experience, Knox offers a convincing and heartfelt argument for the virtues of uncertainty and an open mind.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451841Sun, 01 Nov 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth Is Trouble: The strange case of Israel Folau, or How Free Speech Became So Complicated Author: Malcolm Knox Narrator: Laurence Brewer Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth Is Trouble: The strange case of Israel Folau, or How Free Speech Became So Complicated Author: Malcolm Knox Narrator: Laurence Brewer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the marriage equality debate to the COVID-19 lockdown, ‘free speech’ has become the new battleground in Australian society. What does the furore over one footballer’s social media postings reveal about how it got that way? For a period in 2019, a tweet from rugby player Israel Folau became the biggest story in the nation. His urging of homosexuals to ‘repent’ or face damnation cost him his job and divided the country. Churches and politicians, employers and labour lawyers, sponsors and shock jocks, even people who had never heard of Folau – everyone had an opinion about his right to express his view, and many shouted it from the digital rooftop. Now that the dust has settled, the real question emerges. When celebrities, and sportspeople in particular, are regularly ‘rehabilitated’ after incidents involving drink, drugs and domestic violence, why was it religious belief that got someone fired? In this powerful and insightful work, triple Walkley Award-winning journalist Malcolm Knox explores how freedom of expression has become our national faultline. Truth is Trouble explores the rise of the religious right and its political consequences; the ‘right to be a bigot’ versus ‘cancel culture’; the changing nature of our rights at work and the separation between public and private lives; and above all, the incendiary power of social media. And by interrogating his own experience, Knox offers a convincing and heartfelt argument for the virtues of uncertainty and an open mind.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-russian-understanding-of-war-blurring-the-lines-between-war-and-peace-by-oscar-jonsson--65208239https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian Understanding of War: Blurring the Lines Between War and Peace Author: Oscar Jonsson Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book analyzes the evolution of Russian military thought and how Russia's current thinking about war is reflected in recent crises. While other books describe current Russian practice, Oscar Jonsson provides the long view to show how Russian military strategic thinking has developed from the Bolshevik Revolution to the present. He closely examines Russian primary sources including security doctrines and the writings and statements of Russian military theorists and political elites. What Jonsson reveals is that Russia's conception of the very nature of war is now changing, as Russian elites see information warfare and political subversion as the most important ways to conduct contemporary war. Since information warfare and political subversion are below the traditional threshold of armed violence, this has blurred the boundaries between war and peace. Jonsson also finds that Russian leaders have, particularly since 2011-12, considered themselves to be at war with the United States and its allies, albeit with non-violent means. This book provides much needed context and analysis to be able to understand recent Russian interventions in Crimea and eastern Ukraine, how to deter Russia on the eastern borders of NATO, and how the West must also learn to avoid inadvertent escalation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436110Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian Understanding of War: Blurring the Lines Between War and Peace Author: Oscar Jonsson Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian Understanding of War: Blurring the Lines Between War and Peace Author: Oscar Jonsson Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book analyzes the evolution of Russian military thought and how Russia's current thinking about war is reflected in recent crises. While other books describe current Russian practice, Oscar Jonsson provides the long view to show how Russian military strategic thinking has developed from the Bolshevik Revolution to the present. He closely examines Russian primary sources including security doctrines and the writings and statements of Russian military theorists and political elites. What Jonsson reveals is that Russia's conception of the very nature of war is now changing, as Russian elites see information warfare and political subversion as the most important ways to conduct contemporary war. Since information warfare and political subversion are below the traditional threshold of armed violence, this has blurred the boundaries between war and peace. Jonsson also finds that Russian leaders have, particularly since 2011-12, considered themselves to be at war with the United States and its allies, albeit with non-violent means. This book provides much needed context and analysis to be able to understand recent Russian interventions in Crimea and eastern Ukraine, how to deter Russia on the eastern borders of NATO, and how the West must also learn to avoid inadvertent escalation.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/monopolies-suck-7-ways-big-corporations-rule-your-life-and-how-to-take-back-control-by-sally-hubbard--65208226https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monopolies Suck: 7 Ways Big Corporations Rule Your Life and How to Take Back Control Author: Sally Hubbard Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent and witty manifesto, Monopolies Suck “lucidly explains how monopolies threaten democracy, worsen inequality, and imperil the American Dream—and why it’s more important than ever to take action” (David Cicilline). Something’s not right. No matter how hard you work, life seems to only get harder. When your expenses keep going up but your income stays flat, when you’re price-gouged buying medicine for your child’s life-threatening allergy, when you live in a hyped-up state of fear and anxiety, monopoly power is playing a key role. In Monopolies Suck, antitrust expert and director at the Open Markets Institute, Sally Hubbard, shows us the seven ways big corporations rule our lives—and what must be done to stop them. Throughout history, monopolists who controlled entire industries like railroads and oil were aptly called “robber barons” because they extracted wealth from everyone else—and today’s monopolies are no different. By charging high prices, skirting taxes, and reducing our pay and economic opportunities, they are not only stealing our money, but also robbing us of innovation and choice, as market dominance prevents new companies from challenging them. They’re robbing us of the ability to take care of our sick, a healthy food supply, and a habitable planet by using business practices that deplete rather than generate. They’re a threat to our private lives, fair elections, a robust press, and ultimately, the American Dream that so many of us are striving for. In this “accessible guide” (Zephyr Teachout, author of Break ‘Em Up), Sally Hubbard gives us an easy-to-understand overview of the history of monopolies and antitrust law, and urges us to use our voices, votes, and wallets to protest monopoly power. Emboldened by the previous century when we successfully broke up monopoly power in the US, we have the tools to dismantle corporate power again today—before their lobbying threatens to undermine our economy and democracy for generations to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monopolies Suck: 7 Ways Big Corporations Rule Your Life and How to Take Back Control Author: Sally Hubbard Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monopolies Suck: 7 Ways Big Corporations Rule Your Life and How to Take Back Control Author: Sally Hubbard Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent and witty manifesto, Monopolies Suck “lucidly explains how monopolies threaten democracy, worsen inequality, and imperil the American Dream—and why it’s more important than ever to take action” (David Cicilline). Something’s not right. No matter how hard you work, life seems to only get harder. When your expenses keep going up but your income stays flat, when you’re price-gouged buying medicine for your child’s life-threatening allergy, when you live in a hyped-up state of fear and anxiety, monopoly power is playing a key role. In Monopolies Suck, antitrust expert and director at the Open Markets Institute, Sally Hubbard, shows us the seven ways big corporations rule our lives—and what must be done to stop them. Throughout history, monopolists who controlled entire industries like railroads and oil were aptly called “robber barons” because they extracted wealth from everyone else—and today’s monopolies are no different. By charging high prices, skirting taxes, and reducing our pay and economic opportunities, they are not only stealing our money, but also robbing us of innovation and choice, as market dominance prevents new companies from challenging them. They’re robbing us of the ability to take care of our sick, a healthy food supply, and a habitable planet by using business practices that deplete rather than generate. They’re a threat to our private lives, fair elections, a robust press, and ultimately, the American Dream that so many of us are striving for. In this “accessible guide” (Zephyr Teachout, author of Break ‘Em Up), Sally Hubbard gives us an easy-to-understand overview of the history of monopolies and antitrust law, and urges us to use our voices, votes, and wallets to protest monopoly power. Emboldened by the previous century when we successfully broke up monopoly power in the US, we have the tools to dismantle corporate power again today—before their lobbying threatens to undermine our economy and democracy for generations to come.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-re-the-only-one-i-ve-told-the-stories-behind-abortion-by-dr-meera-shah--65208203https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441574 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're the Only One I've Told: The Stories Behind Abortion Author: Dr. Meera Shah Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For a long time, when people asked Dr. Meera Shah what she did, she would tell them she was a doctor and leave it at that. But over the last few years, Shah decided it was time to be direct. 'I'm an abortion provider,' she will now say. And an interesting thing started to happen each time she met someone new. One by one, people would confide—at BBQs, at jury duty, in the middle of the greeting card aisle at Target—that in fact they'd had an abortion themselves. And the refrain was often the same: You're the only one I've told. This book collects those stories as they've been told to Shah to humanize abortion and to combat myths that persist in the discourse that surrounds it. An intentionally wide range of ages, races, socioeconomic factors, and experiences shows that abortion does not happen in isolation—it always occurs in a unique context. Today, a healthcare issue that's so foundational to reproductive, social, and economic freedom for millions of people is exploited by politicians who lack understanding or compassion about the context in which abortion occurs. Stories have power to break down stigmas and help us to empathize with those whose experiences are unlike our own. They can also help us find community and a shared sense of camaraderie over experiences just like ours. You're the Only One I've Told will do both.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441574Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441574 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're the Only One I've Told: The Stories Behind Abortion Author: Dr. Meera Shah Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441574 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're the Only One I've Told: The Stories Behind Abortion Author: Dr. Meera Shah Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For a long time, when people asked Dr. Meera Shah what she did, she would tell them she was a doctor and leave it at that. But over the last few years, Shah decided it was time to be direct. 'I'm an abortion provider,' she will now say. And an interesting thing started to happen each time she met someone new. One by one, people would confide—at BBQs, at jury duty, in the middle of the greeting card aisle at Target—that in fact they'd had an abortion themselves. And the refrain was often the same: You're the only one I've told. This book collects those stories as they've been told to Shah to humanize abortion and to combat myths that persist in the discourse that surrounds it. An intentionally wide range of ages, races, socioeconomic factors, and experiences shows that abortion does not happen in isolation—it always occurs in a unique context. Today, a healthcare issue that's so foundational to reproductive, social, and economic freedom for millions of people is exploited by politicians who lack understanding or compassion about the context in which abortion occurs. Stories have power to break down stigmas and help us to empathize with those whose experiences are unlike our own. They can also help us find community and a shared sense of camaraderie over experiences just like ours. You're the Only One I've Told will do both.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seven-sisters-and-a-brother-friendship-resistance-and-untold-truths-behind-black-student-activism-in-the-1960s-by-aundrea-white-kelley-b--65208165https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441556 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Sisters and a Brother: Friendship, Resistance, and Untold Truths Behind Black Student Activism in the 1960s Author: Aundrea White Kelley, Bridget Van Gronigen Warren, Myra E. Rose, Marilyn Holifield, Joyce Frisby Baynes, Jannette O. Domingo, Harold S. Buchanan, Marilyn Allman Maye Narrator: David Sadzin, Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet the inspirational students: This narrative tells the story of seven women and one man at the heart of a sit-in protesting decreased enrollment and hiring of African Americans at Swarthmore College and demanding a Black Studies curriculum. The book, written by the former students themselves, also includes autobiographical chapters, providing a unique cross-sectional view into the lives of young people during the Civil Rights era. Correcting media representation: For years the media and some in the school community portrayed the peaceful protest in a negative light—this collective narrative provides a very necessary and overdue retelling of the revolution that took place at Swarthmore College in 1969. The group of eight student protestors have only recently begun to receive credit for the school's greater inclusiveness, as well as the influence their actions had on universities around the country. Stories that inspire change: This book chronicles the historical eight-day sit-in at Swarthmore College, and the authors also include untold stories about their family backgrounds and their experiences as student activists. They share how friendships, out-of-the-box alliances, and a commitment to moral integrity strengthened them to push through and remain resilient in the face of adversity.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441556Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441556 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Sisters and a Brother: Friendship, Resistance, and Untold Truths Behind Black Student Activism in the 1960s Author: Aundrea White Kelley, Bridget...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441556 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Sisters and a Brother: Friendship, Resistance, and Untold Truths Behind Black Student Activism in the 1960s Author: Aundrea White Kelley, Bridget Van Gronigen Warren, Myra E. Rose, Marilyn Holifield, Joyce Frisby Baynes, Jannette O. Domingo, Harold S. Buchanan, Marilyn Allman Maye Narrator: David Sadzin, Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet the inspirational students: This narrative tells the story of seven women and one man at the heart of a sit-in protesting decreased enrollment and hiring of African Americans at Swarthmore College and demanding a Black Studies curriculum. The book, written by the former students themselves, also includes autobiographical chapters, providing a unique cross-sectional view into the lives of young people during the Civil Rights era. Correcting media representation: For years the media and some in the school community portrayed the peaceful protest in a negative light—this collective narrative provides a very necessary and overdue retelling of the revolution that took place at Swarthmore College in 1969. The group of eight student protestors have only recently begun to receive credit for the school's greater inclusiveness, as well as the influence their actions had on universities around the country. Stories that inspire change: This book chronicles the historical eight-day sit-in at Swarthmore College, and the authors also include untold stories about their family backgrounds and their experiences as student activists. They share how friendships, out-of-the-box alliances, and a commitment to moral integrity strengthened them to push through and remain resilient in the face of adversity.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conviction-machine-standing-up-to-federal-prosecutorial-abuse-by-harvey-a-silverglate-sidney-powell--65208162https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction Machine: Standing Up to Federal Prosecutorial Abuse Author: Harvey A. Silverglate, Sidney Powell Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2009, Harvey A. Silverglate, a prominent criminal defense and civil liberties lawyer, published his landmark critique of the federal criminal justice system, Three Felonies a Day: How the Feds Target the Innocent. In 2014, Sidney Powell, a former federal prosecutor in three districts under nine United States Attorneys from both political parties and who has been lead counsel in 500 federal appeals, published her landmark indictment of the system, Licensed To Lie: Exposing Corruption in the Department of Justice, after she witnessed appalling abuses by prosecutors—more than a decade after she entered private practice. Now these two leading authorities combine their knowledge and experience to describe the problems within the Department of Justice and in the federal courts—and to offer solutions. Together, Powell and Silverglate shine a light on the defects of the system: overzealous prosecutors, perjury traps, negligent judges, perverse limits on self-defense, vague and overabundant criminal statutes, insufficient requirements for criminal intent, and no accountability for prosecutors. Most important, they provide a much-needed blueprint for reforming the Department of Justice and the criminal justice system, including actions an average citizen can take to help restore justice.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441582Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction Machine: Standing Up to Federal Prosecutorial Abuse Author: Harvey A. Silverglate, Sidney Powell Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction Machine: Standing Up to Federal Prosecutorial Abuse Author: Harvey A. Silverglate, Sidney Powell Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2009, Harvey A. Silverglate, a prominent criminal defense and civil liberties lawyer, published his landmark critique of the federal criminal justice system, Three Felonies a Day: How the Feds Target the Innocent. In 2014, Sidney Powell, a former federal prosecutor in three districts under nine United States Attorneys from both political parties and who has been lead counsel in 500 federal appeals, published her landmark indictment of the system, Licensed To Lie: Exposing Corruption in the Department of Justice, after she witnessed appalling abuses by prosecutors—more than a decade after she entered private practice. Now these two leading authorities combine their knowledge and experience to describe the problems within the Department of Justice and in the federal courts—and to offer solutions. Together, Powell and Silverglate shine a light on the defects of the system: overzealous prosecutors, perjury traps, negligent judges, perverse limits on self-defense, vague and overabundant criminal statutes, insufficient requirements for criminal intent, and no accountability for prosecutors. Most important, they provide a much-needed blueprint for reforming the Department of Justice and the criminal justice system, including actions an average citizen can take to help restore justice.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/marx-in-motion-a-new-materialist-marxism-by-thomas-nail--65208149https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx in Motion: A New Materialist Marxism Author: Thomas Nail Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Karl Marx is the most historically foundational and systematic critic of capitalism to date, and the years since the 2008 financial crisis have witnessed a rebirth of his popular appeal. In a world of rising income inequality, right-wing nationalisms, and global climate change, people are again looking to the father of modern socialism for answers. As this book argues, every era since Marx's death has reinvented him to fit its needs. There is not one Marx forever and for all time. There are a thousand Marxes. As Thomas Nail contends, one of the most significant contributions of Marx's work is that it treats theory itself as a historical practice. Reading Marx is not just an interpretative activity but a creative one. As our historical conditions change, so do the kinds of questions we pose and the kinds of answers we find in Marx's writing. This book is a return to the writings of Karl Marx, including his under-appreciated dissertation, through the lens of the pressing philosophical and political problems of our time: ecological crisis, gender inequality, colonialism, and global mobility. However, the aim of this book is not to make Marxism relevant by 'applying' it to contemporary issues. Instead, Marx in Motion, the first new materialist interpretation of Marx's work, treats Capital as if it were already a response to the present.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447182Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx in Motion: A New Materialist Marxism Author: Thomas Nail Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx in Motion: A New Materialist Marxism Author: Thomas Nail Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Karl Marx is the most historically foundational and systematic critic of capitalism to date, and the years since the 2008 financial crisis have witnessed a rebirth of his popular appeal. In a world of rising income inequality, right-wing nationalisms, and global climate change, people are again looking to the father of modern socialism for answers. As this book argues, every era since Marx's death has reinvented him to fit its needs. There is not one Marx forever and for all time. There are a thousand Marxes. As Thomas Nail contends, one of the most significant contributions of Marx's work is that it treats theory itself as a historical practice. Reading Marx is not just an interpretative activity but a creative one. As our historical conditions change, so do the kinds of questions we pose and the kinds of answers we find in Marx's writing. This book is a return to the writings of Karl Marx, including his under-appreciated dissertation, through the lens of the pressing philosophical and political problems of our time: ecological crisis, gender inequality, colonialism, and global mobility. However, the aim of this book is not to make Marxism relevant by 'applying' it to contemporary issues. Instead, Marx in Motion, the first new materialist interpretation of Marx's work, treats Capital as if it were already a response to the present.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-the-great-divide-how-a-nation-became-a-neighborhood-by-governor-george-pataki--65208147https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Great Divide: How A Nation Became A Neighborhood Author: Governor George Pataki Narrator: Trey Radel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following the attacks of September 11th, New York governor George Pataki witnessed a truly United States of America rise like the mythological phoenix. People came together regardless of their generational, ethnic, situational, or cultural background, and he stated, 'On that terrible day, a nation became a neighborhood. All Americans became New Yorkers.' These words echo today with a hollow ring, and a bitter sting. The economic and emotional fallout post-9/11 was devastating. The political toll was even worse, bringing us to where we are today, a society as divided as it's been in more than a hundred years, separated by political tribes that demand ideological purity coupled with blind loyalty. In looking at America and its divide, Pataki asks a bold question: Did the terrorists win? This is a question no sitting politician or pundit from either side of the political spectrum will dare address. Along with president George W. Bush and mayor Rudy Giuliani, Pataki was one of only three people directly involved in, commanding, and making life or death decisions during 9/11. Few have the experience or depth to even begin to dive into this subject; as a result, Pataki's answers might surprise you.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445390Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Great Divide: How A Nation Became A Neighborhood Author: Governor George Pataki Narrator: Trey Radel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Great Divide: How A Nation Became A Neighborhood Author: Governor George Pataki Narrator: Trey Radel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following the attacks of September 11th, New York governor George Pataki witnessed a truly United States of America rise like the mythological phoenix. People came together regardless of their generational, ethnic, situational, or cultural background, and he stated, 'On that terrible day, a nation became a neighborhood. All Americans became New Yorkers.' These words echo today with a hollow ring, and a bitter sting. The economic and emotional fallout post-9/11 was devastating. The political toll was even worse, bringing us to where we are today, a society as divided as it's been in more than a hundred years, separated by political tribes that demand ideological purity coupled with blind loyalty. In looking at America and its divide, Pataki asks a bold question: Did the terrorists win? This is a question no sitting politician or pundit from either side of the political spectrum will dare address. Along with president George W. Bush and mayor Rudy Giuliani, Pataki was one of only three people directly involved in, commanding, and making life or death decisions during 9/11. Few have the experience or depth to even begin to dive into this subject; as a result, Pataki's answers might surprise you.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/us-versus-them-race-crime-and-gentrification-in-chicago-neighborhoods-by-jan-doering--65208146https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us versus Them: Race, Crime, and Gentrification in Chicago Neighborhoods Author: Jan Doering Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Crime and gentrification are hot button issues that easily polarize racially diverse neighborhoods. How do residents, activists, and politicians navigate the thorny politics of race as they fight crime or resist gentrification? And do conflicts over competing visions of neighborhood change necessarily divide activists into racially homogeneous camps, or can they produce more complex alliances and divisions? In Us versus Them, Jan Doering answers these questions through an in-depth study of two Chicago neighborhoods. Drawing on three and a half years of ethnographic fieldwork, Doering examines how activists and community leaders clashed and collaborated as they launched new initiatives, built coalitions, appeased critics, and discredited opponents. At the heart of these political maneuvers, he uncovers a ceaseless battle over racial meanings that unfolded as residents strove to make local initiatives and urban change appear racially benign or malignant. A thoughtful and clear-eyed contribution to the field, Us versus Them reveals the deep impact that competing racial meanings have on the fabric of community and the direction of neighborhood change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453656Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us versus Them: Race, Crime, and Gentrification in Chicago Neighborhoods Author: Jan Doering Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us versus Them: Race, Crime, and Gentrification in Chicago Neighborhoods Author: Jan Doering Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Crime and gentrification are hot button issues that easily polarize racially diverse neighborhoods. How do residents, activists, and politicians navigate the thorny politics of race as they fight crime or resist gentrification? And do conflicts over competing visions of neighborhood change necessarily divide activists into racially homogeneous camps, or can they produce more complex alliances and divisions? In Us versus Them, Jan Doering answers these questions through an in-depth study of two Chicago neighborhoods. Drawing on three and a half years of ethnographic fieldwork, Doering examines how activists and community leaders clashed and collaborated as they launched new initiatives, built coalitions, appeased critics, and discredited opponents. At the heart of these political maneuvers, he uncovers a ceaseless battle over racial meanings that unfolded as residents strove to make local initiatives and urban change appear racially benign or malignant. A thoughtful and clear-eyed contribution to the field, Us versus Them reveals the deep impact that competing racial meanings have on the fabric of community and the direction of neighborhood change.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-trump-the-revolt-of-the-conservative-elites-by-steven-m-teles-robert-p-saldin--65208141https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Trump: The Revolt of the Conservative Elites Author: Steven M. Teles, Robert P. Saldin Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As it became increasingly apparent that Donald Trump might actually become the Republican party's 2016 presidential nominee, alarmed conservatives coalesced behind a simple, uncompromising slogan: Never Trump. Although the movement initially included a large number of Republican office-holders, its core was always comprised of the policy experts, public intellectuals, and campaign professionals who play a critical role in the modern political party system. They saw in Trump a repudiation of longstanding conservative doctrine and the kind of demagogue the founders famously warned about. Never Trumpers took their shot at denying Trump the presidency—everything from flailing attempts to coalesce around other Republican candidates and collective letters of opposition to even supporting their longtime nemesis Hillary Clinton. But in their attempt to kill the king, they missed. Now on the margins of a party that has enthusiastically united around the president, Never Trumpers have been reduced to the status of a remnant, shut out from government and hoping for a day when their party awakens from its Trumpist spell. Based on extensive interviews with conservative opponents of the president, Robert P. Saldin and Steven M. Teles reveal why such a wide range of committed partisans chose to break with their longtime comrades in arms.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447191Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Trump: The Revolt of the Conservative Elites Author: Steven M. Teles, Robert P. Saldin Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Trump: The Revolt of the Conservative Elites Author: Steven M. Teles, Robert P. Saldin Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As it became increasingly apparent that Donald Trump might actually become the Republican party's 2016 presidential nominee, alarmed conservatives coalesced behind a simple, uncompromising slogan: Never Trump. Although the movement initially included a large number of Republican office-holders, its core was always comprised of the policy experts, public intellectuals, and campaign professionals who play a critical role in the modern political party system. They saw in Trump a repudiation of longstanding conservative doctrine and the kind of demagogue the founders famously warned about. Never Trumpers took their shot at denying Trump the presidency—everything from flailing attempts to coalesce around other Republican candidates and collective letters of opposition to even supporting their longtime nemesis Hillary Clinton. But in their attempt to kill the king, they missed. Now on the margins of a party that has enthusiastically united around the president, Never Trumpers have been reduced to the status of a remnant, shut out from government and hoping for a day when their party awakens from its Trumpist spell. Based on extensive interviews with conservative opponents of the president, Robert P. Saldin and Steven M. Teles reveal why such a wide range of committed partisans chose to break with their longtime comrades in arms.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/healing-resistance-a-radically-different-response-to-harm-by-kazu-haga--65208116https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Resistance: A Radically Different Response to Harm Author: Kazu Haga Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Activists and change agents, restorative justice practitioners, faith leaders, and anybody engaged in social progress and shifting society will find this mindful approach to nonviolent action indispensable. Nonviolence was once considered the highest form of activism and radical change. And yet its basic truth, its restorative power, has been forgotten. In Healing Resistance, leading trainer Kazu Haga blazingly reclaims the energy and assertiveness of nonviolent practice and shows that a principled approach to nonviolence is the way to transform not only unjust systems but broken relationships. With over twenty years of experience practicing and teaching Kingian Nonviolence, Haga offers us a practical approach to societal conflict first begun by Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. during the Civil Rights Movement, which has been developed into a fully workable, step-by-step training and deeply transformative philosophy (as utilized by the Women's March and Black Lives Matter movements). Kingian Nonviolence takes on the timely issues of endless protest and activist burnout, and presents tried-and-tested strategies for staying resilient, creating equity, and restoring peace.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443885Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Resistance: A Radically Different Response to Harm Author: Kazu Haga Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Resistance: A Radically Different Response to Harm Author: Kazu Haga Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Activists and change agents, restorative justice practitioners, faith leaders, and anybody engaged in social progress and shifting society will find this mindful approach to nonviolent action indispensable. Nonviolence was once considered the highest form of activism and radical change. And yet its basic truth, its restorative power, has been forgotten. In Healing Resistance, leading trainer Kazu Haga blazingly reclaims the energy and assertiveness of nonviolent practice and shows that a principled approach to nonviolence is the way to transform not only unjust systems but broken relationships. With over twenty years of experience practicing and teaching Kingian Nonviolence, Haga offers us a practical approach to societal conflict first begun by Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. during the Civil Rights Movement, which has been developed into a fully workable, step-by-step training and deeply transformative philosophy (as utilized by the Women's March and Black Lives Matter movements). Kingian Nonviolence takes on the timely issues of endless protest and activist burnout, and presents tried-and-tested strategies for staying resilient, creating equity, and restoring peace.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-education-of-john-adams-by-r-b-bernstein--65208113https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of John Adams Author: R.B. Bernstein Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Education of John Adams is the first biography of John Adams by a biographer with legal training. It examines his origins in colonial Massachusetts, his education, and his struggle to choose a career and define a place for himself in colonial society. It explores the flowering of his legal career and the impact that law had on him and his understanding of himself; his growing involvement with the American Revolution as polemicist, as lawyer, as congressional delegate, and as diplomat; and his commitment to defining and expounding ideas about constitutionalism and how it should work as the body of ideas shaping the new United States. The book traces his part in launching the government of the United States under the US Constitution; his service as the nation's first vice president and second president; and his retirement years, during which he was first a vexed and rejected ex-president and then became the revered Sage of Braintree. It describes the relationships that sustained him—with his wife, the brilliant and eloquent Abigail Adams; with his children; with such allies and supporters as Benjamin Rush and John Marshall; with such sometime friends and sometime adversaries as Benjamin Franklin, George Washington, and Thomas Jefferson; and with such foes as Alexander Hamilton and Timothy Pickering.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445377Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of John Adams Author: R.B. Bernstein Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of John Adams Author: R.B. Bernstein Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Education of John Adams is the first biography of John Adams by a biographer with legal training. It examines his origins in colonial Massachusetts, his education, and his struggle to choose a career and define a place for himself in colonial society. It explores the flowering of his legal career and the impact that law had on him and his understanding of himself; his growing involvement with the American Revolution as polemicist, as lawyer, as congressional delegate, and as diplomat; and his commitment to defining and expounding ideas about constitutionalism and how it should work as the body of ideas shaping the new United States. The book traces his part in launching the government of the United States under the US Constitution; his service as the nation's first vice president and second president; and his retirement years, during which he was first a vexed and rejected ex-president and then became the revered Sage of Braintree. It describes the relationships that sustained him—with his wife, the brilliant and eloquent Abigail Adams; with his children; with such allies and supporters as Benjamin Rush and John Marshall; with such sometime friends and sometime adversaries as Benjamin Franklin, George Washington, and Thomas Jefferson; and with such foes as Alexander Hamilton and Timothy Pickering.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/friendly-fire-how-israel-became-its-own-worst-enemy-and-the-hope-for-its-future-by-ami-ayalon--65208093https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449851 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friendly Fire: How Israel Became Its Own Worst Enemy and the Hope for Its Future Author: Ami Ayalon Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: FINALIST -- The National Jewish Book Award In this deeply personal journey of discovery, Ami Ayalon seeks input and perspective from Palestinians and Israelis whose experiences differ from his own. As head of the Shin Bet security agency, he gained empathy for 'the enemy' and learned that when Israel carries out anti-terrorist operations in a political context of hopelessness, the Palestinian public will support violence, because they have nothing to lose. Researching and writing Friendly Fire, he came to understand that his patriotic life had blinded him to the self-defeating nature of policies that have undermined Israel's civil society while heaping humiliation upon its Palestinian neighbors. 'If Israel becomes an Orwellian dystopia,' Ayalon writes, 'it won't be thanks to a handful of theologians dragging us into the dark past. The secular majority will lead us there motivated by fear and propelled by silence.' Ayalon is a realist, not an idealist, and many who consider themselves Zionists will regard as radical his conclusions about what Israel must do to achieve relative peace and security and to sustain itself as a Jewish homeland and a liberal democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449851Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449851 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friendly Fire: How Israel Became Its Own Worst Enemy and the Hope for Its Future Author: Ami Ayalon Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449851 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friendly Fire: How Israel Became Its Own Worst Enemy and the Hope for Its Future Author: Ami Ayalon Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: FINALIST -- The National Jewish Book Award In this deeply personal journey of discovery, Ami Ayalon seeks input and perspective from Palestinians and Israelis whose experiences differ from his own. As head of the Shin Bet security agency, he gained empathy for 'the enemy' and learned that when Israel carries out anti-terrorist operations in a political context of hopelessness, the Palestinian public will support violence, because they have nothing to lose. Researching and writing Friendly Fire, he came to understand that his patriotic life had blinded him to the self-defeating nature of policies that have undermined Israel's civil society while heaping humiliation upon its Palestinian neighbors. 'If Israel becomes an Orwellian dystopia,' Ayalon writes, 'it won't be thanks to a handful of theologians dragging us into the dark past. The secular majority will lead us there motivated by fear and propelled by silence.' Ayalon is a realist, not an idealist, and many who consider themselves Zionists will regard as radical his conclusions about what Israel must do to achieve relative peace and security and to sustain itself as a Jewish homeland and a liberal democracy.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cookbook-politics-by-kennan-ferguson--65208075https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cookbook Politics Author: Kennan Ferguson Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cookbooks are not political in conventional ways. They neither proclaim, as do manifestos, nor do they forbid, as do laws. They do not command agreement, as do arguments, and their stipulations often lack specificity—cook 'until browned.' Yet, as repositories of human taste, cookbooks transmit specific blends of flavor, texture, and nutrition across space and time. Cookbooks both form and reflect who we are. Cookbook Politics argues that cookbooks highlight aspects of our lives we rarely recognize as political—taste, production, domesticity, collectivity, and imagination—and considers the ways in which cookbooks have or do politics, from the most overt to the most subtle. Cookbooks turn regional diversity into national unity, as Pellegrino Artusi's Science in the Kitchen and the Art of Eating Well did for Italy in 1891. Politically affiliated organizations compile and sell cookbooks—for example, the early United Nations published The World's Favorite Recipes. From the First Baptist Church of Midland, Tennessee's community cookbook, to Julia Child's Mastering the Art of French Cooking, to the Italian Futurists' proto-fascist guide to food preparation, Kennan Ferguson demonstrates how cookbooks mark desires and reveal social commitments: your table becomes a representation of who you are.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453662Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cookbook Politics Author: Kennan Ferguson Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 27,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cookbook Politics Author: Kennan Ferguson Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cookbooks are not political in conventional ways. They neither proclaim, as do manifestos, nor do they forbid, as do laws. They do not command agreement, as do arguments, and their stipulations often lack specificity—cook 'until browned.' Yet, as repositories of human taste, cookbooks transmit specific blends of flavor, texture, and nutrition across space and time. Cookbooks both form and reflect who we are. Cookbook Politics argues that cookbooks highlight aspects of our lives we rarely recognize as political—taste, production, domesticity, collectivity, and imagination—and considers the ways in which cookbooks have or do politics, from the most overt to the most subtle. Cookbooks turn regional diversity into national unity, as Pellegrino Artusi's Science in the Kitchen and the Art of Eating Well did for Italy in 1891. Politically affiliated organizations compile and sell cookbooks—for example, the early United Nations published The World's Favorite Recipes. From the First Baptist Church of Midland, Tennessee's community cookbook, to Julia Child's Mastering the Art of French Cooking, to the Italian Futurists' proto-fascist guide to food preparation, Kennan Ferguson demonstrates how cookbooks mark desires and reveal social commitments: your table becomes a representation of who you are.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mayhem-unanswered-questions-about-the-tsarnaev-brothers-the-us-government-and-the-boston-marathon-bombing-by-michele-r-mcphee--65208072https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453061 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: Unanswered Questions about the Tsarnaev Brothers, the US Government and the Boston Marathon Bombing Author: Michele R. Mcphee Narrator: Devon Sorvari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mayhem goes a long way toward answering questions that still linger about the notorious Boston Marathon bombing, such as: Where were the bombs made? And what had been Tamerlan Tsarnaev's relationship to the FBI? This page-turning narrative casts a spotlight on the US Government's relationship with the older Tsarnaev brother as his younger brother, Dzhokhar, continues his efforts to have his death sentence commuted. The federal government may be forced to confirm a longstanding relationship with Tamerlan and its decision to shield him from investigation for the Sept. 11, 2011 ISIS-style triple murder of three friends. As they infamously did with Whitey Bulger, federal agents appear to have protected Tamerlan because of his value as a paid informant. Mayhem is a substantially revised and updated first paperback edition of Michele R. McPhee's earlier book about the bombing, Maximum Harm.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453061Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453061 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: Unanswered Questions about the Tsarnaev Brothers, the US Government and the Boston Marathon Bombing Author: Michele R. Mcphee Narrator: Devon...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453061 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: Unanswered Questions about the Tsarnaev Brothers, the US Government and the Boston Marathon Bombing Author: Michele R. Mcphee Narrator: Devon Sorvari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mayhem goes a long way toward answering questions that still linger about the notorious Boston Marathon bombing, such as: Where were the bombs made? And what had been Tamerlan Tsarnaev's relationship to the FBI? This page-turning narrative casts a spotlight on the US Government's relationship with the older Tsarnaev brother as his younger brother, Dzhokhar, continues his efforts to have his death sentence commuted. The federal government may be forced to confirm a longstanding relationship with Tamerlan and its decision to shield him from investigation for the Sept. 11, 2011 ISIS-style triple murder of three friends. As they infamously did with Whitey Bulger, federal agents appear to have protected Tamerlan because of his value as a paid informant. Mayhem is a substantially revised and updated first paperback edition of Michele R. McPhee's earlier book about the bombing, Maximum Harm.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rating-america-s-presidents-an-america-first-look-at-who-is-best-who-is-overrated-and-who-was-an-absolute-disaster-by-robert-spencer--65208253https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441602 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rating America's Presidents: An America-First Look at Who Is Best, Who Is Overrated, and Who Was An Absolute Disaster Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Most historians of the American presidency—walking in lockstep with today's hard-Left academic establishment—favor presidents who were big-government statists and globalists. They dislike presidents who lowered taxes, protected American workers, and avoided getting the United States entangled in foreign conflicts that had nothing to do with protecting the American people. It is through that prism that they see all of American history. It's time for a change. Nowadays, with socialism massively discredited and internationalism facing more opposition than it has since before World War II, it's time to reevaluate what the Leftist historians have told us. Donald Trump was elected president pledging to put America First, as any nation's leader should put his or her own people first. There needs to be an America-First reevaluation of him and his predecessors. This book, therefore, rates the presidents not on the basis of criteria developed by socialist internationalist historians, but on their fidelity to the United States Constitution and to the powers, and limits to those powers, of the president as delineated by the Founding Fathers. America's presidents are rated on the extent to which they put America First—not in the sense of a narrow isolationism, but whether they really advanced the interests of the American people.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441602Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441602 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rating America's Presidents: An America-First Look at Who Is Best, Who Is Overrated, and Who Was An Absolute Disaster Author: Robert Spencer Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441602 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rating America's Presidents: An America-First Look at Who Is Best, Who Is Overrated, and Who Was An Absolute Disaster Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Most historians of the American presidency—walking in lockstep with today's hard-Left academic establishment—favor presidents who were big-government statists and globalists. They dislike presidents who lowered taxes, protected American workers, and avoided getting the United States entangled in foreign conflicts that had nothing to do with protecting the American people. It is through that prism that they see all of American history. It's time for a change. Nowadays, with socialism massively discredited and internationalism facing more opposition than it has since before World War II, it's time to reevaluate what the Leftist historians have told us. Donald Trump was elected president pledging to put America First, as any nation's leader should put his or her own people first. There needs to be an America-First reevaluation of him and his predecessors. This book, therefore, rates the presidents not on the basis of criteria developed by socialist internationalist historians, but on their fidelity to the United States Constitution and to the powers, and limits to those powers, of the president as delineated by the Founding Fathers. America's presidents are rated on the extent to which they put America First—not in the sense of a narrow isolationism, but whether they really advanced the interests of the American people.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conservatism-the-fight-for-a-tradition-by-edmund-fawcett--65208236https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conservatism: The Fight for a Tradition Author: Edmund Fawcett Narrator: Jim Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This engaging audiobook narrated by Jim Lee traces the history of political conservatism from its nineteenth-century origins to today's hard Right For two hundred years, conservatism has defied its reputation as a backward-looking creed by confronting and adapting to liberal modernity. By doing so, the Right has won long periods of power and effectively become the dominant tradition in politics. Yet, despite their success, conservatives have continued to fight with each other about how far to compromise with liberalism and democracy—or which values to defend and how. In Conservatism, Edmund Fawcett provides a gripping account of this conflicted history, clarifies key ideas, and illuminates quarrels within the Right today. Focusing on the United States, Britain, France, and Germany, Fawcett's vivid narrative covers thinkers and politicians. They include the forerunners James Madison, Edmund Burke, and Joseph de Maistre; early friends and foes of capitalism; defenders of religion; and builders of modern parties, such as William McKinley and Lord Salisbury. The book chronicles the cultural critics and radical disruptors of the 1920s and 1930s, recounts how advocates of laissez-faire economics broke the post 1945 consensus, and describes how Donald Trump, Boris Johnson, and their European counterparts are pushing conservatism toward a nation-first, hard Right. An absorbing, original history of the Right, Conservatism portrays a tradition as much at war with itself as with its opponents.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444210Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conservatism: The Fight for a Tradition Author: Edmund Fawcett Narrator: Jim Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conservatism: The Fight for a Tradition Author: Edmund Fawcett Narrator: Jim Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This engaging audiobook narrated by Jim Lee traces the history of political conservatism from its nineteenth-century origins to today's hard Right For two hundred years, conservatism has defied its reputation as a backward-looking creed by confronting and adapting to liberal modernity. By doing so, the Right has won long periods of power and effectively become the dominant tradition in politics. Yet, despite their success, conservatives have continued to fight with each other about how far to compromise with liberalism and democracy—or which values to defend and how. In Conservatism, Edmund Fawcett provides a gripping account of this conflicted history, clarifies key ideas, and illuminates quarrels within the Right today. Focusing on the United States, Britain, France, and Germany, Fawcett's vivid narrative covers thinkers and politicians. They include the forerunners James Madison, Edmund Burke, and Joseph de Maistre; early friends and foes of capitalism; defenders of religion; and builders of modern parties, such as William McKinley and Lord Salisbury. The book chronicles the cultural critics and radical disruptors of the 1920s and 1930s, recounts how advocates of laissez-faire economics broke the post 1945 consensus, and describes how Donald Trump, Boris Johnson, and their European counterparts are pushing conservatism toward a nation-first, hard Right. An absorbing, original history of the Right, Conservatism portrays a tradition as much at war with itself as with its opponents.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-purpose-of-power-how-we-come-together-when-we-fall-apart-by-alicia-garza--65208225https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose of Power: How We Come Together When We Fall Apart Author: Alicia Garza Narrator: Alicia Garza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential guide to building transformative movements to address the challenges of our time, from one of the country’s leading organizers and a co-creator of Black Lives Matter   “Excellent and provocative . . . a gateway [to] urgent debates.”—Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, The New Yorker NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY Time • Marie Claire • Kirkus Reviews In 2013, Alicia Garza wrote what she called “a love letter to Black people” on Facebook, in the aftermath of the acquittal of the man who murdered seventeen-year-old Trayvon Martin. Garza wrote:  Black people. I love you. I love us. Our lives matter.   With the speed and networking capacities of social media, #BlackLivesMatter became the hashtag heard ’round the world. But Garza knew even then that hashtags don’t start movements—people do.    Long before #BlackLivesMatter became a rallying cry for this generation, Garza had spent the better part of two decades learning and unlearning some hard lessons about organizing. The lessons she offers are different from the “rules for radicals” that animated earlier generations of activists, and diverge from the charismatic, patriarchal model of the American civil rights movement. She reflects instead on how making room amongst the woke for those who are still awakening can inspire and activate more people to fight for the world we all deserve.    This is the story of one woman’s lessons through years of bringing people together to create change. Most of all, it is a new paradigm for change for a new generation of changemakers, from the mind and heart behind one of the most important movements of our time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436610Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose of Power: How We Come Together When We Fall Apart Author: Alicia Garza Narrator: Alicia Garza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose of Power: How We Come Together When We Fall Apart Author: Alicia Garza Narrator: Alicia Garza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential guide to building transformative movements to address the challenges of our time, from one of the country’s leading organizers and a co-creator of Black Lives Matter   “Excellent and provocative . . . a gateway [to] urgent debates.”—Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, The New Yorker NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY Time • Marie Claire • Kirkus Reviews In 2013, Alicia Garza wrote what she called “a love letter to Black people” on Facebook, in the aftermath of the acquittal of the man who murdered seventeen-year-old Trayvon Martin. Garza wrote:  Black people. I love you. I love us. Our lives matter.   With the speed and networking capacities of social media, #BlackLivesMatter became the hashtag heard ’round the world. But Garza knew even then that hashtags don’t start movements—people do.    Long before #BlackLivesMatter became a rallying cry for this generation, Garza had spent the better part of two decades learning and unlearning some hard lessons about organizing. The lessons she offers are different from the “rules for radicals” that animated earlier generations of activists, and diverge from the charismatic, patriarchal model of the American civil rights movement. She reflects instead on how making room amongst the woke for those who are still awakening can inspire and activate more people to fight for the world we all deserve.    This is the story of one woman’s lessons through years of bringing people together to create change. Most of all, it is a new paradigm for change for a new generation of changemakers, from the mind and heart behind one of the most important movements of our time.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hard-white-the-mainstreaming-of-racism-in-american-politics-by-richard-c-fording-sanford-f-schram--65208183https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447177 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard White: The Mainstreaming of Racism in American Politics Author: Richard C. Fording, Sanford F. Schram Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hard White explains how the mainstreaming of white nationalism occurred, pointing to two major shifts in the movement. First, Barack Obama's presidential tenure, along with increases in minority representation, fostered white anxiety about Muslims, Latinx immigrants, and black Americans. While anti-Semitic sentiments remained somewhat on the fringes, hostility toward Muslims, Latinos, and African Americans bubbled up into mainstream conservative views. At the same time, white nationalist leaders shifted their focus and resources from protest to electoral politics, and the book traces the evolution of the movement's political forays from David Duke to the American Freedom Party, the Tea Party, and, finally, the emergence of the Alt-Right. Interestingly it also shows that white hostility peaked in 2012—not 2016. While the book argues that white extremism will have enduring effects on American electoral politics for some time to come, it suggests that the way forward is to refocus the conversation on social solidarity, concluding with ideas for how to build this solidarity.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447177Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447177 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard White: The Mainstreaming of Racism in American Politics Author: Richard C. Fording, Sanford F. Schram Narrator: Christopher Grove Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447177 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard White: The Mainstreaming of Racism in American Politics Author: Richard C. Fording, Sanford F. Schram Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hard White explains how the mainstreaming of white nationalism occurred, pointing to two major shifts in the movement. First, Barack Obama's presidential tenure, along with increases in minority representation, fostered white anxiety about Muslims, Latinx immigrants, and black Americans. While anti-Semitic sentiments remained somewhat on the fringes, hostility toward Muslims, Latinos, and African Americans bubbled up into mainstream conservative views. At the same time, white nationalist leaders shifted their focus and resources from protest to electoral politics, and the book traces the evolution of the movement's political forays from David Duke to the American Freedom Party, the Tea Party, and, finally, the emergence of the Alt-Right. Interestingly it also shows that white hostility peaked in 2012—not 2016. While the book argues that white extremism will have enduring effects on American electoral politics for some time to come, it suggests that the way forward is to refocus the conversation on social solidarity, concluding with ideas for how to build this solidarity.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/irony-and-outrage-the-polarized-landscape-of-rage-fear-and-laughter-in-the-united-states-by-dannagal-goldthwaite-young--65208140https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irony and Outrage: The Polarized Landscape of Rage, Fear, and Laughter in the United States Author: Dannagal Goldthwaite Young Narrator: Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For almost a decade, journalists and pundits have been asking why we don't see successful examples of political satire from conservatives or of opinion talk radio from liberals. This book turns that question on its head to argue that opinion talk is the political satire of the right and political satire is the opinion programming of the left. In Irony and Outrage, political and media psychologist Dannagal Goldthwaite Young explores the aesthetics, underlying logics, and histories of these two seemingly distinct genres, making the case that they should be thought of as the logical extensions of the psychology of the left and right, respectively. While the audiences for Sean Hannity and John Oliver come from opposing political ideologies, both are high in political interest, knowledge, and engagement, and both lack faith in many of our core democratic institutions. Young argues that the roles that these two genres play for their viewers are strikingly similar: galvanizing the opinion of the left or the right, mobilizing citizens around certain causes, and expressing a frustration with traditional news coverage while offering alternative sources of information and meaning. One key way in which they differ, however, concludes Young, is in their capacity to be exploited by special interests and political elites.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449768Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irony and Outrage: The Polarized Landscape of Rage, Fear, and Laughter in the United States Author: Dannagal Goldthwaite Young Narrator: Rachel Perry...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irony and Outrage: The Polarized Landscape of Rage, Fear, and Laughter in the United States Author: Dannagal Goldthwaite Young Narrator: Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For almost a decade, journalists and pundits have been asking why we don't see successful examples of political satire from conservatives or of opinion talk radio from liberals. This book turns that question on its head to argue that opinion talk is the political satire of the right and political satire is the opinion programming of the left. In Irony and Outrage, political and media psychologist Dannagal Goldthwaite Young explores the aesthetics, underlying logics, and histories of these two seemingly distinct genres, making the case that they should be thought of as the logical extensions of the psychology of the left and right, respectively. While the audiences for Sean Hannity and John Oliver come from opposing political ideologies, both are high in political interest, knowledge, and engagement, and both lack faith in many of our core democratic institutions. Young argues that the roles that these two genres play for their viewers are strikingly similar: galvanizing the opinion of the left or the right, mobilizing citizens around certain causes, and expressing a frustration with traditional news coverage while offering alternative sources of information and meaning. One key way in which they differ, however, concludes Young, is in their capacity to be exploited by special interests and political elites.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/startup-communities-building-an-entrepreneurial-ecosystem-in-your-city-2nd-edition-by-brad-feld--65208109https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449774 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Communities: Building an Entrepreneurial Ecosystem in Your City, 2nd edition Author: Brad Feld Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 2012, Startup Communities became a blueprint for what it takes to build a supportive entrepreneurial community. Now regarded as a classic, the 'Boulder Thesis' created and popularized by Feld within the book generated enormous media attention nearly a decade ago. At that time, Boulder was an emerging startup laboratory—a hub of innovation building new tech businesses. It quickly accelerated into a world-class ecosystem for entrepreneurs. Boulder's entrepreneurial density, combined with the geographic concentration of entrepreneurial activity around the Boulder downtown core, made it a hotbed of startup activity. Thanks in part to the book, what happens in Boulder now leaves Boulder. Rapidly growing startup communities in Atlanta, Detroit, Denver, Kansas City, Nashville, and Indianapolis are just a few examples. Startup communities continue to pop up across the US and around the world, prompting fresh new revelations and stories from Feld about what's happened over the last decade. Startup Communities 2nd Edition describes what makes a startup community ecosystem first click, then hum, and in time, excel. The book also discusses the necessary dynamics and pre-conditions of building communities of entrepreneurs who can feed off each other's talent, creativity, and support.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449774Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449774 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Communities: Building an Entrepreneurial Ecosystem in Your City, 2nd edition Author: Brad Feld Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449774 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Communities: Building an Entrepreneurial Ecosystem in Your City, 2nd edition Author: Brad Feld Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 2012, Startup Communities became a blueprint for what it takes to build a supportive entrepreneurial community. Now regarded as a classic, the 'Boulder Thesis' created and popularized by Feld within the book generated enormous media attention nearly a decade ago. At that time, Boulder was an emerging startup laboratory—a hub of innovation building new tech businesses. It quickly accelerated into a world-class ecosystem for entrepreneurs. Boulder's entrepreneurial density, combined with the geographic concentration of entrepreneurial activity around the Boulder downtown core, made it a hotbed of startup activity. Thanks in part to the book, what happens in Boulder now leaves Boulder. Rapidly growing startup communities in Atlanta, Detroit, Denver, Kansas City, Nashville, and Indianapolis are just a few examples. Startup communities continue to pop up across the US and around the world, prompting fresh new revelations and stories from Feld about what's happened over the last decade. Startup Communities 2nd Edition describes what makes a startup community ecosystem first click, then hum, and in time, excel. The book also discusses the necessary dynamics and pre-conditions of building communities of entrepreneurs who can feed off each other's talent, creativity, and support.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/time-s-monster-history-conscience-and-britain-s-empire-by-priya-satia--65208073https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452650 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time's Monster: History, Conscience and Britain's Empire Author: Priya Satia Narrator: Priya Satia, Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. For generations, the history of the British empire was written by its victors. British historians' accounts of conquest guided the consolidation of imperial rule in India, the Middle East, Africa and the Caribbean. Their narratives of the development of imperial governance licensed the brutal suppression of colonial rebellion. Their reimagining of empire during the two world wars compromised the force of decolonization. In this brilliant work, Priya Satia shows how these historians not only interpreted the major political events of their time but also shaped the future that followed. History emerged as a mode of ethics in the modern period, endowing historians from John Stuart Mill to Winston Churchill with outsized policymaking power. Braided with this story is an account of alternative visions articulated by anticolonial thinkers such as William Blake, Mahatma Gandhi and E. P. Thompson. By the mid-twentieth century, their approaches had reshaped the discipline of history and the ethics that came with it. Time's Monster reveals the dramatic consequences of writing history today as much as in the past. Against the backdrop of enduring global inequalities and debates about reparations and the legacy of empire, Satia offers us a hugely important and urgent moral voice. 'In this searing book, Priya Satia demonstrates, yet again, that she is one of our most brilliant and original historians' Sunil Amrith, author of Unruly Waters © Priya Satia 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452650Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452650 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time's Monster: History, Conscience and Britain's Empire Author: Priya Satia Narrator: Priya Satia, Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452650 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time's Monster: History, Conscience and Britain's Empire Author: Priya Satia Narrator: Priya Satia, Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. For generations, the history of the British empire was written by its victors. British historians' accounts of conquest guided the consolidation of imperial rule in India, the Middle East, Africa and the Caribbean. Their narratives of the development of imperial governance licensed the brutal suppression of colonial rebellion. Their reimagining of empire during the two world wars compromised the force of decolonization. In this brilliant work, Priya Satia shows how these historians not only interpreted the major political events of their time but also shaped the future that followed. History emerged as a mode of ethics in the modern period, endowing historians from John Stuart Mill to Winston Churchill with outsized policymaking power. Braided with this story is an account of alternative visions articulated by anticolonial thinkers such as William Blake, Mahatma Gandhi and E. P. Thompson. By the mid-twentieth century, their approaches had reshaped the discipline of history and the ethics that came with it. Time's Monster reveals the dramatic consequences of writing history today as much as in the past. Against the backdrop of enduring global inequalities and debates about reparations and the legacy of empire, Satia offers us a hugely important and urgent moral voice. 'In this searing book, Priya Satia demonstrates, yet again, that she is one of our most brilliant and original historians' Sunil Amrith, author of Unruly Waters © Priya Satia 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/wake-up-why-the-world-has-gone-nuts-by-piers-morgan--65208106https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Up: Why the world has gone nuts Author: Piers Morgan Narrator: Piers Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.18 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Number One Bestseller It’s time we get back to common sense. It’s time to cancel the cancel culture. It’s time to Wake Up. If, like me, you’re sick and tired of being told how to think, speak, eat and behave, then this book is for you. If, like me, you think the world’s going absolutely nuts, then this book is for you. If, like me, you think NHS heroes and Captain Tom are the real stars of our society, not self-obsessed tone-deaf celebrities (and royal renegades!), then this book is for you. If, like me, you’re sickened by the cancel culture bullies destroying people’s careers and lives, then this book is for you. From feminism to masculinity, racism to gender, body image to veganism, mental health to competitiveness at school, the right to free speech and expressing an honestly held opinion is being crushed at the altar of ‘woke’ political correctness. In 2020, the world faced its biggest crisis in a generation: a global pandemic. In the UK, it exposed deep divisions within society and laid bare a toxic culture war that had been raging beneath the surface. From the outset, Piers Morgan urged the nation to come to its senses, once and for all, and held the Government to often ferocious account over its handling of the crisis. COVID-19 shed shocking light on the problems that plague our country. Stockpilers and lockdown-cheats revealed our grotesque levels of self-interest and the virtue-signalling woke brigade continued their furious assault on free speech, shutting down debate on important issues like gender, racism and feminism. Yet just as coronavirus exposed our flaws, it also showcased our strengths. We saw selfless bravery in the heroic efforts of our healthcare staff. A greater appreciation of migrant workers. A return of local community spirit. And inspiring, noble acts from members of the public such as Captain Sir Tom Moore. Wake Up is Piers’ rallying cry for a united future in which we reconsider what really matters in life. It is a plea for the return of true liberalism, where freedom of speech is king. Most of all, it is a powerful account of how the world finally started to wake up, and why it mustn’t go back to sleep again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446148Thu, 15 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Up: Why the world has gone nuts Author: Piers Morgan Narrator: Piers Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wake Up: Why the world has gone nuts Author: Piers Morgan Narrator: Piers Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.18 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Number One Bestseller It’s time we get back to common sense. It’s time to cancel the cancel culture. It’s time to Wake Up. If, like me, you’re sick and tired of being told how to think, speak, eat and behave, then this book is for you. If, like me, you think the world’s going absolutely nuts, then this book is for you. If, like me, you think NHS heroes and Captain Tom are the real stars of our society, not self-obsessed tone-deaf celebrities (and royal renegades!), then this book is for you. If, like me, you’re sickened by the cancel culture bullies destroying people’s careers and lives, then this book is for you. From feminism to masculinity, racism to gender, body image to veganism, mental health to competitiveness at school, the right to free speech and expressing an honestly held opinion is being crushed at the altar of ‘woke’ political correctness. In 2020, the world faced its biggest crisis in a generation: a global pandemic. In the UK, it exposed deep divisions within society and laid bare a toxic culture war that had been raging beneath the surface. From the outset, Piers Morgan urged the nation to come to its senses, once and for all, and held the Government to often ferocious account over its handling of the crisis. COVID-19 shed shocking light on the problems that plague our country. Stockpilers and lockdown-cheats revealed our grotesque levels of self-interest and the virtue-signalling woke brigade continued their furious assault on free speech, shutting down debate on important issues like gender, racism and feminism. Yet just as coronavirus exposed our flaws, it also showcased our strengths. We saw selfless bravery in the heroic efforts of our healthcare staff. A greater appreciation of migrant workers. A return of local community spirit. And inspiring, noble acts from members of the public such as Captain Sir Tom Moore. Wake Up is Piers’ rallying cry for a united future in which we reconsider what really matters in life. It is a plea for the return of true liberalism, where freedom of speech is king. Most of all, it is a powerful account of how the world finally started to wake up, and why it mustn’t go back to sleep again.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/radicalization-to-terrorism-what-everyone-needs-to-know-by-sophia-moskalenko-clark-mccauley--65208196https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447172 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalization to Terrorism: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Sophia Moskalenko, Clark Mccauley Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Terrorism and radicalization came to the forefront of news and politics in the US after the unforgettable attacks of September 11th, 2001. When George W. Bush famously asked 'Why do they hate us?,' the President echoed the confusion, anger and fear felt by millions of Americans, while also creating a politicized discourse that has come to characterize and obscure discussions of both phenomena in the media. Since then the American public has lived through a number of domestic attacks and threats, and watched international terrorist attacks from afar on television sets and computer screens. The anxiety and misinformation surrounding terrorism and radicalization are perhaps best detected in questions that have continued to recur in the last decade: 'Are terrorists crazy?'; 'Is there a profile of individuals likely to become terrorists?'; 'Is it possible to prevent radicalization to terrorism?' Fortunately, in the two decades since 9/11, a significant body of research has emerged that can help provide definitive answers. As experts in the psychology of radicalization, Sophia Moskalenko and Clark McCauley propose twelve mechanisms that can move individuals, groups, and mass publics from political indifference to sympathy and support for terrorist violence.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447172Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447172 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalization to Terrorism: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Sophia Moskalenko, Clark Mccauley Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447172 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalization to Terrorism: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Sophia Moskalenko, Clark Mccauley Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Terrorism and radicalization came to the forefront of news and politics in the US after the unforgettable attacks of September 11th, 2001. When George W. Bush famously asked 'Why do they hate us?,' the President echoed the confusion, anger and fear felt by millions of Americans, while also creating a politicized discourse that has come to characterize and obscure discussions of both phenomena in the media. Since then the American public has lived through a number of domestic attacks and threats, and watched international terrorist attacks from afar on television sets and computer screens. The anxiety and misinformation surrounding terrorism and radicalization are perhaps best detected in questions that have continued to recur in the last decade: 'Are terrorists crazy?'; 'Is there a profile of individuals likely to become terrorists?'; 'Is it possible to prevent radicalization to terrorism?' Fortunately, in the two decades since 9/11, a significant body of research has emerged that can help provide definitive answers. As experts in the psychology of radicalization, Sophia Moskalenko and Clark McCauley propose twelve mechanisms that can move individuals, groups, and mass publics from political indifference to sympathy and support for terrorist violence.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-radio-right-how-a-band-of-broadcasters-took-on-the-federal-government-and-built-the-modern-conservative-movement-by-paul-matzko--65208118https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445367 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Radio Right: How a Band of Broadcasters Took on the Federal Government and Built the Modern Conservative Movement Author: Paul Matzko Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the past few years, trust in traditional media has reached new lows. Many Americans disbelieve what they hear from the 'mainstream media,' and have turned to getting information from media echo chambers which are reflective of a single party or ideology. In this book, Paul Matzko reveals that this is not the first such moment in modern American history. The Radio Right tells the story of the 1960s far Right, who were frustrated by what they perceived to be liberal bias in the national media, particularly the media's sycophantic relationship with the John F. Kennedy administration. By the early 1960s, millions of Americans listened each week to conservative broadcasters, the most prominent of which were clergy or lay broadcasters from across the religious spectrum, including Carl McIntire, Billy James Hargis, and Clarence Manion. Though divided by theology, these speakers were united by their distrust of political and theological liberalism and their antipathy towards JFK. The political influence of the new Radio Right quickly became apparent as the broadcasters attacked the Kennedy administration's policies and encouraged grassroots conservative activism on a massive scale.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445367Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445367 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Radio Right: How a Band of Broadcasters Took on the Federal Government and Built the Modern Conservative Movement Author: Paul Matzko Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445367 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Radio Right: How a Band of Broadcasters Took on the Federal Government and Built the Modern Conservative Movement Author: Paul Matzko Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the past few years, trust in traditional media has reached new lows. Many Americans disbelieve what they hear from the 'mainstream media,' and have turned to getting information from media echo chambers which are reflective of a single party or ideology. In this book, Paul Matzko reveals that this is not the first such moment in modern American history. The Radio Right tells the story of the 1960s far Right, who were frustrated by what they perceived to be liberal bias in the national media, particularly the media's sycophantic relationship with the John F. Kennedy administration. By the early 1960s, millions of Americans listened each week to conservative broadcasters, the most prominent of which were clergy or lay broadcasters from across the religious spectrum, including Carl McIntire, Billy James Hargis, and Clarence Manion. Though divided by theology, these speakers were united by their distrust of political and theological liberalism and their antipathy towards JFK. The political influence of the new Radio Right quickly became apparent as the broadcasters attacked the Kennedy administration's policies and encouraged grassroots conservative activism on a massive scale.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-crisis-leadership-lessons-from-the-covid-19-pandemic-by-andrew-cuomo--65208104https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Crisis: Leadership Lessons from the COVID-19 Pandemic Author: Andrew Cuomo Narrator: Andrew Cuomo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Governor Andrew Cuomo tells the riveting story of how he took charge in the fight against COVID-19 as New York became the epicenter of the pandemic, offering hard-won lessons in leadership and his vision for the path forward. “An impressive road map to dealing with a crisis as serious as any we have faced.”—The Washington Post   When COVID-19 besieged the United States, New York State emerged as the global “ground zero” for a deadly contagion that threatened the lives and livelihoods of millions. Quickly, Governor Andrew Cuomo provided the leadership to address the threat, becoming the standard-bearer of the organized response the country desperately needed. With infection rates spiking and more people dying every day, the systems and functions necessary to combat the pandemic in New York—and America—did not exist. So Cuomo undertook the impossible. He unified people to rise to the challenge and was relentless in his pursuit of scientific facts and data. He quelled fear while implementing an extraordinary plan for flattening the curve of infection. He and his team worked day and night to protect the people of New York, despite roadblocks presented by a president incapable of leadership and addicted to transactional politics.   Taking listeners beyond the candid daily briefings that became must-see TV across the globe, and providing a dramatic, day-by-day account of the catastrophe as it unfolded, American Crisis presents the intimate and inspiring thoughts of a leader at an unprecedented historical moment. In his own voice, Andrew Cuomo chronicles the ingenuity and sacrifice required of so many to fight the pandemic, sharing the decision-making that shaped his policy as well as his frank accounting and assessment of his interactions with the federal government, the White House, and other state and local political and health officials. Real leadership, he shows, requires clear communication, compassion for others, and a commitment to truth-telling—no matter how frightening the facts may be.   Including a game plan for what we as individuals—and as a nation—need to do to protect ourselves against this disaster and those to come, American Crisis is a remarkable portrait of selfless leadership and a gritty story of difficult choices that points the way to a safer future for all of us. This audiobook includes a PDF that contains A Blueprint for Going Forward. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452085Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Crisis: Leadership Lessons from the COVID-19 Pandemic Author: Andrew Cuomo Narrator: Andrew Cuomo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452085 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Crisis: Leadership Lessons from the COVID-19 Pandemic Author: Andrew Cuomo Narrator: Andrew Cuomo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Governor Andrew Cuomo tells the riveting story of how he took charge in the fight against COVID-19 as New York became the epicenter of the pandemic, offering hard-won lessons in leadership and his vision for the path forward. “An impressive road map to dealing with a crisis as serious as any we have faced.”—The Washington Post   When COVID-19 besieged the United States, New York State emerged as the global “ground zero” for a deadly contagion that threatened the lives and livelihoods of millions. Quickly, Governor Andrew Cuomo provided the leadership to address the threat, becoming the standard-bearer of the organized response the country desperately needed. With infection rates spiking and more people dying every day, the systems and functions necessary to combat the pandemic in New York—and America—did not exist. So Cuomo undertook the impossible. He unified people to rise to the challenge and was relentless in his pursuit of scientific facts and data. He quelled fear while implementing an extraordinary plan for flattening the curve of infection. He and his team worked day and night to protect the people of New York, despite roadblocks presented by a president incapable of leadership and addicted to transactional politics.   Taking listeners beyond the candid daily briefings that became must-see TV across the globe, and providing a dramatic, day-by-day account of the catastrophe as it unfolded, American Crisis presents the intimate and inspiring thoughts of a leader at an unprecedented historical moment. In his own voice, Andrew Cuomo chronicles the ingenuity and sacrifice required of so many to fight the pandemic, sharing the decision-making that shaped his policy as well as his frank accounting and assessment of his interactions with the federal government, the White House, and other state and local political and health officials. Real leadership, he shows, requires clear communication, compassion for others, and a commitment to truth-telling—no matter how frightening the facts may be.   Including a game plan for what we as individuals—and as a nation—need to do to protect ourselves against this disaster and those to come, American Crisis is a remarkable portrait of selfless leadership and a gritty story of difficult choices that points the way to a safer future for all of us. This audiobook includes a PDF that contains A Blueprint for Going Forward. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-heart-of-a-great-nation-timeless-wisdom-from-ronald-reagan-by-ronald-reagan--65208254https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436608 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of a Great Nation: Timeless Wisdom from Ronald Reagan Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With a foreword from Senator Marco Rubio, a stirring collection of Ronald Reagan's most inspiring speeches, offering his timeless wisdom and guidance for our day. In his 1989 farewell address, Ronald Reagan said, 'I wasn't a great communicator, but I communicated great things, and they didn't spring full bloom from my brow, they came from the heart of a great nation--from our experience, our wisdom, and our belief in principles that have guided us for two centuries.' The Heart of a Great Nation brings together Reagan's most powerful speeches, as relevant to our chaotic world as they were when he first gave them. In a period of our country's history consumed by economic stagnation, national instability, and the looming threat of communism, Reagan spoke directly to the hearts of everyday Americans. His wisdom on matters of family, freedom, and nationhood helped guide the country back to its founding principles and ushered in an era of prosperity and national pride. Today, as we find our country treading similar ground, Reagan's wisdom speaks to us once again, offering guidance to everyone looking to navigate the present and remember the legacy of this great nation--which can one day be reclaimed.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436608Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436608 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of a Great Nation: Timeless Wisdom from Ronald Reagan Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436608 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of a Great Nation: Timeless Wisdom from Ronald Reagan Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With a foreword from Senator Marco Rubio, a stirring collection of Ronald Reagan's most inspiring speeches, offering his timeless wisdom and guidance for our day. In his 1989 farewell address, Ronald Reagan said, 'I wasn't a great communicator, but I communicated great things, and they didn't spring full bloom from my brow, they came from the heart of a great nation--from our experience, our wisdom, and our belief in principles that have guided us for two centuries.' The Heart of a Great Nation brings together Reagan's most powerful speeches, as relevant to our chaotic world as they were when he first gave them. In a period of our country's history consumed by economic stagnation, national instability, and the looming threat of communism, Reagan spoke directly to the hearts of everyday Americans. His wisdom on matters of family, freedom, and nationhood helped guide the country back to its founding principles and ushered in an era of prosperity and national pride. Today, as we find our country treading similar ground, Reagan's wisdom speaks to us once again, offering guidance to everyone looking to navigate the present and remember the legacy of this great nation--which can one day be reclaimed.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-my-people-vote-my-battle-to-restore-the-civil-rights-of-returning-citizens-by-desmond-meade--65208216https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let My People Vote: My Battle to Restore the Civil Rights of Returning Citizens Author: Desmond Meade Narrator: Desmond Meade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Desmond Meade was chosen as a MacArthur Fellow in 2021 The inspiring and eye-opening true story of one man’s undying belief in the power of a fully enfranchised nation. “You may think the right to vote is a small matter, and if you do, I would bet you have never had it taken away from you.” Thus begins the story of Desmond Meade and his inspiring journey to restore voting rights to roughly 1.4 million returning citizens in Florida—resulting in a stunning victory in 2018 that enfranchised the most people at once in any single initiative since women’s suffrage. Let My People Vote is the deeply moving, personal story of Meade’s life, his political activism, and the movement he spearheaded to restore voting rights to returning citizens who had served their terms. Meade survived a tough childhood only to find himself with a felony conviction. Finding the strength to pull his life together, he graduated summa cum laude from college, graduated from law school, and married. But because of his conviction, he was not even allowed to sit for the bar exam in Florida. And when his wife ran for state office, he was filled with pride—but not permitted to vote for her. Meade takes us on a journey from his time in homeless shelters, to the exhilarating, joyful night in November of 2018, when Amendment 4 passed with 65 percent of the vote. Meade’s story, and his commitment to a fully enfranchised nation, will prove to readers that one person really can make a difference.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438522Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let My People Vote: My Battle to Restore the Civil Rights of Returning Citizens Author: Desmond Meade Narrator: Desmond Meade Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let My People Vote: My Battle to Restore the Civil Rights of Returning Citizens Author: Desmond Meade Narrator: Desmond Meade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Desmond Meade was chosen as a MacArthur Fellow in 2021 The inspiring and eye-opening true story of one man’s undying belief in the power of a fully enfranchised nation. “You may think the right to vote is a small matter, and if you do, I would bet you have never had it taken away from you.” Thus begins the story of Desmond Meade and his inspiring journey to restore voting rights to roughly 1.4 million returning citizens in Florida—resulting in a stunning victory in 2018 that enfranchised the most people at once in any single initiative since women’s suffrage. Let My People Vote is the deeply moving, personal story of Meade’s life, his political activism, and the movement he spearheaded to restore voting rights to returning citizens who had served their terms. Meade survived a tough childhood only to find himself with a felony conviction. Finding the strength to pull his life together, he graduated summa cum laude from college, graduated from law school, and married. But because of his conviction, he was not even allowed to sit for the bar exam in Florida. And when his wife ran for state office, he was filled with pride—but not permitted to vote for her. Meade takes us on a journey from his time in homeless shelters, to the exhilarating, joyful night in November of 2018, when Amendment 4 passed with 65 percent of the vote. Meade’s story, and his commitment to a fully enfranchised nation, will prove to readers that one person really can make a difference.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-were-we-thinking-a-brief-intellectual-history-of-the-trump-era-by-carlos-lozada--65208206https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Were We Thinking: A Brief Intellectual History of the Trump Era Author: Carlos Lozada Narrator: Christian Barillas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this “crisp, engaging, and very smart” (The New York Times Book Review) work, The Washington Post’s Pulitzer Prize–winning book critic digs into books of the Trump era and finds that our response to this presidency often reflects the same polarization, contradictions, and resentments that made it possible. It is an irony of our age that a man who rarely reads has unleashed an onslaught of books about his tenure and his time. Dissections of the white working class. Manifestos of political resistance. Works on identity, gender, and migration. Memoirs on race and protest. Revelations of White House mayhem. Warnings over the future of conservatism, progressivism, and of American democracy itself. As a book critic for The Washington Post, Carlos Lozada has read just about all of them. In What Were We Thinking, he draws on some 150 recent volumes to explore how we understand ourselves in the Trump era. Lozada’s characters are not the president, his advisers, or his antagonists but the political and cultural ideas at play—and at stake—in America. Just as Trump’s election upended the country’s political establishment, it shocked its intellectual class. Though some of the books of the Trump era skillfully illuminate the challenges and transformations the nation faces, too many works are more defensive than incisive, more righteous than right. Lozada offers a provocative argument: Whether written by liberals or conservatives, activists or academics, true believers or harsh critics, the books of Trump’s America are vulnerable to the same failures of imagination that gave us this presidency in the first place. In What Were We Thinking, Lozada’s selections range from bestselling titles to little-known works, from thoroughly reported accounts of the administration to partisan polemics, from meditations on the fate of truth to memoirs about enduring—or enabling—the Trump presidency. He also identifies books that challenge entrenched assumptions and shift our vantage points, the books that best help us make sense of this era. The result is an “elegant yet lacerating” (The Guardian) intellectual history of our time, a work that transcends daily headlines to discern how we got here and how we thought here. What Were We Thinking will help today’s readers understand America, and will help tomorrow’s readers look back and understand us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Were We Thinking: A Brief Intellectual History of the Trump Era Author: Carlos Lozada Narrator: Christian Barillas Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Were We Thinking: A Brief Intellectual History of the Trump Era Author: Carlos Lozada Narrator: Christian Barillas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this “crisp, engaging, and very smart” (The New York Times Book Review) work, The Washington Post’s Pulitzer Prize–winning book critic digs into books of the Trump era and finds that our response to this presidency often reflects the same polarization, contradictions, and resentments that made it possible. It is an irony of our age that a man who rarely reads has unleashed an onslaught of books about his tenure and his time. Dissections of the white working class. Manifestos of political resistance. Works on identity, gender, and migration. Memoirs on race and protest. Revelations of White House mayhem. Warnings over the future of conservatism, progressivism, and of American democracy itself. As a book critic for The Washington Post, Carlos Lozada has read just about all of them. In What Were We Thinking, he draws on some 150 recent volumes to explore how we understand ourselves in the Trump era. Lozada’s characters are not the president, his advisers, or his antagonists but the political and cultural ideas at play—and at stake—in America. Just as Trump’s election upended the country’s political establishment, it shocked its intellectual class. Though some of the books of the Trump era skillfully illuminate the challenges and transformations the nation faces, too many works are more defensive than incisive, more righteous than right. Lozada offers a provocative argument: Whether written by liberals or conservatives, activists or academics, true believers or harsh critics, the books of Trump’s America are vulnerable to the same failures of imagination that gave us this presidency in the first place. In What Were We Thinking, Lozada’s selections range from bestselling titles to little-known works, from thoroughly reported accounts of the administration to partisan polemics, from meditations on the fate of truth to memoirs about enduring—or enabling—the Trump presidency. He also identifies books that challenge entrenched assumptions and shift our vantage points, the books that best help us make sense of this era. The result is an “elegant yet lacerating” (The Guardian) intellectual history of our time, a work that transcends daily headlines to discern how we got here and how we thought here. What Were We Thinking will help today’s readers understand America, and will help tomorrow’s readers look back and understand us.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ten-lessons-for-a-post-pandemic-world-by-fareed-zakaria--65208199https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439247 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: COVID-19 is speeding up history, but how? What is the shape of the world to come? Lenin once said, “There are decades when nothing happens and weeks when decades happen.” This is one of those times when history has sped up. CNN host and bestselling author Fareed Zakaria helps listeners to understand the nature of a post-pandemic world: the political, social, technological, and economic impacts that may take years to unfold. In the form of ten straightforward “lessons,” covering topics from globalization and threat-preparedness to inequality and technological advancement, Zakaria creates a structure for listeners to begin thinking beyond the immediate impacts of COVID-19. Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World speaks to past, present, and future, and, while urgent and timely, is sure to become an enduring staple.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439247Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439247 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439247 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: COVID-19 is speeding up history, but how? What is the shape of the world to come? Lenin once said, “There are decades when nothing happens and weeks when decades happen.” This is one of those times when history has sped up. CNN host and bestselling author Fareed Zakaria helps listeners to understand the nature of a post-pandemic world: the political, social, technological, and economic impacts that may take years to unfold. In the form of ten straightforward “lessons,” covering topics from globalization and threat-preparedness to inequality and technological advancement, Zakaria creates a structure for listeners to begin thinking beyond the immediate impacts of COVID-19. Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World speaks to past, present, and future, and, while urgent and timely, is sure to become an enduring staple.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/chocolate-city-a-history-of-race-and-democracy-in-the-nation-s-capital-by-george-derek-musgrove-chris-myers-asch--65208131https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chocolate City: A History of Race and Democracy in the Nation's Capital Author: George Derek Musgrove, Chris Myers Asch Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Monumental in scope and vividly detailed, Chocolate City tells the tumultuous, four-century story of race and democracy in our nation's capital. Emblematic of the ongoing tensions between America's expansive democratic promises and its enduring racial realities, Washington often has served as a national battleground for contentious issues, including slavery, segregation, civil rights, the drug war, and gentrification. But DC is more than just a seat of government, and authors Chris Myers Asch and George Derek Musgrove also highlight the city's rich history of local activism as Washingtonians of all races have struggled to make their voices heard in an undemocratic city where residents lack full political rights. Tracing DC's massive transformations—from a sparsely inhabited plantation society into a diverse metropolis, from a center of the slave trade to the nation's first black-majority city, from 'Chocolate City' to 'Latte City'—Asch and Musgrove offer an engaging narrative peppered with unforgettable characters, a history of deep racial division but also one of hope, resilience, and interracial cooperation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444951Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chocolate City: A History of Race and Democracy in the Nation's Capital Author: George Derek Musgrove, Chris Myers Asch Narrator: David Sadzin Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chocolate City: A History of Race and Democracy in the Nation's Capital Author: George Derek Musgrove, Chris Myers Asch Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Monumental in scope and vividly detailed, Chocolate City tells the tumultuous, four-century story of race and democracy in our nation's capital. Emblematic of the ongoing tensions between America's expansive democratic promises and its enduring racial realities, Washington often has served as a national battleground for contentious issues, including slavery, segregation, civil rights, the drug war, and gentrification. But DC is more than just a seat of government, and authors Chris Myers Asch and George Derek Musgrove also highlight the city's rich history of local activism as Washingtonians of all races have struggled to make their voices heard in an undemocratic city where residents lack full political rights. Tracing DC's massive transformations—from a sparsely inhabited plantation society into a diverse metropolis, from a center of the slave trade to the nation's first black-majority city, from 'Chocolate City' to 'Latte City'—Asch and Musgrove offer an engaging narrative peppered with unforgettable characters, a history of deep racial division but also one of hope, resilience, and interracial cooperation.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-invincible-family-why-the-global-campaign-to-crush-motherhood-and-fatherhood-can-t-win-by-kimberly-ells--65208110https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453893 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invincible Family: Why the Global Campaign to Crush Motherhood and Fatherhood Can't Win Author: Kimberly Ells Narrator: Becky White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Socialists and feminists have long targeted the family as an enemy, even the enemy. For socialists, the family is an obstacle to the full power of the progressive state. For feminists, the family denies female independence and equality. Today, however, the battle has grown even fiercer, as socialists and feminists have found a global ally in the United Nations, which is using its extraordinary power to undercut the authority and the sanctity of the family around the world—even in the United States. International policy advisor Kimberly Ells exposes this unholy alliance between globalist liberals, feminists, and socialists and unveils the shocking harm being done, right now, to women and children in America and around the world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453893Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453893 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invincible Family: Why the Global Campaign to Crush Motherhood and Fatherhood Can't Win Author: Kimberly Ells Narrator: Becky White Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453893 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invincible Family: Why the Global Campaign to Crush Motherhood and Fatherhood Can't Win Author: Kimberly Ells Narrator: Becky White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Socialists and feminists have long targeted the family as an enemy, even the enemy. For socialists, the family is an obstacle to the full power of the progressive state. For feminists, the family denies female independence and equality. Today, however, the battle has grown even fiercer, as socialists and feminists have found a global ally in the United Nations, which is using its extraordinary power to undercut the authority and the sanctity of the family around the world—even in the United States. International policy advisor Kimberly Ells exposes this unholy alliance between globalist liberals, feminists, and socialists and unveils the shocking harm being done, right now, to women and children in America and around the world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-price-of-justice-money-morals-and-ethical-reform-in-the-law-by-ronald-goldfarb--65208099https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Price of Justice: Money, Morals and Ethical Reform in the Law Author: Ronald Goldfarb Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Justice reform has become an increasingly present topic in the news and media, with movements like “I Can’t Breathe” and Black Lives Matter prompting national outcry from the public over the unethical actions of law enforcement, and remains one of the most controversial and highly debated issues for politicians and citizens today. With more than two million American’s incarcerated, it is beyond apparent that the justice system intrinsically ensures that lower-income people and minorities are shockingly underrepresented and offered little to no legal protection. In The Price of Justice, Goldfarb uses powerful testimonies, media evidence, and first-hand expertise from working in the Justice Department as a longtime public interest lawyer to reveal how both the criminal and civil justice systems fail to serve lower and middle-class citizens and makes an undeniable case for the profound justice reform that is so desperately needed. Goldfarb asks that we examine closely a legal system that has become largely pay-to-play, benefiting the administrators and those wealthy citizens who can afford to “lawyer up,” and shows little mercy for the lower-income citizens who fall victim to an endless cycle of conviction, fines, bail, lack of counsel, and capital punishment. Goldfarb exposes a system that values money over ethics and lawyers who value winning cases over finding truth and serving justice, pointing out that civil aid and public defenders are grossly understaffed and underfinanced, making it nearly impossible to meet the challenges of well-paid private lawyers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453917Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Price of Justice: Money, Morals and Ethical Reform in the Law Author: Ronald Goldfarb Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Price of Justice: Money, Morals and Ethical Reform in the Law Author: Ronald Goldfarb Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Justice reform has become an increasingly present topic in the news and media, with movements like “I Can’t Breathe” and Black Lives Matter prompting national outcry from the public over the unethical actions of law enforcement, and remains one of the most controversial and highly debated issues for politicians and citizens today. With more than two million American’s incarcerated, it is beyond apparent that the justice system intrinsically ensures that lower-income people and minorities are shockingly underrepresented and offered little to no legal protection. In The Price of Justice, Goldfarb uses powerful testimonies, media evidence, and first-hand expertise from working in the Justice Department as a longtime public interest lawyer to reveal how both the criminal and civil justice systems fail to serve lower and middle-class citizens and makes an undeniable case for the profound justice reform that is so desperately needed. Goldfarb asks that we examine closely a legal system that has become largely pay-to-play, benefiting the administrators and those wealthy citizens who can afford to “lawyer up,” and shows little mercy for the lower-income citizens who fall victim to an endless cycle of conviction, fines, bail, lack of counsel, and capital punishment. Goldfarb exposes a system that values money over ethics and lawyers who value winning cases over finding truth and serving justice, pointing out that civil aid and public defenders are grossly understaffed and underfinanced, making it nearly impossible to meet the challenges of well-paid private lawyers.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ten-lessons-for-a-post-pandemic-world-by-fareed-zakaria--65208078https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452651 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Since the end of the Cold War, the world has been shaken to its core three times. September 11, 2001, the financial collapse of 2008 and - most of all - COVID-19. Each was an asymmetrical threat, different from anything the world had experienced before. Fareed Zakaria presents ten surprising, hopeful and vital lessons for recovery in our age of asymmetry. He highlights the importance of investing in healthcare and education, harnessing technology and how to react to America's retreat from leadership on the world stage. COVID-19 has made the old categories of left vs right, democracy vs dictatorship and big vs small government obsolete and highlighted what should have always been the obvious challenge to populism - good government. Sheer competence made all the difference in those countries which dealt with the pandemic best. The future belongs to the smart state. Zakaria's final lesson is to accept the reality of globalization and acknowledge that global crises need international cooperation and global solutions. He passionately argues that we need to continue listening to experts and scientists to tackle climate change. We need to resist our nationalist and isolationist instincts to fight inequality and recognise that we actually have more in common than not. He believes that Aristotle was right - we are social beings with community embedded in our human nature. We want to gather and work, eat, pray, love and mourn together. More than anything we need to build a new world together. © Fareed Zakaria 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452651Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452651 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452651 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons for a Post-Pandemic World Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Since the end of the Cold War, the world has been shaken to its core three times. September 11, 2001, the financial collapse of 2008 and - most of all - COVID-19. Each was an asymmetrical threat, different from anything the world had experienced before. Fareed Zakaria presents ten surprising, hopeful and vital lessons for recovery in our age of asymmetry. He highlights the importance of investing in healthcare and education, harnessing technology and how to react to America's retreat from leadership on the world stage. COVID-19 has made the old categories of left vs right, democracy vs dictatorship and big vs small government obsolete and highlighted what should have always been the obvious challenge to populism - good government. Sheer competence made all the difference in those countries which dealt with the pandemic best. The future belongs to the smart state. Zakaria's final lesson is to accept the reality of globalization and acknowledge that global crises need international cooperation and global solutions. He passionately argues that we need to continue listening to experts and scientists to tackle climate change. We need to resist our nationalist and isolationist instincts to fight inequality and recognise that we actually have more in common than not. He believes that Aristotle was right - we are social beings with community embedded in our human nature. We want to gather and work, eat, pray, love and mourn together. More than anything we need to build a new world together. © Fareed Zakaria 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/veteran-s-lament-is-this-the-america-our-heroes-fought-for-by-david-goetsch-oliver-north--65208057https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Veteran's Lament: Is This the America Our Heroes Fought For? Author: David Goetsch, Oliver North Narrator: Rand Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on interviews of military veterans by the authors, this book explains why so many of our Americanmilitary heroes—those willing to put their lives on the line to protect the United States—now question if ournation is still the country they fought for.What is happening to our country? This question is heard more and more frequently these days as Americansworry about the unrelenting attacks by so-called progressives on the foundation, core values, and history of our nation.Nobody is more concerned than those Americans who volunteered to serve in uniform and willingly put their lives onthe line to protect the United States and all it represents. Based on interviews by the authors, this book explains whymany of our American heroes believed in and loved our nation enough to go into harm’s way to defend it, and whyso many of them now question if America is still the country they fought for. More importantly, it asks—is Americastill worth fighting for?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455473Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Veteran's Lament: Is This the America Our Heroes Fought For? Author: David Goetsch, Oliver North Narrator: Rand Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Veteran's Lament: Is This the America Our Heroes Fought For? Author: David Goetsch, Oliver North Narrator: Rand Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on interviews of military veterans by the authors, this book explains why so many of our Americanmilitary heroes—those willing to put their lives on the line to protect the United States—now question if ournation is still the country they fought for.What is happening to our country? This question is heard more and more frequently these days as Americansworry about the unrelenting attacks by so-called progressives on the foundation, core values, and history of our nation.Nobody is more concerned than those Americans who volunteered to serve in uniform and willingly put their lives onthe line to protect the United States and all it represents. Based on interviews by the authors, this book explains whymany of our American heroes believed in and loved our nation enough to go into harm’s way to defend it, and whyso many of them now question if America is still the country they fought for. More importantly, it asks—is Americastill worth fighting for?]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-biden-deception-moderate-opportunist-or-the-democrats-crypto-socialist-by-george-neumayr--65208159https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biden Deception: Moderate, Opportunist, or the Democrats' Crypto-Socialist? Author: George Neumayr Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you want to know how far-left a Joe Biden presidency would be, you need look no further than his own words. His rhetoric may not be as fiery as that of Bernie Sanders, but make no mistake: he holds essentially the same policy positions.Bestselling author and former Hoover Institute fellow George Neumayr lays out the truth the media won’t tell you: that Blue-collar Joe disappeared decades ago. He is far more comfortable on the Ellen show than on the streets of Scranton. He has given up Amtrak for private jets, and, like his lobbyist brother and grifter son, has cashed in on his last name.While the media and Democrat establishment—eager to dupe independents and Never-Trump Republicans—spin talking points to paint Biden as the moderate and lovable “Uncle Joe”, the reality is a Biden presidency threatens to return America to the disastrous and radical left-wing politics and policies of the Obama era.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446755Thu, 01 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biden Deception: Moderate, Opportunist, or the Democrats' Crypto-Socialist? Author: George Neumayr Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biden Deception: Moderate, Opportunist, or the Democrats' Crypto-Socialist? Author: George Neumayr Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If you want to know how far-left a Joe Biden presidency would be, you need look no further than his own words. His rhetoric may not be as fiery as that of Bernie Sanders, but make no mistake: he holds essentially the same policy positions.Bestselling author and former Hoover Institute fellow George Neumayr lays out the truth the media won’t tell you: that Blue-collar Joe disappeared decades ago. He is far more comfortable on the Ellen show than on the streets of Scranton. He has given up Amtrak for private jets, and, like his lobbyist brother and grifter son, has cashed in on his last name.While the media and Democrat establishment—eager to dupe independents and Never-Trump Republicans—spin talking points to paint Biden as the moderate and lovable “Uncle Joe”, the reality is a Biden presidency threatens to return America to the disastrous and radical left-wing politics and policies of the Obama era.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-privilege-how-white-people-can-challenge-racism-by-june-sarpong--65208117https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451760 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Privilege: How white people can challenge racism Author: June Sarpong Narrator: June Sarpong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The death of George Floyd and subsequent Black Lives Matter protests have made clear to everyone the vicious reality of racism that persists today. Many of those privileged enough to be distanced from racism are now having to come to terms with the fact that they continue to prosper at the detriment of others. Having spent the last four years researching, writing, and speaking about the benefits of diversity for society, June Sarpong is no stranger to educating and challenging those that have been enjoying the benefits of a system steeped in systemic racism without realising its true cost. In The Power of Privilege, June will empower those fortunate enough not to be ‘otherised’ by mainstream Western society to become effective allies against racism, both by understanding the roots of their privilege and the systemic societal inequities that perpetuates it. The Power of Privilege offers practical steps and action-driven solutions so that those who have been afforded privilege can begin undoing the limiting beliefs held by society, and help build a fairer future for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451760Thu, 01 Oct 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451760 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Privilege: How white people can challenge racism Author: June Sarpong Narrator: June Sarpong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451760 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Privilege: How white people can challenge racism Author: June Sarpong Narrator: June Sarpong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The death of George Floyd and subsequent Black Lives Matter protests have made clear to everyone the vicious reality of racism that persists today. Many of those privileged enough to be distanced from racism are now having to come to terms with the fact that they continue to prosper at the detriment of others. Having spent the last four years researching, writing, and speaking about the benefits of diversity for society, June Sarpong is no stranger to educating and challenging those that have been enjoying the benefits of a system steeped in systemic racism without realising its true cost. In The Power of Privilege, June will empower those fortunate enough not to be ‘otherised’ by mainstream Western society to become effective allies against racism, both by understanding the roots of their privilege and the systemic societal inequities that perpetuates it. The Power of Privilege offers practical steps and action-driven solutions so that those who have been afforded privilege can begin undoing the limiting beliefs held by society, and help build a fairer future for all.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/liberty-from-all-masters-the-new-american-autocracy-vs-the-will-of-the-people-by-barry-c-lynn--65208231https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberty from All Masters: The New American Autocracy vs. the Will of the People Author: Barry C. Lynn Narrator: Chris Abernathy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of America's preeminent thinkers provides the clearest statement yet on the nature and magnitude of the political and economic dangers posed by America's new monopolies. Americans are obsessed with liberty, mad about liberty. On any day, we can tune into arguments about how much liberty we need to buy a gun or get an abortion, to marry who we want or adopt the gender we feel. We argue endlessly about liberty from regulation and observation by the state, and proudly rebel against the tyranny of course syllabi and Pandora playlists. Redesign the penny today and the motto would read 'You ain't the boss of me.' Yet Americans are only now awakening to what is perhaps the gravest domestic threat to our liberties in a century--in the form of an extreme and fast-growing concentration of economic power. Monopolists today control almost every corner of the American economy. The result is not only lower wages and higher prices, hence a concentration of wealth and power in the hands of the few. The result is also a stripping away of our liberty to work how and where we want, to launch and grow the businesses we want, to create the communities and families and lives we want. The rise of online monopolists such as Google and Amazon--designed to gather our most intimate secrets and use them to manipulate our personal and group actions--is making the problem only far worse fast. Not only have these giant corporations captured the ability to manage how we share news and ideas with one another, they increasingly enjoy the power to shape how we move and play and speak and think.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437398Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberty from All Masters: The New American Autocracy vs. the Will of the People Author: Barry C. Lynn Narrator: Chris Abernathy Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberty from All Masters: The New American Autocracy vs. the Will of the People Author: Barry C. Lynn Narrator: Chris Abernathy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of America's preeminent thinkers provides the clearest statement yet on the nature and magnitude of the political and economic dangers posed by America's new monopolies. Americans are obsessed with liberty, mad about liberty. On any day, we can tune into arguments about how much liberty we need to buy a gun or get an abortion, to marry who we want or adopt the gender we feel. We argue endlessly about liberty from regulation and observation by the state, and proudly rebel against the tyranny of course syllabi and Pandora playlists. Redesign the penny today and the motto would read 'You ain't the boss of me.' Yet Americans are only now awakening to what is perhaps the gravest domestic threat to our liberties in a century--in the form of an extreme and fast-growing concentration of economic power. Monopolists today control almost every corner of the American economy. The result is not only lower wages and higher prices, hence a concentration of wealth and power in the hands of the few. The result is also a stripping away of our liberty to work how and where we want, to launch and grow the businesses we want, to create the communities and families and lives we want. The rise of online monopolists such as Google and Amazon--designed to gather our most intimate secrets and use them to manipulate our personal and group actions--is making the problem only far worse fast. Not only have these giant corporations captured the ability to manage how we share news and ideas with one another, they increasingly enjoy the power to shape how we move and play and speak and think.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-educate-an-american-the-conservative-vision-for-tomorrow-s-schools-by-chester-e-finn-jr-michael-j-petrilli--65208186https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Educate an American: The Conservative Vision for Tomorrow's Schools Author: Chester E. Finn Jr., Michael J. Petrilli Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the years after A Nation at Risk, conservatives' ideas to reform America's lagging education system gained much traction. Key items like school choice and rigorous academic standards drew bipartisan support and were put into practice across the country. Today, these gains are in retreat, ceding ground to progressive nostrums that do little to boost the skills and knowledge of young people. Far from being discouraged, however, conservatives should seize the moment to refresh their vision of quality K–12 education for today's America. These essays by twenty leading conservative thinkers do just that. Students, according to this vision, should complete high school with a thorough understanding of the country's history, including gratitude for its sacrifices, respect for its achievements, and awareness of its shortcomings. They should also learn to be trustworthy stewards of a democratic republic, capable of exercising virtue and civic responsibility. Beyond helping to form their character, schools ought to ready their pupils for careers that are productive, rewarding, and dignified. Excellent technical-training opportunities will await those not headed to a traditional college. All students must come to understand that they can succeed in America if they are industrious, creative, and responsible.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440146Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Educate an American: The Conservative Vision for Tomorrow's Schools Author: Chester E. Finn Jr., Michael J. Petrilli Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Educate an American: The Conservative Vision for Tomorrow's Schools Author: Chester E. Finn Jr., Michael J. Petrilli Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the years after A Nation at Risk, conservatives' ideas to reform America's lagging education system gained much traction. Key items like school choice and rigorous academic standards drew bipartisan support and were put into practice across the country. Today, these gains are in retreat, ceding ground to progressive nostrums that do little to boost the skills and knowledge of young people. Far from being discouraged, however, conservatives should seize the moment to refresh their vision of quality K–12 education for today's America. These essays by twenty leading conservative thinkers do just that. Students, according to this vision, should complete high school with a thorough understanding of the country's history, including gratitude for its sacrifices, respect for its achievements, and awareness of its shortcomings. They should also learn to be trustworthy stewards of a democratic republic, capable of exercising virtue and civic responsibility. Beyond helping to form their character, schools ought to ready their pupils for careers that are productive, rewarding, and dignified. Excellent technical-training opportunities will await those not headed to a traditional college. All students must come to understand that they can succeed in America if they are industrious, creative, and responsible.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/live-not-by-lies-a-manual-for-christian-dissidents-by-rod-dreher--65208185https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Not by Lies: A Manual for Christian Dissidents Author: Rod Dreher Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of The Benedict Option draws on the wisdom of Christian survivors of Soviet persecution to warn American Christians of approaching dangers. For years, émigrés from the former Soviet bloc have been telling Rod Dreher they see telltale signs of 'soft' totalitarianism cropping up in America--something more Brave New World than Nineteen Eighty-Four. Identity politics are beginning to encroach on every aspect of life. Civil liberties are increasingly seen as a threat to 'safety'. Progressives marginalize conservative, traditional Christians, and other dissenters. Technology and consumerism hasten the possibility of a corporate surveillance state. And the pandemic, having put millions out of work, leaves our country especially vulnerable to demagogic manipulation. In Live Not By Lies, Dreher amplifies the alarm sounded by the brave men and women who fought totalitarianism. He explains how the totalitarianism facing us today is based less on overt violence and more on psychological manipulation. He tells the stories of modern-day dissidents--clergy, laity, martyrs, and confessors from the Soviet Union and the captive nations of Europe--who offer practical advice for how to identify and resist totalitarianism in our time. Following the model offered by a prophetic World War II-era pastor who prepared believers in his Eastern European to endure the coming of communism, Live Not By Lies teaches American Christians a method for resistance:   •  SEE: Acknowledge the reality of the situation.   •  JUDGE: Assess reality in the light of what we as Christians know to be true.   •  ACT: Take action to protect truth. Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn famously said that one of the biggest mistakes people make is assuming totalitarianism can't happen in their country. Many American Christians are making that mistake today, sleepwalking through the erosion of our freedoms. Live Not By Lies will wake them and equip them for the long resistance.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436594Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Not by Lies: A Manual for Christian Dissidents Author: Rod Dreher Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436594 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Not by Lies: A Manual for Christian Dissidents Author: Rod Dreher Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of The Benedict Option draws on the wisdom of Christian survivors of Soviet persecution to warn American Christians of approaching dangers. For years, émigrés from the former Soviet bloc have been telling Rod Dreher they see telltale signs of 'soft' totalitarianism cropping up in America--something more Brave New World than Nineteen Eighty-Four. Identity politics are beginning to encroach on every aspect of life. Civil liberties are increasingly seen as a threat to 'safety'. Progressives marginalize conservative, traditional Christians, and other dissenters. Technology and consumerism hasten the possibility of a corporate surveillance state. And the pandemic, having put millions out of work, leaves our country especially vulnerable to demagogic manipulation. In Live Not By Lies, Dreher amplifies the alarm sounded by the brave men and women who fought totalitarianism. He explains how the totalitarianism facing us today is based less on overt violence and more on psychological manipulation. He tells the stories of modern-day dissidents--clergy, laity, martyrs, and confessors from the Soviet Union and the captive nations of Europe--who offer practical advice for how to identify and resist totalitarianism in our time. Following the model offered by a prophetic World War II-era pastor who prepared believers in his Eastern European to endure the coming of communism, Live Not By Lies teaches American Christians a method for resistance:   •  SEE: Acknowledge the reality of the situation.   •  JUDGE: Assess reality in the light of what we as Christians know to be true.   •  ACT: Take action to protect truth. Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn famously said that one of the biggest mistakes people make is assuming totalitarianism can't happen in their country. Many American Christians are making that mistake today, sleepwalking through the erosion of our freedoms. Live Not By Lies will wake them and equip them for the long resistance.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/where-law-ends-inside-the-mueller-investigation-by-andrew-weissmann--65208163https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Law Ends: Inside the Mueller Investigation Author: Andrew Weissmann Narrator: Andrew Weissmann, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the first and only inside account of the Mueller investigation, one of the special counsel’s most trusted prosecutors breaks his silence on the team’s history-making search for the truth, their painstaking deliberations and costly mistakes, and Trump’s unprecedented efforts to stifle their report. “Weissmann delivers the kind of forceful, ringing indictment that Mueller’s report did not.”—The New York Times In May 2017, Robert Mueller was tapped to lead an inquiry into Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election, coordination by foreign agents with Donald Trump’s campaign, and obstruction of justice by the president. Mueller assembled a “dream team” of top prosecutors, and for the next twenty-two months, the investigation was a black box and the subject of endless anticipation and speculation—until April 2019, when the special counsel’s report was released. In Where Law Ends, legendary prosecutor Andrew Weissmann—a key player in the Special Counsel’s Office—finally pulls back the curtain to reveal exactly what went on inside the investigation, including the heated debates, painful deliberations, and mistakes of the team—not to mention the external efforts by the president and Attorney General William Barr to manipulate the investigation to their political ends.  Weissmann puts the reader in the room as Mueller’s team made their most consequential decisions, such as whether to subpoena the president, whether to conduct a full financial investigation of Trump, and whether to explicitly recommend obstruction charges against him. Weissmann also details for the first time the debilitating effects that President Trump himself had on the investigation, through his dangling of pardons and his constant threats to shut down the inquiry and fire Mueller, which left the team racing against the clock and essentially fighting with one hand tied behind their backs.   In Where Law Ends, Weissmann conjures the camaraderie and esprit de corps of the investigative units led by the enigmatic Mueller, a distinguished public servant who is revealed here, in a way we have never seen him before, as a manager, a colleague, and a very human presence. Weissmann is as candid about the team’s mistakes as he is about its successes, and is committed to accurately documenting the historic investigation for future generations to assess and learn from. Ultimately, Where Law Ends is a story about a team of public servants, dedicated to the rule of law, tasked with investigating a president who did everything he could to stand in their way.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Law Ends: Inside the Mueller Investigation Author: Andrew Weissmann Narrator: Andrew Weissmann, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445764 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Law Ends: Inside the Mueller Investigation Author: Andrew Weissmann Narrator: Andrew Weissmann, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the first and only inside account of the Mueller investigation, one of the special counsel’s most trusted prosecutors breaks his silence on the team’s history-making search for the truth, their painstaking deliberations and costly mistakes, and Trump’s unprecedented efforts to stifle their report. “Weissmann delivers the kind of forceful, ringing indictment that Mueller’s report did not.”—The New York Times In May 2017, Robert Mueller was tapped to lead an inquiry into Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election, coordination by foreign agents with Donald Trump’s campaign, and obstruction of justice by the president. Mueller assembled a “dream team” of top prosecutors, and for the next twenty-two months, the investigation was a black box and the subject of endless anticipation and speculation—until April 2019, when the special counsel’s report was released. In Where Law Ends, legendary prosecutor Andrew Weissmann—a key player in the Special Counsel’s Office—finally pulls back the curtain to reveal exactly what went on inside the investigation, including the heated debates, painful deliberations, and mistakes of the team—not to mention the external efforts by the president and Attorney General William Barr to manipulate the investigation to their political ends.  Weissmann puts the reader in the room as Mueller’s team made their most consequential decisions, such as whether to subpoena the president, whether to conduct a full financial investigation of Trump, and whether to explicitly recommend obstruction charges against him. Weissmann also details for the first time the debilitating effects that President Trump himself had on the investigation, through his dangling of pardons and his constant threats to shut down the inquiry and fire Mueller, which left the team racing against the clock and essentially fighting with one hand tied behind their backs.   In Where Law Ends, Weissmann conjures the camaraderie and esprit de corps of the investigative units led by the enigmatic Mueller, a distinguished public servant who is revealed here, in a way we have never seen him before, as a manager, a colleague, and a very human presence. Weissmann is as candid about the team’s mistakes as he is about its successes, and is committed to accurately documenting the historic investigation for future generations to assess and learn from. Ultimately, Where Law Ends is a story about a team of public servants, dedicated to the rule of law, tasked with investigating a president who did everything he could to stand in their way.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/personality-wins-who-will-take-the-white-house-and-how-we-know-by-merrick-rosenberg--65208143https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Wins: Who Will Take the White House and How We Know Author: Merrick Rosenberg Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Another US presidential election is underway, and Americans are engaged in the time-honored tradition of judging candidates by their personalities. It may sound unwise to pick the future leader of the free world based on personality traits rather than platforms, policies, and ideology, but that is exactly what Americans do. In fact, personality explains the results of the last twenty-two US elections—and can predict who will win in 2020. Personality expert Merrick Rosenberg and coauthor Richard Ellis have developed an unprecedented system that reveals the pattern of who takes the White House and why. In this exploration of US presidential elections, you'll uncover the unique characteristics of Eagles (Donald Trump and Franklin D. Roosevelt), Parrots (Bill Clinton and Ronald Reagan), Doves (Dwight D. Eisenhower and Jimmy Carter), and Owls (George H. W. Bush and Richard Nixon) who occupied the Oval Office. You'll discover that no matter what is happening in the world and what the candidates propose, nothing stops certain personalities from winning elections. If you're wondering whether Joe Biden, Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, or another Democratic candidate can beat Donald Trump in the 2020 election, this book has the answer.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Wins: Who Will Take the White House and How We Know Author: Merrick Rosenberg Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Wins: Who Will Take the White House and How We Know Author: Merrick Rosenberg Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Another US presidential election is underway, and Americans are engaged in the time-honored tradition of judging candidates by their personalities. It may sound unwise to pick the future leader of the free world based on personality traits rather than platforms, policies, and ideology, but that is exactly what Americans do. In fact, personality explains the results of the last twenty-two US elections—and can predict who will win in 2020. Personality expert Merrick Rosenberg and coauthor Richard Ellis have developed an unprecedented system that reveals the pattern of who takes the White House and why. In this exploration of US presidential elections, you'll uncover the unique characteristics of Eagles (Donald Trump and Franklin D. Roosevelt), Parrots (Bill Clinton and Ronald Reagan), Doves (Dwight D. Eisenhower and Jimmy Carter), and Owls (George H. W. Bush and Richard Nixon) who occupied the Oval Office. You'll discover that no matter what is happening in the world and what the candidates propose, nothing stops certain personalities from winning elections. If you're wondering whether Joe Biden, Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, or another Democratic candidate can beat Donald Trump in the 2020 election, this book has the answer.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cost-of-free-money-how-unfettered-capital-threatens-our-economic-future-by-paola-subacchi--65208119https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447195 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cost of Free Money: How Unfettered Capital Threatens Our Economic Future Author: Paola Subacchi Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A penetrating account of how unchecked capital mobility is damaging international cooperation, polarizing the economic landscape, and ultimately reshaping the global order When it comes to the afflictions of the global economy, almost everyone—and especially Donald Trump—is quick to point the finger of blame at the state of international trade. But what about unconstrained capital flows? Unfettered capital has resulted in a string of financial and economic crises that have left our political systems strained and dialogue corroded. The once perceived benefits of openness have been cast to the wayside and the cracks in the global order can no longer be ignored. Paola Subacchi argues that international cooperation and interdependence have become crippled. Regional restrictions will soon strengthen and a multipolar order will take shape, leading to a distinctly transformed economic landscape in which China challenges the dominance of the US dollar. Combining history, analysis, and prediction, this book provides penetrating insight into the challenges facing the international economic order.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447195Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447195 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cost of Free Money: How Unfettered Capital Threatens Our Economic Future Author: Paola Subacchi Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447195 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cost of Free Money: How Unfettered Capital Threatens Our Economic Future Author: Paola Subacchi Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A penetrating account of how unchecked capital mobility is damaging international cooperation, polarizing the economic landscape, and ultimately reshaping the global order When it comes to the afflictions of the global economy, almost everyone—and especially Donald Trump—is quick to point the finger of blame at the state of international trade. But what about unconstrained capital flows? Unfettered capital has resulted in a string of financial and economic crises that have left our political systems strained and dialogue corroded. The once perceived benefits of openness have been cast to the wayside and the cracks in the global order can no longer be ignored. Paola Subacchi argues that international cooperation and interdependence have become crippled. Regional restrictions will soon strengthen and a multipolar order will take shape, leading to a distinctly transformed economic landscape in which China challenges the dominance of the US dollar. Combining history, analysis, and prediction, this book provides penetrating insight into the challenges facing the international economic order.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/privacy-is-power-why-and-how-you-should-take-back-control-of-your-data-by-carissa-veliz--65208237https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Privacy is Power: Why and How You Should Take Back Control of Your Data Author: Carissa Véliz Narrator: Emma Gregory Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. As the data economy grows in power, Carissa Véliz exposes how our privacy is eroded by big tech and governments, why that matters and what we can do about it. The moment you check your phone in the morning you are giving away your data. Before you've even switched off your alarm, a whole host of organisations have been alerted to when you woke up, where you slept, and with whom. As you check the weather, scroll through your 'suggested friends' on Facebook, you continually compromise your privacy. Without your permission, or even your awareness, tech companies are harvesting your information, your location, your likes, your habits, and sharing it amongst themselves. They're not just selling your data. They're selling the power to influence you. Even when you've explicitly asked them not to. And it's not just you. It's all your contacts too. Digital technology is stealing our personal data and with it our power to make free choices. To reclaim that power and democracy, we must protect our privacy. What can we do? So much is at stake. Our phones, our TVs, even our washing machines are spies in our own homes. We need new regulation. We need to pressure policy-makers for red lines on the data economy. And we need to stop sharing and to adopt privacy-friendly alternatives to Google, Facebook and other online platforms. Short, terrifying, practical: Privacy is Power highlights the implications of our laid-back attitude to data and sets out how we can take back control. If you liked The Age of Surveillance Capitalism, you'll love Privacy is Power because it provides a philosophical perspective on the politics of privacy, and it offers a very practical outlook, both for policymakers and ordinary citizens. © Carissa Véliz 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437385Thu, 24 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Privacy is Power: Why and How You Should Take Back Control of Your Data Author: Carissa Véliz Narrator: Emma Gregory Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Privacy is Power: Why and How You Should Take Back Control of Your Data Author: Carissa Véliz Narrator: Emma Gregory Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. As the data economy grows in power, Carissa Véliz exposes how our privacy is eroded by big tech and governments, why that matters and what we can do about it. The moment you check your phone in the morning you are giving away your data. Before you've even switched off your alarm, a whole host of organisations have been alerted to when you woke up, where you slept, and with whom. As you check the weather, scroll through your 'suggested friends' on Facebook, you continually compromise your privacy. Without your permission, or even your awareness, tech companies are harvesting your information, your location, your likes, your habits, and sharing it amongst themselves. They're not just selling your data. They're selling the power to influence you. Even when you've explicitly asked them not to. And it's not just you. It's all your contacts too. Digital technology is stealing our personal data and with it our power to make free choices. To reclaim that power and democracy, we must protect our privacy. What can we do? So much is at stake. Our phones, our TVs, even our washing machines are spies in our own homes. We need new regulation. We need to pressure policy-makers for red lines on the data economy. And we need to stop sharing and to adopt privacy-friendly alternatives to Google, Facebook and other online platforms. Short, terrifying, practical: Privacy is Power highlights the implications of our laid-back attitude to data and sets out how we can take back control. If you liked The Age of Surveillance Capitalism, you'll love Privacy is Power because it provides a philosophical perspective on the politics of privacy, and it offers a very practical outlook, both for policymakers and ordinary citizens. © Carissa Véliz 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/china-s-western-horizon-beijing-and-the-new-geopolitics-of-eurasia-by-daniel-markey--65208115https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Western Horizon: Beijing and the New Geopolitics of Eurasia Author: Daniel Markey Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Under the ambitious leadership of President Xi Jinping, China is zealously transforming its wealth and economic power into potent tools of global political influence. But China's foreign policy initiatives, even the vaunted 'Belt and Road,' will be shaped and redefined as they confront the ground realities of local and regional politics outside China. In China's Western Horizon, Daniel S. Markey, a scholar of international relations and former member of the US State Department's policy planning staff, previews how China's efforts are likely to play out across the swath of Eurasia that includes South Asia, Central Asia, and the Middle East. Drawing from extensive interviews, travels, and historical research, Markey describes how perceptions of China vary widely within states such as Pakistan, Kazakhstan, and Iran. Powerful and privileged groups across the region often expect to profit from their connections to China, while others fear commercial and political losses. Similarly, Eurasian statesmen are scrambling to harness China's energy purchases, arms sales, and infrastructure investment. These leaders are working with China in order to outdo their strategic competitors, including India and Saudi Arabia, and simultaneously negotiating relations with Russia and America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445362Wed, 23 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Western Horizon: Beijing and the New Geopolitics of Eurasia Author: Daniel Markey Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Western Horizon: Beijing and the New Geopolitics of Eurasia Author: Daniel Markey Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Under the ambitious leadership of President Xi Jinping, China is zealously transforming its wealth and economic power into potent tools of global political influence. But China's foreign policy initiatives, even the vaunted 'Belt and Road,' will be shaped and redefined as they confront the ground realities of local and regional politics outside China. In China's Western Horizon, Daniel S. Markey, a scholar of international relations and former member of the US State Department's policy planning staff, previews how China's efforts are likely to play out across the swath of Eurasia that includes South Asia, Central Asia, and the Middle East. Drawing from extensive interviews, travels, and historical research, Markey describes how perceptions of China vary widely within states such as Pakistan, Kazakhstan, and Iran. Powerful and privileged groups across the region often expect to profit from their connections to China, while others fear commercial and political losses. Similarly, Eurasian statesmen are scrambling to harness China's energy purchases, arms sales, and infrastructure investment. These leaders are working with China in order to outdo their strategic competitors, including India and Saudi Arabia, and simultaneously negotiating relations with Russia and America.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dangerous-crooked-scoundrels-insulting-the-president-from-washington-to-trump-by-edwin-l-battistella--65208219https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Crooked Scoundrels: Insulting the President, from Washington to Trump Author: Edwin L. Battistella Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Insulting the president is an American tradition. From Washington to Trump, presidents have been called 'lazy,' 'feeble,' 'pusillanimous,' and more. Our leaders have been derided as 'ignoramuses,' 'idiots,' 'morons,' and 'fatheads,' and have been compared to all manner of animals—worms and whales and hyenas, sad jellyfish, strutting crows, lap dogs, reptiles, and monkeys. Political insults tell us what we value in our leaders by showing how we devalue them. In Dangerous Crooked Scoundrels, linguist Edwin Battistella collects over five hundred insults aimed at American presidents. Covering the broad sweep of American history, he puts insults in their place—the political and cultural context of their times. Along the way, Battistella illustrates the recurring themes of political insults: too little intellect or too much, inconsistency or obstinacy, worthlessness, weakness, dishonesty, sexual impropriety, appearance, and more. The kinds of insults we use suggest what our culture finds most hurtful, and reveal society's changing prejudices as well as its most enduring ones. How we insult presidents and how they react tells us about the presidents, but it also tells us about our nation's politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445372Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Crooked Scoundrels: Insulting the President, from Washington to Trump Author: Edwin L. Battistella Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Crooked Scoundrels: Insulting the President, from Washington to Trump Author: Edwin L. Battistella Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Insulting the president is an American tradition. From Washington to Trump, presidents have been called 'lazy,' 'feeble,' 'pusillanimous,' and more. Our leaders have been derided as 'ignoramuses,' 'idiots,' 'morons,' and 'fatheads,' and have been compared to all manner of animals—worms and whales and hyenas, sad jellyfish, strutting crows, lap dogs, reptiles, and monkeys. Political insults tell us what we value in our leaders by showing how we devalue them. In Dangerous Crooked Scoundrels, linguist Edwin Battistella collects over five hundred insults aimed at American presidents. Covering the broad sweep of American history, he puts insults in their place—the political and cultural context of their times. Along the way, Battistella illustrates the recurring themes of political insults: too little intellect or too much, inconsistency or obstinacy, worthlessness, weakness, dishonesty, sexual impropriety, appearance, and more. The kinds of insults we use suggest what our culture finds most hurtful, and reveal society's changing prejudices as well as its most enduring ones. How we insult presidents and how they react tells us about the presidents, but it also tells us about our nation's politics.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hardhat-riot-nixon-new-york-city-and-the-dawn-of-the-white-working-class-revolution-by-david-paul-kuhn--65208122https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447173 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hardhat Riot: Nixon, New York City, and the Dawn of the White Working-Class Revolution Author: David Paul Kuhn Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Hardhat Riot, David Paul Kuhn tells the fateful story of when the white working class first turned against liberalism, when Richard Nixon seized the breach, and America was forever changed. It was unthinkable one generation before: FDR's 'forgotten man' siding with the party of Big Business and, ultimately, paving the way for presidencies from Ronald Reagan to Donald Trump. This is the story of the schism that tore liberalism apart. In the shadow of the half-built Twin Towers, on the same day the Knicks rallied against the odds and won their first championship, we experience the tumult of Nixon's America and John Lindsay's New York City, as festering division explodes into violence and Nixon's advisors realize that the Democratic coalition has collapsed, that this is their chance, because 'these, quite candidly, are our people now.' In this riveting story—rooted in meticulous research, including thousands of pages of never-before-seen records—we go back to a harrowing day that explains the politics of today. We experience an emerging class conflict between two newly polarized Americas, and how it all boiled over on one brutal day, when the Democratic Party's future was bludgeoned by its past.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447173Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447173 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hardhat Riot: Nixon, New York City, and the Dawn of the White Working-Class Revolution Author: David Paul Kuhn Narrator: Bob Souer Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447173 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hardhat Riot: Nixon, New York City, and the Dawn of the White Working-Class Revolution Author: David Paul Kuhn Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Hardhat Riot, David Paul Kuhn tells the fateful story of when the white working class first turned against liberalism, when Richard Nixon seized the breach, and America was forever changed. It was unthinkable one generation before: FDR's 'forgotten man' siding with the party of Big Business and, ultimately, paving the way for presidencies from Ronald Reagan to Donald Trump. This is the story of the schism that tore liberalism apart. In the shadow of the half-built Twin Towers, on the same day the Knicks rallied against the odds and won their first championship, we experience the tumult of Nixon's America and John Lindsay's New York City, as festering division explodes into violence and Nixon's advisors realize that the Democratic coalition has collapsed, that this is their chance, because 'these, quite candidly, are our people now.' In this riveting story—rooted in meticulous research, including thousands of pages of never-before-seen records—we go back to a harrowing day that explains the politics of today. We experience an emerging class conflict between two newly polarized Americas, and how it all boiled over on one brutal day, when the Democratic Party's future was bludgeoned by its past.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/political-science-for-dummies-by-marcus-a-stadelmann--65208230https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Science For Dummies Author: Marcus A. Stadelmann Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The global political climate is dynamic, at times even volatile. To understand this evolving landscape, it's important to learn more about how countries are governed. Political Science For Dummies explores the questions that political scientists examine, such as how our leaders make decisions, who shapes political policy, and why countries go to war. The book is the perfect course supplement for students taking college-level, introductory political science courses. ● Get a better understanding of political ideologies, institutions, policies, processes, and behavior ● Explore topics such as class, government, diplomacy, law, strategy, and war ● Learn the specialized vocabulary within the field of political science ● Help prepare for a range of careers, from policy analyst to legislative assistant Political science crosses into many other areas of study, such as sociology, economics, history, anthropology, international relations, law, statistics, and public policy. Those who want to understand the implications of changing political economies or how governing bodies work can look to Political Science For Dummies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445347Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Science For Dummies Author: Marcus A. Stadelmann Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Science For Dummies Author: Marcus A. Stadelmann Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The global political climate is dynamic, at times even volatile. To understand this evolving landscape, it's important to learn more about how countries are governed. Political Science For Dummies explores the questions that political scientists examine, such as how our leaders make decisions, who shapes political policy, and why countries go to war. The book is the perfect course supplement for students taking college-level, introductory political science courses. ● Get a better understanding of political ideologies, institutions, policies, processes, and behavior ● Explore topics such as class, government, diplomacy, law, strategy, and war ● Learn the specialized vocabulary within the field of political science ● Help prepare for a range of careers, from policy analyst to legislative assistant Political science crosses into many other areas of study, such as sociology, economics, history, anthropology, international relations, law, statistics, and public policy. Those who want to understand the implications of changing political economies or how governing bodies work can look to Political Science For Dummies.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-cry-from-the-far-middle-dispatches-from-a-divided-land-by-p-j-o-rourke--65208214https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439926 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Cry from the Far Middle: Dispatches from a Divided Land Author: P. J. O'Rourke Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a time of chaos, the #1 New York Times bestselling political humorist asks his fellow Americans to take it down a notch. Is there an upside to being woke (and unable to get back to sleep)? If we license dentists, why don't we license politicians? Is your juicer sending fake news to your FitBit about what's in your refrigerator? The legendary P. J. O'Rourke addresses these questions and more in this hilarious new collection of essays about our nation's propensity for anger and perplexity, which includes such gems as 'An Inaugural Address I'd Like to Hear' (Ask not what your country can do for you, ask how I can get the hell out of here) and 'Sympathy vs. Empathy,' which contemplates whether it's better to hold people's hands or bust into their heads. Also included is a handy quiz to find out where you stand on the Coastals vs. Heartlanders spectrum. From the author of Parliament of Whores, None of My Business, and other modern classics, this is a smart look at the current state of these United States, and a plea to everyone to take a deep breath, relax, and enjoy a few good laughs.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439926Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439926 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Cry from the Far Middle: Dispatches from a Divided Land Author: P. J. O'Rourke Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439926 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Cry from the Far Middle: Dispatches from a Divided Land Author: P. J. O'Rourke Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a time of chaos, the #1 New York Times bestselling political humorist asks his fellow Americans to take it down a notch. Is there an upside to being woke (and unable to get back to sleep)? If we license dentists, why don't we license politicians? Is your juicer sending fake news to your FitBit about what's in your refrigerator? The legendary P. J. O'Rourke addresses these questions and more in this hilarious new collection of essays about our nation's propensity for anger and perplexity, which includes such gems as 'An Inaugural Address I'd Like to Hear' (Ask not what your country can do for you, ask how I can get the hell out of here) and 'Sympathy vs. Empathy,' which contemplates whether it's better to hold people's hands or bust into their heads. Also included is a handy quiz to find out where you stand on the Coastals vs. Heartlanders spectrum. From the author of Parliament of Whores, None of My Business, and other modern classics, this is a smart look at the current state of these United States, and a plea to everyone to take a deep breath, relax, and enjoy a few good laughs.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/law-and-leviathan-redeeming-the-administrative-state-by-adrian-vermeule-cass-r-sunstein--65208197https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law and Leviathan: Redeeming the Administrative State Author: Adrian Vermeule, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is the modern administrative state illegitimate? Unconstitutional? Unaccountable? Dangerous? Intolerable? American public law has long been riven by a persistent, serious conflict, a kind of low-grade cold war, over these questions. Cass Sunstein and Adrian Vermeule argue that the administrative state can be redeemed, as long as public officials are constrained by what they call the morality of administrative law. Law and Leviathan elaborates a number of principles that underlie this moral regime. Officials who respect that morality never fail to make rules in the first place. They ensure transparency, so that people are made aware of the rules with which they must comply. They never abuse retroactivity, so that people can rely on current rules, which are not under constant threat of change. They make rules that are understandable and avoid issuing rules that contradict each other. These principles may seem simple, but they have a great deal of power. Already, without explicit enunciation, they limit the activities of administrative agencies every day. But we can aspire for better. In more robust form, these principles could address many of the concerns that have critics of the administrative state mourning what they see as the demise of the rule of law.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440524Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law and Leviathan: Redeeming the Administrative State Author: Adrian Vermeule, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law and Leviathan: Redeeming the Administrative State Author: Adrian Vermeule, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is the modern administrative state illegitimate? Unconstitutional? Unaccountable? Dangerous? Intolerable? American public law has long been riven by a persistent, serious conflict, a kind of low-grade cold war, over these questions. Cass Sunstein and Adrian Vermeule argue that the administrative state can be redeemed, as long as public officials are constrained by what they call the morality of administrative law. Law and Leviathan elaborates a number of principles that underlie this moral regime. Officials who respect that morality never fail to make rules in the first place. They ensure transparency, so that people are made aware of the rules with which they must comply. They never abuse retroactivity, so that people can rely on current rules, which are not under constant threat of change. They make rules that are understandable and avoid issuing rules that contradict each other. These principles may seem simple, but they have a great deal of power. Already, without explicit enunciation, they limit the activities of administrative agencies every day. But we can aspire for better. In more robust form, these principles could address many of the concerns that have critics of the administrative state mourning what they see as the demise of the rule of law.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-wake-up-call-why-the-pandemic-has-exposed-the-weakness-of-the-west-and-how-to-fix-it-by-adrian-wooldridge-john-micklethwait--65208167https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wake-Up Call: Why the Pandemic Has Exposed the Weakness of the West, and How to Fix It Author: Adrian Wooldridge, John Micklethwait Narrator: Kristin Scott Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[An] executive summary of modern political history studded with sweeping assertions and telling anecdotes.' -- The New York Times Book Review 'Thought-provoking.' -- Kirkus Reviews "A shot in the arm...powerful." -- The Financial Times 'The Wake-Up Call, refreshingly concise and eminently readable, highlights how the modern crisis of governance compounded the challenges of the pandemic.' -- Bloomberg 'The Wake-Up Call argues that Covid-19 has exposed not just one president's shortcomings but a much more profound degeneration of governance dating back long before 2016...You will read no more interesting book on the political consequences of the pandemic than this.' -- Niall Ferguson, author of Civilization: The West and the Rest  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF 2020 (BLOOMBERG) An urgent and informed look at the challenges America and world governments will face in a post Covid-19 world. The Covid-19 pandemic has revealed that governments matter again, that competent leadership is the difference between living and dying. A few governments proved adept at handling the crisis while many others failed. Are Western governments healthy and strong enough to keep their citizens safe from another virulent virus-and protect their economies from collapse? Is global leadership passing from the United States to Asia-and particularly China?  The Wake-Up Call addresses these urgent questions. Journalists and longtime collaborators John Micklethwait and Adrian Wooldridge identify the problems Western leaders face, and outline a detailed plan to help them become more vigilant, better prepared, and responsive to disruptive future events.  The problems that face us are enormous; as The Wake-Up Call makes clear, governments around the world must re-engineer the way they operate to successfully meet the challenges ahead.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440194Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wake-Up Call: Why the Pandemic Has Exposed the Weakness of the West, and How to Fix It Author: Adrian Wooldridge, John Micklethwait Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wake-Up Call: Why the Pandemic Has Exposed the Weakness of the West, and How to Fix It Author: Adrian Wooldridge, John Micklethwait Narrator: Kristin Scott Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[An] executive summary of modern political history studded with sweeping assertions and telling anecdotes.' -- The New York Times Book Review 'Thought-provoking.' -- Kirkus Reviews "A shot in the arm...powerful." -- The Financial Times 'The Wake-Up Call, refreshingly concise and eminently readable, highlights how the modern crisis of governance compounded the challenges of the pandemic.' -- Bloomberg 'The Wake-Up Call argues that Covid-19 has exposed not just one president's shortcomings but a much more profound degeneration of governance dating back long before 2016...You will read no more interesting book on the political consequences of the pandemic than this.' -- Niall Ferguson, author of Civilization: The West and the Rest  NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF 2020 (BLOOMBERG) An urgent and informed look at the challenges America and world governments will face in a post Covid-19 world. The Covid-19 pandemic has revealed that governments matter again, that competent leadership is the difference between living and dying. A few governments proved adept at handling the crisis while many others failed. Are Western governments healthy and strong enough to keep their citizens safe from another virulent virus-and protect their economies from collapse? Is global leadership passing from the United States to Asia-and particularly China?  The Wake-Up Call addresses these urgent questions. Journalists and longtime collaborators John Micklethwait and Adrian Wooldridge identify the problems Western leaders face, and outline a detailed plan to help them become more vigilant, better prepared, and responsive to disruptive future events.  The problems that face us are enormous; as The Wake-Up Call makes clear, governments around the world must re-engineer the way they operate to successfully meet the challenges ahead.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-upside-of-down-catastrophe-creativity-and-the-renewal-of-civilization-by-thomas-homer-dixon--65208097https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upside of Down: Catastrophe, Creativity and the Renewal of Civilization Author: Thomas Homer-Dixon Narrator: David Stampone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the #1 bestselling and Governor General’s Literary Award-winning The Ingenuity Gap – an essential addition to the bookshelf of every thinking person with a stake in our world and our civilization. This is a groundbreaking, essential book for our times. Thomas Homer-Dixon brings to bear his formidable understanding of the urgent problems that confront our world to clarify their scope and deep causes. The Upside of Down provides a vivid picture of the immense stresses that are simultaneously converging on our societies and threatening a breakdown that would profoundly shake civilization. It shows, too, how we can choose a better route into the future. With the immediacy that characterized his award-winning international bestseller, The Ingenuity Gap, Homer-Dixon takes us on a remarkable journey – from the fall of the Roman empire to the devastation of the 9/11 attacks in New York, from Toronto in the 2003 blackout to the ancient temples of Lebanon and the wildfires of California. Incorporating the newest findings from an astonishing array of disciplines, he argues that the great stresses our world is experiencing – global warming, energy scarcity, population imbalances, and widening gaps between rich and poor – can’t be looked at independently. As these stresses combine and converge, the risk of breakdown rises. The first signs are appearing in the wastelands of the Arctic, the mud-clogged streets of Gonaïves, Haiti, and the volatile regions of the Middle East and Asia. But while the consequences of denial in our more perilous world are dire, Homer-Dixon makes clear that we can use our emerging understanding of the complex systems in which we live to avoid catastrophic collapse in a way the Roman empire could not. This vitally important new book shows how, in the face of breakdown, we can still provide for the renewal of our global civilization. We are creating the conditions for catastrophe, but by understanding the underlying principles that make human and natural systems resilient – and by working together to put those principles into effect – we can still limit the severity of collapse and foster regeneration, innovation, and renewal.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upside of Down: Catastrophe, Creativity and the Renewal of Civilization Author: Thomas Homer-Dixon Narrator: David Stampone Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upside of Down: Catastrophe, Creativity and the Renewal of Civilization Author: Thomas Homer-Dixon Narrator: David Stampone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the #1 bestselling and Governor General’s Literary Award-winning The Ingenuity Gap – an essential addition to the bookshelf of every thinking person with a stake in our world and our civilization. This is a groundbreaking, essential book for our times. Thomas Homer-Dixon brings to bear his formidable understanding of the urgent problems that confront our world to clarify their scope and deep causes. The Upside of Down provides a vivid picture of the immense stresses that are simultaneously converging on our societies and threatening a breakdown that would profoundly shake civilization. It shows, too, how we can choose a better route into the future. With the immediacy that characterized his award-winning international bestseller, The Ingenuity Gap, Homer-Dixon takes us on a remarkable journey – from the fall of the Roman empire to the devastation of the 9/11 attacks in New York, from Toronto in the 2003 blackout to the ancient temples of Lebanon and the wildfires of California. Incorporating the newest findings from an astonishing array of disciplines, he argues that the great stresses our world is experiencing – global warming, energy scarcity, population imbalances, and widening gaps between rich and poor – can’t be looked at independently. As these stresses combine and converge, the risk of breakdown rises. The first signs are appearing in the wastelands of the Arctic, the mud-clogged streets of Gonaïves, Haiti, and the volatile regions of the Middle East and Asia. But while the consequences of denial in our more perilous world are dire, Homer-Dixon makes clear that we can use our emerging understanding of the complex systems in which we live to avoid catastrophic collapse in a way the Roman empire could not. This vitally important new book shows how, in the face of breakdown, we can still provide for the renewal of our global civilization. We are creating the conditions for catastrophe, but by understanding the underlying principles that make human and natural systems resilient – and by working together to put those principles into effect – we can still limit the severity of collapse and foster regeneration, innovation, and renewal.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-tyranny-of-merit-what-s-become-of-the-common-good-by-michael-j-sandel--65208217https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tyranny of Merit: What's Become of the Common Good? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. These are dangerous times for democracy. We live in an age of winners and losers, where the odds are stacked in favour of the already fortunate. Stalled social mobility and entrenched inequality give the lie to the promise that 'you can make it if you try'. And the consequence is a brew of anger and frustration that has fuelled populist protest, with the triumph of Brexit and election of Donald Trump. Michael J. Sandel argues that to overcome the polarized politics of our time, we must rethink the attitudes toward success and failure that have accompanied globalisation and rising inequality. Sandel highlights the hubris a meritocracy generates among the winners and the harsh judgement it imposes on those left behind. He offers an alternative way of thinking about success - more attentive to the role of luck in human affairs, more conducive to an ethic of humility, and more hospitable to a politics of the common good. © Michael J. Sandel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437331Thu, 10 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tyranny of Merit: What's Become of the Common Good? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tyranny of Merit: What's Become of the Common Good? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. These are dangerous times for democracy. We live in an age of winners and losers, where the odds are stacked in favour of the already fortunate. Stalled social mobility and entrenched inequality give the lie to the promise that 'you can make it if you try'. And the consequence is a brew of anger and frustration that has fuelled populist protest, with the triumph of Brexit and election of Donald Trump. Michael J. Sandel argues that to overcome the polarized politics of our time, we must rethink the attitudes toward success and failure that have accompanied globalisation and rising inequality. Sandel highlights the hubris a meritocracy generates among the winners and the harsh judgement it imposes on those left behind. He offers an alternative way of thinking about success - more attentive to the role of luck in human affairs, more conducive to an ethic of humility, and more hospitable to a politics of the common good. © Michael J. Sandel 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-no-digas-nada-by-patrick-radden-keefe--65208105https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No digas nada Author: Patrick Radden Keefe Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: UNA HISTORIA REAL DE CRIMEN Y MEMORIA EN IRLANDA DEL NORTE Mejor libro del año 2019 según The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Times y Time Magazine UNO DE LOS MEJORES LIBROS DE 2020 SEGÚN EL MUNDO, EL PAÍS Y EL PERIÓDICO «Noestá claro si es una novela o un ensayo, pero está bastante claro que No digas nada es un libro de terror. O una caja de nitroglicerina. O una bomba de relojería. [...] Se lee con congoja y con pavor, [...] una prosa trepidante y carnosa, a la altura de una intensidad que refleja la virulencia de una guerra 'in crescendo'.» Rubén Amón, El Confidencial «Leer o releer ahora el libro de Keefe es, pues, oportunísimo. [...] Te dejará como si te hubieran dado una paliza.» Antoni Maria Piqué, El Nacional GANADOR DEL NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD GANADOR DEL PREMIO ORWELL FINALISTA DEL NATIONAL BOOK AWARD En diciembre de 1972, varios encapuchados secuestraron a Jean McConville, una viuda de treinta y ocho años con diez hijos a su cargo. Nadie dudó, en aquel barrio católico de Belfast, que se trataba de una represalia del IRA. Sin embargo, el crimen no empezó a resolverse hasta 2003, cinco años después de los acuerdos de paz del Viernes Santo, al ser desenterrados los restos mortales de McConville en una playa solitaria. Cuando Patrick Radden Keefe se propuso investigar las ramificaciones de este caso, ignoraba que terminaría escribiendo una crónica total sobre el conflicto norirlandés que ha sido aclamada de manera unánime. Entrevistándose con decenas de testimonios, muchos de los cuales nunca antes habían dado su versión, retrata la profesionalización de las milicias republicanas, la represión del Estado británico, la escalada de violencia y, sobre todo, la evolución ideológica de algunos de sus protagonistas. Por ejemplo, la de Dolours Price, que se enroló en el IRA a temprana edad y estuvo implicada, entre otros atentados, en la ejecución de Jean McConville. Enmarcado en la mejor tradición del periodismo narrativo y la no ficción literaria, No digas nada es un libro que aúna historia, política y biografía, y que sondea las dimensiones morales de un conflicto que, medio siglo después, todavía levanta ampollas. Reseñas: «Una crónica completísima e iluminadora». Toni Montesinos, La Razón «Lo he leído con pasión y no sin un horror que en España también conocemos bastante bien. Sin duda, un gran libro.» Javier Marías «El mejor libro sobre Irlanda del Norte del que tengo conocimiento. Una tenebrosa obra maestra.» John Banville «Un absorbente tratado [...] y probablemente un hito instantáneo del mejor periodismo narrativo anglosajón.» Quico Alsedo, El Mundo «Como explican Radden Keefe, Abad Faciolince, Audin o Aramuburu, no todos fueron iguales: se debe recordar quiénes fueron las víctimas, los verdugos y las personas normales que hicieron cosas horribles.» Guillermo Altares, Babelia «Pura alquimia de géneros, se mezcla el true crime con el impresionado fresco histórico de un conflicto rodeado de un silencio cortante, al que [Keefe] pone altavoz.» Carles Geli, El País «Un hito de la arquitectura narrativa: equilibrado y hábilmente construido a partir de materiales muy complejos y delicados.» The New York Times]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446409Thu, 10 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No digas nada Author: Patrick Radden Keefe Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No digas nada Author: Patrick Radden Keefe Narrator: Jordi Salas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: UNA HISTORIA REAL DE CRIMEN Y MEMORIA EN IRLANDA DEL NORTE Mejor libro del año 2019 según The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Times y Time Magazine UNO DE LOS MEJORES LIBROS DE 2020 SEGÚN EL MUNDO, EL PAÍS Y EL PERIÓDICO «Noestá claro si es una novela o un ensayo, pero está bastante claro que No digas nada es un libro de terror. O una caja de nitroglicerina. O una bomba de relojería. [...] Se lee con congoja y con pavor, [...] una prosa trepidante y carnosa, a la altura de una intensidad que refleja la virulencia de una guerra 'in crescendo'.» Rubén Amón, El Confidencial «Leer o releer ahora el libro de Keefe es, pues, oportunísimo. [...] Te dejará como si te hubieran dado una paliza.» Antoni Maria Piqué, El Nacional GANADOR DEL NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD GANADOR DEL PREMIO ORWELL FINALISTA DEL NATIONAL BOOK AWARD En diciembre de 1972, varios encapuchados secuestraron a Jean McConville, una viuda de treinta y ocho años con diez hijos a su cargo. Nadie dudó, en aquel barrio católico de Belfast, que se trataba de una represalia del IRA. Sin embargo, el crimen no empezó a resolverse hasta 2003, cinco años después de los acuerdos de paz del Viernes Santo, al ser desenterrados los restos mortales de McConville en una playa solitaria. Cuando Patrick Radden Keefe se propuso investigar las ramificaciones de este caso, ignoraba que terminaría escribiendo una crónica total sobre el conflicto norirlandés que ha sido aclamada de manera unánime. Entrevistándose con decenas de testimonios, muchos de los cuales nunca antes habían dado su versión, retrata la profesionalización de las milicias republicanas, la represión del Estado británico, la escalada de violencia y, sobre todo, la evolución ideológica de algunos de sus protagonistas. Por ejemplo, la de Dolours Price, que se enroló en el IRA a temprana edad y estuvo implicada, entre otros atentados, en la ejecución de Jean McConville. Enmarcado en la mejor tradición del periodismo narrativo y la no ficción literaria, No digas nada es un libro que aúna historia, política y biografía, y que sondea las dimensiones morales de un conflicto que, medio siglo después, todavía levanta ampollas. Reseñas: «Una crónica completísima e iluminadora». Toni Montesinos, La Razón «Lo he leído con pasión y no sin un horror que en España también conocemos bastante bien. Sin duda, un gran libro.» Javier Marías «El mejor libro sobre Irlanda del Norte del que tengo conocimiento. Una tenebrosa obra maestra.» John Banville «Un absorbente tratado [...] y probablemente un hito instantáneo del mejor periodismo narrativo anglosajón.» Quico Alsedo, El Mundo «Como explican Radden Keefe, Abad Faciolince, Audin o Aramuburu, no todos fueron iguales: se debe recordar quiénes fueron las víctimas, los verdugos y las personas normales que hicieron cosas horribles.» Guillermo Altares, Babelia «Pura alquimia de géneros, se mezcla el true crime con el impresionado fresco histórico de un conflicto rodeado de un silencio cortante, al que [Keefe] pone altavoz.» Carles Geli, El País «Un hito de la arquitectura narrativa: equilibrado y hábilmente construido a partir de materiales muy complejos y delicados.» The New York Times]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-malady-lessons-in-liberty-and-solidarity-by-timothy-snyder--65208076https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453627 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Malady: Lessons in Liberty and Solidarity Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: September 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A virus is not human, but the reaction to it is a measure of humanity. America has not measured up well. Tens of thousands are dead for no reason. America is supposed to be about freedom, yet illness and fear make its citizens less free. After all, freedom is meaningless if we are too ill to think about our right to happiness or too weak to pursue it. So, if a government is making its people unhealthy it is also making them unfree. On December 29, 2019, Timothy Snyder fell gravely ill. As he clung to life he found himself reflecting on the fragility of health, not recognized in America as a human right, but without which all rights and freedoms have no meaning. And that was before the pandemic. We have since watched understaffed and undersupplied hospitals buckling under waves of coronavirus patients. The federal government made matters worse through wilful ignorance, misinformation, and profiteering. This passionate intervention outlines the lessons we must all learn, wherever we are, and finds glimmers of hope in dark times. Only by enshrining healthcare as a human right, elevating the authority of doctors and truth, and planning for our children's future, can everyone be properly free. Freedom belongs to individuals. But to be free we need our health, and for our health we need one another. © Timothy Snyder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453627Thu, 10 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453627 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Malady: Lessons in Liberty and Solidarity Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453627 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Malady: Lessons in Liberty and Solidarity Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: September 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A virus is not human, but the reaction to it is a measure of humanity. America has not measured up well. Tens of thousands are dead for no reason. America is supposed to be about freedom, yet illness and fear make its citizens less free. After all, freedom is meaningless if we are too ill to think about our right to happiness or too weak to pursue it. So, if a government is making its people unhealthy it is also making them unfree. On December 29, 2019, Timothy Snyder fell gravely ill. As he clung to life he found himself reflecting on the fragility of health, not recognized in America as a human right, but without which all rights and freedoms have no meaning. And that was before the pandemic. We have since watched understaffed and undersupplied hospitals buckling under waves of coronavirus patients. The federal government made matters worse through wilful ignorance, misinformation, and profiteering. This passionate intervention outlines the lessons we must all learn, wherever we are, and finds glimmers of hope in dark times. Only by enshrining healthcare as a human right, elevating the authority of doctors and truth, and planning for our children's future, can everyone be properly free. Freedom belongs to individuals. But to be free we need our health, and for our health we need one another. © Timothy Snyder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/head-hand-heart-the-struggle-for-dignity-and-status-in-the-21st-century-by-david-goodhart--65208248https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437306 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head Hand Heart: The Struggle for Dignity and Status in the 21st Century Author: David Goodhart Narrator: David Goodhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A good society needs a balance between aptitudes relating to Head (cognitive), Hand (manual/craft) and Heart (caring/emotional). In recent decades in Western societies they have got out of kilter. One form of human aptitude -cognitive ability - has become the gold standard of human esteem. The cognitive class now shapes society, and largely in its own interests: in the knowledge economy, the over-expansion of higher education and in the very idea of a successful life. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful. David Goodhart, who in his last book described the divide between the worldviews of the Anywheres and Somewheres, now reveals the story of a cognitive takeover that has gathered pace in the past forty years. As recently as the 1970s most people left school without qualifications, now in the UK almost 40 per cent of jobs are graduate-only. He shows how we are now reaching 'Peak Head' as the knowledge economy needs fewer knowledge workers, yet there is a crisis of recruitment in caring jobs. A democratic society that wants to avoid widespread disaffection must respect and reward a broad range of achievement covering both cognitive and non-cognitive aptitudes, and must provide meaning and value for people who cannot, or do not want to, achieve in the classroom and professional career market. This is the story of the struggle for status and dignity in the 21st century. © David Goodhart 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437306Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437306 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head Hand Heart: The Struggle for Dignity and Status in the 21st Century Author: David Goodhart Narrator: David Goodhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437306 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head Hand Heart: The Struggle for Dignity and Status in the 21st Century Author: David Goodhart Narrator: David Goodhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A good society needs a balance between aptitudes relating to Head (cognitive), Hand (manual/craft) and Heart (caring/emotional). In recent decades in Western societies they have got out of kilter. One form of human aptitude -cognitive ability - has become the gold standard of human esteem. The cognitive class now shapes society, and largely in its own interests: in the knowledge economy, the over-expansion of higher education and in the very idea of a successful life. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful. David Goodhart, who in his last book described the divide between the worldviews of the Anywheres and Somewheres, now reveals the story of a cognitive takeover that has gathered pace in the past forty years. As recently as the 1970s most people left school without qualifications, now in the UK almost 40 per cent of jobs are graduate-only. He shows how we are now reaching 'Peak Head' as the knowledge economy needs fewer knowledge workers, yet there is a crisis of recruitment in caring jobs. A democratic society that wants to avoid widespread disaffection must respect and reward a broad range of achievement covering both cognitive and non-cognitive aptitudes, and must provide meaning and value for people who cannot, or do not want to, achieve in the classroom and professional career market. This is the story of the struggle for status and dignity in the 21st century. © David Goodhart 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inside-the-nra-a-tell-all-account-of-corruption-greed-and-paranoia-within-the-most-powerful-political-group-in-america-by-joshua-l-powel--65208198https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445891 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the NRA: A Tell-All Account of Corruption, Greed, and Paranoia within the Most Powerful Political Group in America Author: Joshua L. Powell Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shocking exposé of rampant, decades-long incompetence at the National Rifle Association, as told by a former member of its senior leadership. Joshua L. Powell is the NRA--a lifelong gun advocate, in 2016, he began his new role as a senior strategist and chief of staff to NRA CEO Wayne LaPierre. What Powell uncovered was horrifying: 'the waste and dysfunction at the NRA was staggering.'INSIDE THE NRA reveals for the first time the rise and fall of the most powerful political organization in America--how the NRA became feared as the Death Star of Washington lobbies and so militant and extreme as 'to create and fuel the toxicity of the gun debate until it became outright explosive.'INSIDE THE NRA explains this intentional toxic messaging was wholly the product of LaPierre's leadership and the extremist branding by his longtime PR puppet master Angus McQueen. In damning detail, Powell exposes the NRA's plan to 'pour gasoline' on the fire in the fight against gun control, to sow discord to fill its coffers, and to secure the presidency for Donald J. Trump.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445891Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445891 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the NRA: A Tell-All Account of Corruption, Greed, and Paranoia within the Most Powerful Political Group in America Author: Joshua L. Powell...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445891 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the NRA: A Tell-All Account of Corruption, Greed, and Paranoia within the Most Powerful Political Group in America Author: Joshua L. Powell Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shocking exposé of rampant, decades-long incompetence at the National Rifle Association, as told by a former member of its senior leadership. Joshua L. Powell is the NRA--a lifelong gun advocate, in 2016, he began his new role as a senior strategist and chief of staff to NRA CEO Wayne LaPierre. What Powell uncovered was horrifying: 'the waste and dysfunction at the NRA was staggering.'INSIDE THE NRA reveals for the first time the rise and fall of the most powerful political organization in America--how the NRA became feared as the Death Star of Washington lobbies and so militant and extreme as 'to create and fuel the toxicity of the gun debate until it became outright explosive.'INSIDE THE NRA explains this intentional toxic messaging was wholly the product of LaPierre's leadership and the extremist branding by his longtime PR puppet master Angus McQueen. In damning detail, Powell exposes the NRA's plan to 'pour gasoline' on the fire in the fight against gun control, to sow discord to fill its coffers, and to secure the presidency for Donald J. Trump.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-we-vote-innovation-in-american-elections-by-mitchell-brown-kathleen-hale--65208192https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Vote: Innovation in American Elections Author: Mitchell Brown, Kathleen Hale Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The idea of voting is simple, but the administration of elections in ways that ensure access and integrity is complex. In How We Vote, Kathleen Hale and Mitchell Brown explore how election officials work, how ballots are cast and counted, and how jurisdictions try to innovate while also protecting the security of the voting process. Election officials must work in a difficult intergovernmental environment of constant change and intense partisanship. Voting practices and funding vary from state to state, and multiple government agencies, the judicial system, voting equipment vendors, nonprofit groups, and citizen activists also influence practices and limit change. Despite real challenges and pessimistic media assessments, Hale and Brown demonstrate that election officials are largely successful in their work to facilitate, protect, and evolve the voting process. Using original data gathered from state and local election officials and policymakers across the United States, Hale and Brown analyze innovations in voter registration, voting options, voter convenience, support for voting in languages other than English, the integrity of the voting process, and voting system technology. The result is a fascinating picture of how we vote now and will vote in the future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Vote: Innovation in American Elections Author: Mitchell Brown, Kathleen Hale Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Vote: Innovation in American Elections Author: Mitchell Brown, Kathleen Hale Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The idea of voting is simple, but the administration of elections in ways that ensure access and integrity is complex. In How We Vote, Kathleen Hale and Mitchell Brown explore how election officials work, how ballots are cast and counted, and how jurisdictions try to innovate while also protecting the security of the voting process. Election officials must work in a difficult intergovernmental environment of constant change and intense partisanship. Voting practices and funding vary from state to state, and multiple government agencies, the judicial system, voting equipment vendors, nonprofit groups, and citizen activists also influence practices and limit change. Despite real challenges and pessimistic media assessments, Hale and Brown demonstrate that election officials are largely successful in their work to facilitate, protect, and evolve the voting process. Using original data gathered from state and local election officials and policymakers across the United States, Hale and Brown analyze innovations in voter registration, voting options, voter convenience, support for voting in languages other than English, the integrity of the voting process, and voting system technology. The result is a fascinating picture of how we vote now and will vote in the future.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-drone-age-how-drone-technology-will-change-war-and-peace-by-michael-j-boyle--65208187https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drone Age: How Drone Technology Will Change War and Peace Author: Michael J. Boyle Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Drone Age, Michael J. Boyle addresses some of the biggest questions surrounding the impact of drones on our world today and the risks that we might face tomorrow. Will drones produce a safer world because they reduce risk to pilots, or will the prospect of clean, remote warfare lead governments to engage in more conflicts? Will drones begin to replace humans on the battlefield? Will they empower soldiers and peacekeepers to act more precisely and humanely in crisis zones? How will terrorist organizations turn this technology back on the governments that fight them? And how are drones enhancing surveillance capabilities, both at war and at home? As advanced drones come into the hands of new actors—foreign governments, local law enforcement, terrorist organizations, humanitarian organizations, and even UN peacekeepers—it is even more important to understand what kind of world they might produce. The Drone Age explores how the unique features of drone technology are altering the decision-making processes of governments and non-state actors alike by transforming their risk calculations and expanding their capacities both on and off the battlefield. By changing what these actors are willing and ready to do, drones are quietly transforming the dynamics of wars, humanitarian crises, and peacekeeping missions while generating new risks to security and privacy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436144Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drone Age: How Drone Technology Will Change War and Peace Author: Michael J. Boyle Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drone Age: How Drone Technology Will Change War and Peace Author: Michael J. Boyle Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Drone Age, Michael J. Boyle addresses some of the biggest questions surrounding the impact of drones on our world today and the risks that we might face tomorrow. Will drones produce a safer world because they reduce risk to pilots, or will the prospect of clean, remote warfare lead governments to engage in more conflicts? Will drones begin to replace humans on the battlefield? Will they empower soldiers and peacekeepers to act more precisely and humanely in crisis zones? How will terrorist organizations turn this technology back on the governments that fight them? And how are drones enhancing surveillance capabilities, both at war and at home? As advanced drones come into the hands of new actors—foreign governments, local law enforcement, terrorist organizations, humanitarian organizations, and even UN peacekeepers—it is even more important to understand what kind of world they might produce. The Drone Age explores how the unique features of drone technology are altering the decision-making processes of governments and non-state actors alike by transforming their risk calculations and expanding their capacities both on and off the battlefield. By changing what these actors are willing and ready to do, drones are quietly transforming the dynamics of wars, humanitarian crises, and peacekeeping missions while generating new risks to security and privacy.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-malady-lessons-in-liberty-from-a-hospital-diary-by-timothy-snyder--65208179https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438553 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Malady: Lessons in Liberty from a Hospital Diary Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller On Tyranny comes an impassioned condemnation of America's pandemic response and an urgent call to rethink health and freedom. On December 29, 2019, historian Timothy Snyder fell gravely ill. Unable to stand, barely able to think, he waited for hours in an emergency room before being correctly diagnosed and rushed into surgery. Over the next few days, as he clung to life and the first light of a new year came through his window, he found himself reflecting on the fragility of health, not recognized in America as a human right but without which all rights and freedoms have no meaning. And that was before the pandemic. We have since watched American hospitals, long understaffed and undersupplied, buckling under waves of ill patients. The federal government made matters worse through willful ignorance, misinformation, and profiteering. Our system of commercial medicine failed the ultimate test, and thousands of Americans died. In this eye-opening cri de coeur, Snyder traces the societal forces that led us here and outlines the lessons we must learn to survive. In examining some of the darkest moments of recent history and of his own life, Snyder finds glimmers of hope and principles that could lead us out of our current malaise. Only by enshrining healthcare as a human right, elevating the authority of doctors and medical knowledge, and planning for our children’s future can we create an America where everyone is truly free.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438553Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438553 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Malady: Lessons in Liberty from a Hospital Diary Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438553 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Malady: Lessons in Liberty from a Hospital Diary Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller On Tyranny comes an impassioned condemnation of America's pandemic response and an urgent call to rethink health and freedom. On December 29, 2019, historian Timothy Snyder fell gravely ill. Unable to stand, barely able to think, he waited for hours in an emergency room before being correctly diagnosed and rushed into surgery. Over the next few days, as he clung to life and the first light of a new year came through his window, he found himself reflecting on the fragility of health, not recognized in America as a human right but without which all rights and freedoms have no meaning. And that was before the pandemic. We have since watched American hospitals, long understaffed and undersupplied, buckling under waves of ill patients. The federal government made matters worse through willful ignorance, misinformation, and profiteering. Our system of commercial medicine failed the ultimate test, and thousands of Americans died. In this eye-opening cri de coeur, Snyder traces the societal forces that led us here and outlines the lessons we must learn to survive. In examining some of the darkest moments of recent history and of his own life, Snyder finds glimmers of hope and principles that could lead us out of our current malaise. Only by enshrining healthcare as a human right, elevating the authority of doctors and medical knowledge, and planning for our children’s future can we create an America where everyone is truly free.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-inhumanity-dehumanization-and-how-to-resist-it-by-david-livingstone-smith--65208169https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Inhumanity: Dehumanization and How to Resist It Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning author and philosopher, Smith takes an unflinching look at the mechanisms of the mind that encourage us to see someone as less than human. There is something peculiar and horrifying in human psychology that makes us vulnerable to thinking of whole groups of people as subhuman creatures. When governments or other groups stand to gain by exploiting this innate propensity, and know just how to manipulate words and images to trigger it, there is no limit to the violence and hatred that can result. Drawing on numerous historical and contemporary cases and recent psychological research, On Inhumanity is the first accessible guide to the phenomenon of dehumanization. Smith walks listeners through the psychology of dehumanization, revealing its underlying role in both notorious and lesser-known episodes of violence from history and current events. On Inhumanity is bracing and vital reading in a world lurching towards authoritarian political regimes, resurgent white nationalism, refugee crises that breed nativist hostility, and fast-spreading racist rhetoric. The book will open your eyes to the pervasive dangers of dehumanization and the prejudices that can too easily take root within us, and resist them before they spread into the wider world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Inhumanity: Dehumanization and How to Resist It Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Inhumanity: Dehumanization and How to Resist It Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning author and philosopher, Smith takes an unflinching look at the mechanisms of the mind that encourage us to see someone as less than human. There is something peculiar and horrifying in human psychology that makes us vulnerable to thinking of whole groups of people as subhuman creatures. When governments or other groups stand to gain by exploiting this innate propensity, and know just how to manipulate words and images to trigger it, there is no limit to the violence and hatred that can result. Drawing on numerous historical and contemporary cases and recent psychological research, On Inhumanity is the first accessible guide to the phenomenon of dehumanization. Smith walks listeners through the psychology of dehumanization, revealing its underlying role in both notorious and lesser-known episodes of violence from history and current events. On Inhumanity is bracing and vital reading in a world lurching towards authoritarian political regimes, resurgent white nationalism, refugee crises that breed nativist hostility, and fast-spreading racist rhetoric. The book will open your eyes to the pervasive dangers of dehumanization and the prejudices that can too easily take root within us, and resist them before they spread into the wider world.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-unelected-how-an-unaccountable-elite-is-governing-america-by-james-r-copland--65208126https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unelected: How an Unaccountable Elite is Governing America Author: James R Copland Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is increasingly polarized around elections, but as James R. Copland explains, the unelected control much of the government apparatus that affects our lives. Congress has largely abdicated its authority. “Independent” administrative agencies churn out thousands of new regulations a year. Courts have enabled these agencies to expand their powers beyond those authorized by law?and limited executive efforts to rein in the bureaucratic behemoth. No ordinary citizen today can know what is legal and what is not. Some 300,000 federal crimes exist, 98 percent of which were created by administrative action rather than Congressional lawmaking.The proliferation of rules and the severity of sanctions give enormous discretion to unelected enforcement agents?upending the rule of law. Private attorneys regulate vast swathes of conduct through lawsuits, based upon legal theories never voted upon by the people’s elected representatives. A combination of historical accident, decisions by judges and law professors, and self-interested advocacy by the plaintiffs’ bar have left the United States with the world’s most-expensive litigation system.Finally, state and local officials have increasingly pursued agendas to dictate the terms of national commerce. In reaching beyond their borders, these “new antifederalists” have been subjecting the citizens of Wyoming and Mississippi to the whims of the electorates of New York and San Francisco?inverting the constitutional design.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451705Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unelected: How an Unaccountable Elite is Governing America Author: James R Copland Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unelected: How an Unaccountable Elite is Governing America Author: James R Copland Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is increasingly polarized around elections, but as James R. Copland explains, the unelected control much of the government apparatus that affects our lives. Congress has largely abdicated its authority. “Independent” administrative agencies churn out thousands of new regulations a year. Courts have enabled these agencies to expand their powers beyond those authorized by law?and limited executive efforts to rein in the bureaucratic behemoth. No ordinary citizen today can know what is legal and what is not. Some 300,000 federal crimes exist, 98 percent of which were created by administrative action rather than Congressional lawmaking.The proliferation of rules and the severity of sanctions give enormous discretion to unelected enforcement agents?upending the rule of law. Private attorneys regulate vast swathes of conduct through lawsuits, based upon legal theories never voted upon by the people’s elected representatives. A combination of historical accident, decisions by judges and law professors, and self-interested advocacy by the plaintiffs’ bar have left the United States with the world’s most-expensive litigation system.Finally, state and local officials have increasingly pursued agendas to dictate the terms of national commerce. In reaching beyond their borders, these “new antifederalists” have been subjecting the citizens of Wyoming and Mississippi to the whims of the electorates of New York and San Francisco?inverting the constitutional design.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/left-out-the-inside-story-of-labour-under-corbyn-by-gabriel-pogrund-patrick-maguire--65208112https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Out: The Inside Story of Labour Under Corbyn Author: Gabriel Pogrund, Patrick Maguire Narrator: Matthew Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Left Out is the first full account of Labour's recent transformation and historic defeat. The 2017 parliament began with Labour on the precipice of power, and its left-most fringe - for so long alienated within its own party - closer to government than it had ever been. It ended with them even farther away than they started. From the peak of Jeremy Corbyn's popularity and the shock hung parliament of 2017 to Labour's humbling in 2019 and the election of Keir Starmer, Left Out draws on unrivalled access throughout the party and to both leaders' inner circles to provide a blistering narrative exposé of the Labour Party during one of the most tumultuous and significant episodes in its history. It reveals a party riven by factionalism and at war over ideology, then incapacitated by crisis and indecision. From the plotting of the break-away Independent Group to the inaction and despair over accusations of anti-Semitism, from complaints of sexual harassment and bullying to foiled coups and furious disagreements over Brexit, the reader is in the room as tempers fray and tensions boil over, as sworn enemies forge unlikely alliances and lifelong friendships are tested to breaking-point. At the heart of the book is Corbyn himself, a man whose like had never been seen at the top of British politics - and is unlikely to ever be seen again. Heroised for his principles by some, derided as an idealist by others, the loyalty and hatred he inspired changed not only the party but the nation. Intimately drawn and brilliantly told, Left Out is the revelatory inside account of how Labour became the party it is today and of the greatest experiment seen in British politics for a generation. 'A stunningly good book with jaw-dropping revelations on every page, Left Out is the ultimate inside story of how Jeremy Corbyn went from the brink of victory to one of the worst defeats in British political history. It is both a breath-taking work of political journalism and a gripping first draft of history that is unlikely ever to be bettered. Unquestionably the political book of the year' TIM SHIPMAN, author of All Out War © Gabriel Pogrund, Patrick Maguire 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448217Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Out: The Inside Story of Labour Under Corbyn Author: Gabriel Pogrund, Patrick Maguire Narrator: Matthew Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Out: The Inside Story of Labour Under Corbyn Author: Gabriel Pogrund, Patrick Maguire Narrator: Matthew Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Left Out is the first full account of Labour's recent transformation and historic defeat. The 2017 parliament began with Labour on the precipice of power, and its left-most fringe - for so long alienated within its own party - closer to government than it had ever been. It ended with them even farther away than they started. From the peak of Jeremy Corbyn's popularity and the shock hung parliament of 2017 to Labour's humbling in 2019 and the election of Keir Starmer, Left Out draws on unrivalled access throughout the party and to both leaders' inner circles to provide a blistering narrative exposé of the Labour Party during one of the most tumultuous and significant episodes in its history. It reveals a party riven by factionalism and at war over ideology, then incapacitated by crisis and indecision. From the plotting of the break-away Independent Group to the inaction and despair over accusations of anti-Semitism, from complaints of sexual harassment and bullying to foiled coups and furious disagreements over Brexit, the reader is in the room as tempers fray and tensions boil over, as sworn enemies forge unlikely alliances and lifelong friendships are tested to breaking-point. At the heart of the book is Corbyn himself, a man whose like had never been seen at the top of British politics - and is unlikely to ever be seen again. Heroised for his principles by some, derided as an idealist by others, the loyalty and hatred he inspired changed not only the party but the nation. Intimately drawn and brilliantly told, Left Out is the revelatory inside account of how Labour became the party it is today and of the greatest experiment seen in British politics for a generation. 'A stunningly good book with jaw-dropping revelations on every page, Left Out is the ultimate inside story of how Jeremy Corbyn went from the brink of victory to one of the worst defeats in British political history. It is both a breath-taking work of political journalism and a gripping first draft of history that is unlikely ever to be bettered. Unquestionably the political book of the year' TIM SHIPMAN, author of All Out War © Gabriel Pogrund, Patrick Maguire 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/azadi-freedom-fascism-fiction-by-arundhati-roy--65208090https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: AZADI: Freedom. Fascism. Fiction. Author: Arundhati Roy Narrator: Shaheen Khan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. FROM THE BEST-SELLING AUTHOR OF MY SEDITIOUS HEART AND THE MINISTRY OF UTMOST HAPPINESS, A NEW AND PRESSING DISPATCH FROM THE HEART OF THE CROWD AND THE SOLITUDE OF A WRITER'S DESK The chant of 'Azadi!' - Urdu for 'Freedom!' - is the slogan of the freedom struggle in Kashmir against what Kashmiris see as the Indian Occupation. Ironically, it also became the chant of millions on the streets of India against the project of Hindu Nationalism. Even as Arundhati Roy began to ask what lay between these two calls for Freedom - a chasm or a bridge? - the streets fell silent. Not only in India, but all over the world. The Coronavirus brought with it another, more terrible understanding of Azadi, making a nonsense of international borders, incarcerating whole populations, and bringing the modern world to a halt like nothing else ever could. In this series of electrifying essays, Arundhati Roy challenges us to reflect on the meaning of freedom in a world of growing authoritarianism. The essays include meditations on language, public as well as private, and on the role of fiction and alternative imaginations in these disturbing times. The pandemic, she says, is a portal between one world and another. For all the illness and devastation it has left in its wake, it is an invitation to the human race, an opportunity, to imagine another world. © Arundhati Roy 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449788Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: AZADI: Freedom. Fascism. Fiction. Author: Arundhati Roy Narrator: Shaheen Khan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: AZADI: Freedom. Fascism. Fiction. Author: Arundhati Roy Narrator: Shaheen Khan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. FROM THE BEST-SELLING AUTHOR OF MY SEDITIOUS HEART AND THE MINISTRY OF UTMOST HAPPINESS, A NEW AND PRESSING DISPATCH FROM THE HEART OF THE CROWD AND THE SOLITUDE OF A WRITER'S DESK The chant of 'Azadi!' - Urdu for 'Freedom!' - is the slogan of the freedom struggle in Kashmir against what Kashmiris see as the Indian Occupation. Ironically, it also became the chant of millions on the streets of India against the project of Hindu Nationalism. Even as Arundhati Roy began to ask what lay between these two calls for Freedom - a chasm or a bridge? - the streets fell silent. Not only in India, but all over the world. The Coronavirus brought with it another, more terrible understanding of Azadi, making a nonsense of international borders, incarcerating whole populations, and bringing the modern world to a halt like nothing else ever could. In this series of electrifying essays, Arundhati Roy challenges us to reflect on the meaning of freedom in a world of growing authoritarianism. The essays include meditations on language, public as well as private, and on the role of fiction and alternative imaginations in these disturbing times. The pandemic, she says, is a portal between one world and another. For all the illness and devastation it has left in its wake, it is an invitation to the human race, an opportunity, to imagine another world. © Arundhati Roy 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/donald-trump-v-the-united-states-inside-the-struggle-to-stop-a-president-by-michael-s-schmidt--65208232https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Donald Trump v. the United States: Inside the Struggle to Stop a President Author: Michael S. Schmidt Narrator: Michael S. Schmidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • With unparalleled reporting, a Pulitzer Prize–winning New York Times reporter chronicles the clash between a president and the officials of his own government who tried to stop him. “A meticulously reported volume that clearly benefits from the author’s extraordinary access . . . [a] startling dissection of the Trump presidency.”—The New York Times Donald Trump v. The United States tells the dramatic, high-stakes story of those who felt compelled to confront and try to contain the most powerful man in the world as he shredded norms and sought to expand his power. Michael S. Schmidt takes readers inside the defining events of the presidency, chronicles them up close, and records the clash between an increasingly emboldened president and those around him, who find themselves trying to thwart the president they had pledged to serve, unsure whether he is acting in the interest of the country, his ego, his family business, or Russia. Through their eyes and ears, we observe an epic struggle.   Drawing on secret FBI and White House documents and confidential sources inside federal law enforcement and the West Wing, Donald Trump v. The United States is vital journalism from a Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter that records the shocking reality of a presidency like no other. It is a riveting contemporary history and a lasting account of just how fragile and vulnerable the institutions of American democracy really are.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438582Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Donald Trump v. the United States: Inside the Struggle to Stop a President Author: Michael S. Schmidt Narrator: Michael S. Schmidt Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Donald Trump v. the United States: Inside the Struggle to Stop a President Author: Michael S. Schmidt Narrator: Michael S. Schmidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • With unparalleled reporting, a Pulitzer Prize–winning New York Times reporter chronicles the clash between a president and the officials of his own government who tried to stop him. “A meticulously reported volume that clearly benefits from the author’s extraordinary access . . . [a] startling dissection of the Trump presidency.”—The New York Times Donald Trump v. The United States tells the dramatic, high-stakes story of those who felt compelled to confront and try to contain the most powerful man in the world as he shredded norms and sought to expand his power. Michael S. Schmidt takes readers inside the defining events of the presidency, chronicles them up close, and records the clash between an increasingly emboldened president and those around him, who find themselves trying to thwart the president they had pledged to serve, unsure whether he is acting in the interest of the country, his ego, his family business, or Russia. Through their eyes and ears, we observe an epic struggle.   Drawing on secret FBI and White House documents and confidential sources inside federal law enforcement and the West Wing, Donald Trump v. The United States is vital journalism from a Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter that records the shocking reality of a presidency like no other. It is a riveting contemporary history and a lasting account of just how fragile and vulnerable the institutions of American democracy really are.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mapping-humanity-how-modern-genetics-is-changing-criminal-justice-personalized-medicine-and-our-identities-by-joshua-z-rappoport-phd--65208215https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mapping Humanity: How Modern Genetics Is Changing Criminal Justice, Personalized Medicine, and Our Identities Author: Joshua Z. Rappoport PhD Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thanks to the popularity of personal genetic testing services, it's now easier than ever to get information about our own unique DNA—but who does this information really benefit? And, as genome editing and gene therapy transform the healthcare landscape, what do we gain—and what might we give up in return? Inside each of your cells is the nucleus, a small structure that contains all of the genetic information encoded by the DNA inside, your genome. Not long ago, the first human genome was sequenced at a cost of nearly $3 billion; now, this same test can be done for about $1,000. This new accessibility of genome sequence information creates huge potential for advances in how we understand and treat disease, among other things. It also raises significant concerns regarding ethics and personal privacy. In Mapping Humanity, cellular biology expert Joshua Z. Rappoport provides a detailed look at how the explosion in genetic information as a result of cutting-edge technologies is changing our lives and our world. Throughout, he explores the societal, ethical, and economic impacts of this new era. Offering a framework for balancing the potential risks and benefits of genetic information technologies and genetic engineering, Mapping Humanity is an indispensable guide to navigating the possibilities and perils of our gene-centric future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438146Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mapping Humanity: How Modern Genetics Is Changing Criminal Justice, Personalized Medicine, and Our Identities Author: Joshua Z. Rappoport PhD Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mapping Humanity: How Modern Genetics Is Changing Criminal Justice, Personalized Medicine, and Our Identities Author: Joshua Z. Rappoport PhD Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thanks to the popularity of personal genetic testing services, it's now easier than ever to get information about our own unique DNA—but who does this information really benefit? And, as genome editing and gene therapy transform the healthcare landscape, what do we gain—and what might we give up in return? Inside each of your cells is the nucleus, a small structure that contains all of the genetic information encoded by the DNA inside, your genome. Not long ago, the first human genome was sequenced at a cost of nearly $3 billion; now, this same test can be done for about $1,000. This new accessibility of genome sequence information creates huge potential for advances in how we understand and treat disease, among other things. It also raises significant concerns regarding ethics and personal privacy. In Mapping Humanity, cellular biology expert Joshua Z. Rappoport provides a detailed look at how the explosion in genetic information as a result of cutting-edge technologies is changing our lives and our world. Throughout, he explores the societal, ethical, and economic impacts of this new era. Offering a framework for balancing the potential risks and benefits of genetic information technologies and genetic engineering, Mapping Humanity is an indispensable guide to navigating the possibilities and perils of our gene-centric future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-stakes-america-at-the-point-of-no-return-by-michael-anton--65208103https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446797 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stakes: America at the Point of No Return Author: Michael Anton Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two months before the 2016 presidential election, an anonymously published essay titled 'The Flight 93 Election' rallied conservatives to 'charge the cockpit' by voting for Trump. Michael Anton, the author of that controversial viral essay, now says that the last few years have only served to prove his 'Flight 93' thesis: the left has become more aggressive, more vindictive, and more dangerous—and the stakes have never been higher. To reframe the upcoming 2020 election, Anton looks at California: a state that has descended from a middle-class paradise into crumbling, crowded chaos under unchallenged Democrat rule. Where California goes, so goes the United States of America, Anton argues—unless conservatives take a stand.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446797Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446797 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stakes: America at the Point of No Return Author: Michael Anton Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446797 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stakes: America at the Point of No Return Author: Michael Anton Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two months before the 2016 presidential election, an anonymously published essay titled 'The Flight 93 Election' rallied conservatives to 'charge the cockpit' by voting for Trump. Michael Anton, the author of that controversial viral essay, now says that the last few years have only served to prove his 'Flight 93' thesis: the left has become more aggressive, more vindictive, and more dangerous—and the stakes have never been higher. To reframe the upcoming 2020 election, Anton looks at California: a state that has descended from a middle-class paradise into crumbling, crowded chaos under unchallenged Democrat rule. Where California goes, so goes the United States of America, Anton argues—unless conservatives take a stand.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-propaganda-works-by-jason-stanley--65208250https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Propaganda Works Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our democracy today is fraught with political campaigns, lobbyists, liberal media, and Fox News commentators, all using language to influence the way we think and reason about public issues. Even so, many of us believe that propaganda and manipulation aren't problems for us—not in the way they were for the totalitarian societies of the mid-twentieth century. In How Propaganda Works, Jason Stanley demonstrates that more attention needs to be paid. He examines how propaganda operates subtly, how it undermines democracy—particularly the ideals of democratic deliberation and equality—and how it has damaged democracies of the past. Focusing on the shortcomings of liberal democratic states, Stanley provides a historically grounded introduction to democratic political theory as a window into the misuse of democratic vocabulary for propaganda's selfish purposes. He lays out historical examples, such as the restructuring of the US public school system at the turn of the twentieth century, to explore how the language of democracy is sometimes used to mask an undemocratic reality. Drawing from a range of sources, he explains how the manipulative and hypocritical declaration of flawed beliefs and ideologies arises from and perpetuates inequalities in society, such as the racial injustices that commonly occur in the United States.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440123Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Propaganda Works Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Propaganda Works Author: Jason Stanley Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our democracy today is fraught with political campaigns, lobbyists, liberal media, and Fox News commentators, all using language to influence the way we think and reason about public issues. Even so, many of us believe that propaganda and manipulation aren't problems for us—not in the way they were for the totalitarian societies of the mid-twentieth century. In How Propaganda Works, Jason Stanley demonstrates that more attention needs to be paid. He examines how propaganda operates subtly, how it undermines democracy—particularly the ideals of democratic deliberation and equality—and how it has damaged democracies of the past. Focusing on the shortcomings of liberal democratic states, Stanley provides a historically grounded introduction to democratic political theory as a window into the misuse of democratic vocabulary for propaganda's selfish purposes. He lays out historical examples, such as the restructuring of the US public school system at the turn of the twentieth century, to explore how the language of democracy is sometimes used to mask an undemocratic reality. Drawing from a range of sources, he explains how the manipulative and hypocritical declaration of flawed beliefs and ideologies arises from and perpetuates inequalities in society, such as the racial injustices that commonly occur in the United States.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-on-trial-by-mary-jordan-kevin-sullivan--65208246https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on Trial Author: Mary Jordan, Kevin Sullivan Narrator: Jackie Sanders, Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Sets a standard for political storytelling with impeccable research and lively writing.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review) “Page-turning…riveting…colorful and detailed…a barometer of the health of our democracy.” —Barbara McQuade, The Washington Post Two investigations. Two impeachments. Two acquittals. One president. The full story. Unprecedented. Unimaginable. Until Donald Trump’s presidency. A year apart, two ferocious political dramas challenged American democracy. As Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post reporters Kevin Sullivan and Mary Jordan show in this gripping account, the two Trump impeachments and acquittals shared common threads: An American president, relentless in his drive to win re-election, willing to disregard the laws that limit his powers, no matter the cost. A divided Congress, split along party lines, unable to agree on whether Trump’s actions met the Constitutional standard for removal from office. The Constitution itself, tested in ways that its framers had not anticipated. Trump’s Trials is an expanded version of Trump on Trial, Sullivan and Jordan’s compelling and masterful 2020 account of the first impeachment. That narrative, a crisp page-turner with exquisite detail and vivid scenes, deftly conveyed the calculations of the central figures, in particular Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Republican Senate leader Mitch McConnell. The authors have added three new chapters, and revised others, to carry the narrative through the 2020 presidential election of Joe Biden; Trump’s feverish attempts to overturn Biden’s victory; his supporters’ deadly attack on the Capitol as Congress was certifying the electoral votes; Trump’s second impeachment and acquittal—but this time, with seven Republican senators voting against him. Sullivan and Jordan, aided by editor Steve Luxenberg, have written a fast-paced, authoritative account of the historic events that rocked America—an invaluable examination of what happened and why.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on Trial Author: Mary Jordan, Kevin Sullivan Narrator: Jackie Sanders, Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 43 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on Trial Author: Mary Jordan, Kevin Sullivan Narrator: Jackie Sanders, Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Sets a standard for political storytelling with impeccable research and lively writing.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review) “Page-turning…riveting…colorful and detailed…a barometer of the health of our democracy.” —Barbara McQuade, The Washington Post Two investigations. Two impeachments. Two acquittals. One president. The full story. Unprecedented. Unimaginable. Until Donald Trump’s presidency. A year apart, two ferocious political dramas challenged American democracy. As Pulitzer Prize–winning Washington Post reporters Kevin Sullivan and Mary Jordan show in this gripping account, the two Trump impeachments and acquittals shared common threads: An American president, relentless in his drive to win re-election, willing to disregard the laws that limit his powers, no matter the cost. A divided Congress, split along party lines, unable to agree on whether Trump’s actions met the Constitutional standard for removal from office. The Constitution itself, tested in ways that its framers had not anticipated. Trump’s Trials is an expanded version of Trump on Trial, Sullivan and Jordan’s compelling and masterful 2020 account of the first impeachment. That narrative, a crisp page-turner with exquisite detail and vivid scenes, deftly conveyed the calculations of the central figures, in particular Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Republican Senate leader Mitch McConnell. The authors have added three new chapters, and revised others, to carry the narrative through the 2020 presidential election of Joe Biden; Trump’s feverish attempts to overturn Biden’s victory; his supporters’ deadly attack on the Capitol as Congress was certifying the electoral votes; Trump’s second impeachment and acquittal—but this time, with seven Republican senators voting against him. Sullivan and Jordan, aided by editor Steve Luxenberg, have written a fast-paced, authoritative account of the historic events that rocked America—an invaluable examination of what happened and why.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/short-circuiting-policy-interest-groups-and-the-battle-over-clean-energy-and-climate-policy-in-the-american-states-by-leah-cardamore-stokes--65208244https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437004 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Circuiting Policy: Interest Groups and the Battle Over Clean Energy and Climate Policy in the American States Author: Leah Cardamore Stokes Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1999, Texas passed a landmark clean energy law, beginning a groundswell of new policies that promised to make the US a world leader in renewable energy. As Leah Stokes shows in Short Circuiting Policy, however, that policy did not lead to momentum in Texas, which failed to implement its solar laws or clean up its electricity system. Examining clean energy laws in Texas, Kansas, Arizona, and Ohio over a thirty-year time frame, Stokes argues that organized combat between advocate and opponent interest groups is central to explaining why states are not on track to address the climate crisis. She tells the political history of our energy institutions, explaining how fossil fuel companies and electric utilities have promoted climate denial and delay. Stokes further explains the limits of policy feedback theory, showing the ways that interest groups drive retrenchment through lobbying, public opinion, political parties and the courts. More than a history of renewable energy policy in modern America, Short Circuiting Policy offers a bold new argument about how the policy process works, and why seeming victories can turn into losses when the opposition has enough resources to roll back laws.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437004Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437004 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Circuiting Policy: Interest Groups and the Battle Over Clean Energy and Climate Policy in the American States Author: Leah Cardamore Stokes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437004 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Short Circuiting Policy: Interest Groups and the Battle Over Clean Energy and Climate Policy in the American States Author: Leah Cardamore Stokes Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1999, Texas passed a landmark clean energy law, beginning a groundswell of new policies that promised to make the US a world leader in renewable energy. As Leah Stokes shows in Short Circuiting Policy, however, that policy did not lead to momentum in Texas, which failed to implement its solar laws or clean up its electricity system. Examining clean energy laws in Texas, Kansas, Arizona, and Ohio over a thirty-year time frame, Stokes argues that organized combat between advocate and opponent interest groups is central to explaining why states are not on track to address the climate crisis. She tells the political history of our energy institutions, explaining how fossil fuel companies and electric utilities have promoted climate denial and delay. Stokes further explains the limits of policy feedback theory, showing the ways that interest groups drive retrenchment through lobbying, public opinion, political parties and the courts. More than a history of renewable energy policy in modern America, Short Circuiting Policy offers a bold new argument about how the policy process works, and why seeming victories can turn into losses when the opposition has enough resources to roll back laws.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fully-automated-luxury-communism-by-aaron-bastani--65208218https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Automated Luxury Communism Author: Aaron Bastani Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A different kind of politics for a new kind of society—beyond work, scarcity, and capitalism In the twenty-first century, new technologies should liberate us from work. Automation, rather than undermining an economy built on full employment, is instead the path to a world of liberty, luxury, and happiness—for everyone. Technological advance will reduce the value of commodities—food, healthcare, and housing—towards zero. Improvements in renewable energies will make fossil fuels a thing of the past. Asteroids will be mined for essential minerals. Genetic editing and synthetic biology will prolong life, virtually eliminate disease, and provide meat without animals. New horizons beckon. In Fully Automated Luxury Communism, Aaron Bastani conjures a vision of extraordinary hope, showing how we move to energy abundance, feed a world of 9 billion, overcome work, transcend the limits of biology, and establish meaningful freedom for everyone. Rather than a final destination, such a society merely heralds the real beginning of history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440108Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Automated Luxury Communism Author: Aaron Bastani Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Automated Luxury Communism Author: Aaron Bastani Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A different kind of politics for a new kind of society—beyond work, scarcity, and capitalism In the twenty-first century, new technologies should liberate us from work. Automation, rather than undermining an economy built on full employment, is instead the path to a world of liberty, luxury, and happiness—for everyone. Technological advance will reduce the value of commodities—food, healthcare, and housing—towards zero. Improvements in renewable energies will make fossil fuels a thing of the past. Asteroids will be mined for essential minerals. Genetic editing and synthetic biology will prolong life, virtually eliminate disease, and provide meat without animals. New horizons beckon. In Fully Automated Luxury Communism, Aaron Bastani conjures a vision of extraordinary hope, showing how we move to energy abundance, feed a world of 9 billion, overcome work, transcend the limits of biology, and establish meaningful freedom for everyone. Rather than a final destination, such a society merely heralds the real beginning of history.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-defense-of-looting-a-riotous-history-of-uncivil-action-by-vicky-osterweil--65208208https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Looting: A Riotous History of Uncivil Action Author: Vicky Osterweil Narrator: Caroline Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fresh argument for rioting and looting as our most powerful tools for dismantling white supremacy. Looting -- a crowd of people publicly, openly, and directly seizing goods -- is one of the more extreme actions that can take place in the midst of social unrest. Even self-identified radicals distance themselves from looters, fearing that violent tactics reflect badly on the broader movement. But Vicky Osterweil argues that stealing goods and destroying property are direct, pragmatic strategies of wealth redistribution and improving life for the working class -- not to mention the brazen messages these methods send to the police and the state. All our beliefs about the innate righteousness of property and ownership, Osterweil explains, are built on the history of anti-Black, anti-Indigenous oppression. From slave revolts to labor strikes to the modern-day movements for climate change, Black lives, and police abolition, Osterweil makes a convincing case for rioting and looting as weapons that bludgeon the status quo while uplifting the poor and marginalized. In Defense of Looting is a history of violent protest sparking social change, a compelling reframing of revolutionary activism, and a practical vision for a dramatically restructured society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439286Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Looting: A Riotous History of Uncivil Action Author: Vicky Osterweil Narrator: Caroline Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Looting: A Riotous History of Uncivil Action Author: Vicky Osterweil Narrator: Caroline Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fresh argument for rioting and looting as our most powerful tools for dismantling white supremacy. Looting -- a crowd of people publicly, openly, and directly seizing goods -- is one of the more extreme actions that can take place in the midst of social unrest. Even self-identified radicals distance themselves from looters, fearing that violent tactics reflect badly on the broader movement. But Vicky Osterweil argues that stealing goods and destroying property are direct, pragmatic strategies of wealth redistribution and improving life for the working class -- not to mention the brazen messages these methods send to the police and the state. All our beliefs about the innate righteousness of property and ownership, Osterweil explains, are built on the history of anti-Black, anti-Indigenous oppression. From slave revolts to labor strikes to the modern-day movements for climate change, Black lives, and police abolition, Osterweil makes a convincing case for rioting and looting as weapons that bludgeon the status quo while uplifting the poor and marginalized. In Defense of Looting is a history of violent protest sparking social change, a compelling reframing of revolutionary activism, and a practical vision for a dramatically restructured society.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-good-state-on-the-principles-of-democracy-by-a-c-grayling--65208201https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good State: On the Principles of Democracy Author: A. C. Grayling Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The foundations upon which our democracies stand are inherently flawed, vulnerable to corrosion from within. What is the remedy? A. C. Grayling makes the case for a clear, consistent, principled, and written constitution, and sets out the reforms necessary—among them addressing the imbalance of power between government and Parliament, imposing fixed terms for MPs, introducing proportional representation, and lowering the voting age to sixteen (the age at which you can marry, gamble, join the army, and must pay taxes if you work)—to ensure the intentions of such a constitution could not be subverted or ignored. As democracies around the world show signs of decay, the issue of what makes a good state, one that is democratic in the fullest sense of the word, could not be more important. To take just one example: by the simplest of measures, neither Britain nor the United States can claim to be truly democratic. The most basic tenet of democracy is that no voice be louder than any other. Yet in our 'first past the post' electoral systems a voter supporting a losing candidate is unrepresented, his or her voice unequal to one supporting a winning candidate, who frequently does not gain a majority of the votes cast. This is just one of a number of problems, all of them showing that democratic reform is a necessity in our contemporary world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440496Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good State: On the Principles of Democracy Author: A. C. Grayling Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440496 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good State: On the Principles of Democracy Author: A. C. Grayling Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The foundations upon which our democracies stand are inherently flawed, vulnerable to corrosion from within. What is the remedy? A. C. Grayling makes the case for a clear, consistent, principled, and written constitution, and sets out the reforms necessary—among them addressing the imbalance of power between government and Parliament, imposing fixed terms for MPs, introducing proportional representation, and lowering the voting age to sixteen (the age at which you can marry, gamble, join the army, and must pay taxes if you work)—to ensure the intentions of such a constitution could not be subverted or ignored. As democracies around the world show signs of decay, the issue of what makes a good state, one that is democratic in the fullest sense of the word, could not be more important. To take just one example: by the simplest of measures, neither Britain nor the United States can claim to be truly democratic. The most basic tenet of democracy is that no voice be louder than any other. Yet in our 'first past the post' electoral systems a voter supporting a losing candidate is unrepresented, his or her voice unequal to one supporting a winning candidate, who frequently does not gain a majority of the votes cast. This is just one of a number of problems, all of them showing that democratic reform is a necessity in our contemporary world.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/winning-the-green-new-deal-why-we-must-how-we-can-by-tbd--65208182https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the Green New Deal: Why We Must, How We Can Author: Tbd Narrator: David Sadzin, Samantha Desz, Jonathan Todd Ross, Priya Ayyar, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Inés Del Castillo, Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent and definitive collection of essays from leaders and experts championing the Green New Deal—and a detailed playbook for how we can win it—including contributions by leading activists and progressive writers like Varshini Prakash, Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Bill McKibben, Rev William Barber II, and more. In October 2018, scientists warned that we have less than 12 years left to transform our economy away from fossil fuels, or face catastrophic climate change. At that moment, there was no plan in the US to decarbonize our economy that fast. Less than two years later, every major Democratic presidential candidate has embraced the vision of the Green New Deal—a rapid, vast transformation of our economy to avert climate catastrophe while securing economic and racial justice for all. What happened? A new generation of leaders confronted the political establishment in Washington DC with a simple message: the climate crisis is here, and the Green New Deal is our last, best hope for a livable future. Now comes the hard part: turning that vision into the law of the land. In Winning a Green New Deal, leading youth activists, journalists, and policymakers explain why we need a transformative agenda to avert climate catastrophe, and how our movement can organize to win. Featuring essays by Varshini Prakash, cofounder of Sunrise Movement; Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Green New Deal policy architect; Joseph Stiglitz, Nobel Prize–winning economist; Bill McKibben, internationally renowned environmentalist; Mary Kay Henry, the President of the Service Employees International Union, and others we’ll learn why the climate crisis cannot be solved unless we also confront inequality and racism, how movements can redefine what’s politically possible and overcome the opposition of fossil fuel billionaires, and how a Green New Deal will build a just and thriving economy for all of us. For anyone looking to understand the movement for a Green New Deal, and join the fight for a livable future, there is no resource as clear and practical as Winning the Green New Deal.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the Green New Deal: Why We Must, How We Can Author: Tbd Narrator: David Sadzin, Samantha Desz, Jonathan Todd Ross, Priya Ayyar, Shaun...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the Green New Deal: Why We Must, How We Can Author: Tbd Narrator: David Sadzin, Samantha Desz, Jonathan Todd Ross, Priya Ayyar, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Inés Del Castillo, Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent and definitive collection of essays from leaders and experts championing the Green New Deal—and a detailed playbook for how we can win it—including contributions by leading activists and progressive writers like Varshini Prakash, Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Bill McKibben, Rev William Barber II, and more. In October 2018, scientists warned that we have less than 12 years left to transform our economy away from fossil fuels, or face catastrophic climate change. At that moment, there was no plan in the US to decarbonize our economy that fast. Less than two years later, every major Democratic presidential candidate has embraced the vision of the Green New Deal—a rapid, vast transformation of our economy to avert climate catastrophe while securing economic and racial justice for all. What happened? A new generation of leaders confronted the political establishment in Washington DC with a simple message: the climate crisis is here, and the Green New Deal is our last, best hope for a livable future. Now comes the hard part: turning that vision into the law of the land. In Winning a Green New Deal, leading youth activists, journalists, and policymakers explain why we need a transformative agenda to avert climate catastrophe, and how our movement can organize to win. Featuring essays by Varshini Prakash, cofounder of Sunrise Movement; Rhiana Gunn-Wright, Green New Deal policy architect; Joseph Stiglitz, Nobel Prize–winning economist; Bill McKibben, internationally renowned environmentalist; Mary Kay Henry, the President of the Service Employees International Union, and others we’ll learn why the climate crisis cannot be solved unless we also confront inequality and racism, how movements can redefine what’s politically possible and overcome the opposition of fossil fuel billionaires, and how a Green New Deal will build a just and thriving economy for all of us. For anyone looking to understand the movement for a Green New Deal, and join the fight for a livable future, there is no resource as clear and practical as Winning the Green New Deal.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-button-the-new-nuclear-arms-race-and-presidential-power-from-truman-to-trump-by-william-j-perry-tom-z-collina--65208181https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Button: The New Nuclear Arms Race and Presidential Power from Truman to Trump Author: William J. Perry, Tom Z. Collina Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the Truman administration, America has been one 'push of a button' away from nuclear war—a decision that rests solely in the hands of the president. Without waiting for approval from Congress or even the secretary of defense, the president can unleash America's entire nuclear arsenal. From authors William J. Perry, secretary of defense in the Clinton administration, and Tom Z. Collina, the director of policy at Ploughshares Fund, a global security foundation in Washington, DC, The Button recounts the terrifying history of nuclear launch authority, from the faulty forty-six-cent microchip that nearly caused World War III to president Trump's tweet about his 'much bigger & more powerful' button. Perry and Collina share their firsthand experience on the front lines of the nation's nuclear history and provide illuminating interviews with former president Bill Clinton, former secretary of defense Jim Mattis, congressman Adam Smith, Nobel Peace Prize winner Beatrice Fihn, senior Obama administration officials, and many others. Written in an accessible and authoritative voice, The Button reveals the shocking tales and sobering facts of nuclear executive authority throughout the atomic age, delivering a powerful condemnation against ever leaving explosive power this devastating under any one person's thumb.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438147Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Button: The New Nuclear Arms Race and Presidential Power from Truman to Trump Author: William J. Perry, Tom Z. Collina Narrator: John Pruden...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Button: The New Nuclear Arms Race and Presidential Power from Truman to Trump Author: William J. Perry, Tom Z. Collina Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since the Truman administration, America has been one 'push of a button' away from nuclear war—a decision that rests solely in the hands of the president. Without waiting for approval from Congress or even the secretary of defense, the president can unleash America's entire nuclear arsenal. From authors William J. Perry, secretary of defense in the Clinton administration, and Tom Z. Collina, the director of policy at Ploughshares Fund, a global security foundation in Washington, DC, The Button recounts the terrifying history of nuclear launch authority, from the faulty forty-six-cent microchip that nearly caused World War III to president Trump's tweet about his 'much bigger & more powerful' button. Perry and Collina share their firsthand experience on the front lines of the nation's nuclear history and provide illuminating interviews with former president Bill Clinton, former secretary of defense Jim Mattis, congressman Adam Smith, Nobel Peace Prize winner Beatrice Fihn, senior Obama administration officials, and many others. Written in an accessible and authoritative voice, The Button reveals the shocking tales and sobering facts of nuclear executive authority throughout the atomic age, delivering a powerful condemnation against ever leaving explosive power this devastating under any one person's thumb.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cooperation-and-coercion-how-busybodies-became-busybullies-and-what-that-means-for-economics-and-politics-by-antony-davies-james-r-harrig--65208178https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450966 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cooperation and Coercion: How Busybodies Became Busybullies and What that Means for Economics and Politics Author: Antony Davies, James R. Harrigan Narrator: Pat Grimes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There are only two ways that humans work together: they cooperate with one another, or they coerce one another. And once you realize this fundamental fact, it will change how you see the world. In this myth-busting book, Antony Davies and James R. Harrigan display their wisdom and talent for explaining complex topics, which have attracted a devoted audience to their weekly podcast, Words & Numbers, and made them popular speakers around the country. By looking for cooperation and coercion in everyday life, they help make sense of a wide range of issues that dominate the public debate. You’ll come away from this book with a clear understanding of everything from the minimum wage to taxes, from gun control to government regulations, from the War on Terror to the War on Drugs to the War on Poverty. It turns out that coercion is necessary...sometimes. Even in a democracy, we all abide by rules, including plenty that we don’t agree with, in the name of getting along. But in the end, Davies and Harrigan show that cooperation, without question, is the key to human happiness and progress. The more we encourage it, the better off we all are.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450966Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450966 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cooperation and Coercion: How Busybodies Became Busybullies and What that Means for Economics and Politics Author: Antony Davies, James R. Harrigan...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450966 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cooperation and Coercion: How Busybodies Became Busybullies and What that Means for Economics and Politics Author: Antony Davies, James R. Harrigan Narrator: Pat Grimes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There are only two ways that humans work together: they cooperate with one another, or they coerce one another. And once you realize this fundamental fact, it will change how you see the world. In this myth-busting book, Antony Davies and James R. Harrigan display their wisdom and talent for explaining complex topics, which have attracted a devoted audience to their weekly podcast, Words & Numbers, and made them popular speakers around the country. By looking for cooperation and coercion in everyday life, they help make sense of a wide range of issues that dominate the public debate. You’ll come away from this book with a clear understanding of everything from the minimum wage to taxes, from gun control to government regulations, from the War on Terror to the War on Drugs to the War on Poverty. It turns out that coercion is necessary...sometimes. Even in a democracy, we all abide by rules, including plenty that we don’t agree with, in the name of getting along. But in the end, Davies and Harrigan show that cooperation, without question, is the key to human happiness and progress. The more we encourage it, the better off we all are.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/institution-building-in-weak-states-the-primacy-of-local-politics-by-andrew-radin--65208164https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Institution Building in Weak States: The Primacy of Local Politics Author: Andrew Radin Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Institution Building in Weak States, Andrew Radin argues that the international community's approach to building state institutions needs its own reform. This innovative book proposes a new strategy, rooted in a rigorous analysis of recent missions. In contrast to the common strategy of foreign interveners—imposing models drawn from Western countries—Radin shows how pursuing incremental change that accommodates local political interests is more likely to produce effective, accountable, and law-abiding institutions. Drawing on extensive field research and original interviews, Radin examines efforts to reform the central government, military, and police in post-conflict Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo, Iraq, and Timor-Leste. Based on his own experience in defense reform in Ukraine after 2014, Radin also draws parallels with efforts to improve state institutions outside of post-conflict societies. Institution Building in Weak States introduces a domestic opposition theory that better explains why institution building fails and what is required to make it work. With actionable recommendations for smarter policy, the book offers an important corrective for scholars and practitioners of post-conflict missions, international development, peacebuilding, and security cooperation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441596Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Institution Building in Weak States: The Primacy of Local Politics Author: Andrew Radin Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Institution Building in Weak States: The Primacy of Local Politics Author: Andrew Radin Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Institution Building in Weak States, Andrew Radin argues that the international community's approach to building state institutions needs its own reform. This innovative book proposes a new strategy, rooted in a rigorous analysis of recent missions. In contrast to the common strategy of foreign interveners—imposing models drawn from Western countries—Radin shows how pursuing incremental change that accommodates local political interests is more likely to produce effective, accountable, and law-abiding institutions. Drawing on extensive field research and original interviews, Radin examines efforts to reform the central government, military, and police in post-conflict Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo, Iraq, and Timor-Leste. Based on his own experience in defense reform in Ukraine after 2014, Radin also draws parallels with efforts to improve state institutions outside of post-conflict societies. Institution Building in Weak States introduces a domestic opposition theory that better explains why institution building fails and what is required to make it work. With actionable recommendations for smarter policy, the book offers an important corrective for scholars and practitioners of post-conflict missions, international development, peacebuilding, and security cooperation.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/authoritarian-nightmare-trump-and-his-followers-by-bob-altemeyer-john-w-dean--65208120https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445393 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Authoritarian Nightmare: Trump and His Followers Author: Bob Altemeyer, John W. Dean Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.21 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How did America end up with a leader who acts so crudely and despotically, and counter to our democratic principles? Why do his followers stick with him, even when he acts against their interests? To fully understand, John Dean, a man with a history of standing up to autocratic presidents, joins with Bob Altemeyer, a psychology professor with a unique area of expertise: authoritarianism. Together, using psychological diagnostic tools, as well as exclusive research and analysis from the Monmouth University Polling Institute—one of America's most respected public opinion research foundations—the authors provide us with an eye-opening understanding of the Trump phenomenon . . . and what we may be able to do to stop it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445393Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445393 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Authoritarian Nightmare: Trump and His Followers Author: Bob Altemeyer, John W. Dean Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445393 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Authoritarian Nightmare: Trump and His Followers Author: Bob Altemeyer, John W. Dean Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.21 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How did America end up with a leader who acts so crudely and despotically, and counter to our democratic principles? Why do his followers stick with him, even when he acts against their interests? To fully understand, John Dean, a man with a history of standing up to autocratic presidents, joins with Bob Altemeyer, a psychology professor with a unique area of expertise: authoritarianism. Together, using psychological diagnostic tools, as well as exclusive research and analysis from the Monmouth University Polling Institute—one of America's most respected public opinion research foundations—the authors provide us with an eye-opening understanding of the Trump phenomenon . . . and what we may be able to do to stop it.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/crisis-on-the-border-an-eyewitness-account-of-illegal-aliens-violent-crime-and-cartels-by-matt-c-pinsker--65208087https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450967 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis on the Border: An Eyewitness Account of Illegal Aliens, Violent Crime, and Cartels Author: Matt C. Pinsker Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For six months, Army Captain Matt C. Pinsker was deployed to the Mexican-American border as a member of a unique mission. He and a handful of others were assigned to the Department of Justice as Special Prosecutors to handle the increasing number of immigration cases resulting from President Trump’s “zero tolerance” policy. Once arrived, Captain Pinsker found himself dead center handling the near-impossible challenges of America’s immigration crisis. Overnight, he was directly involved in family separations, DACA, asylum seekers and refugees, the war on drugs, gun-running, the Mexican cartels, caravans, and human trafficking. And every day, he was making decisions that would permanently affect those whose lives he touched. In the course of these official interactions, Pinsker experienced some unexpected gut punches. Over weeks, then months, he discovered that the situation at the border was far more dangerous than most Americans realized, simultaneously creating a massive humanitarian crisis both at home and abroad. In this stunning book, Captain Pinsker describes a constant cycle of violence, human trafficking, and drug smuggling. He reveals how vulnerable immigrants are preyed upon and exploited en route to the border. As Captain Pinsker shares what took place on his watch—from separating refugee families to protecting them from the barbarism of Mexican drug cartels—he delivers an indictment of America’s failure to fix its broken immigration system and truly secure its border.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450967Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450967 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis on the Border: An Eyewitness Account of Illegal Aliens, Violent Crime, and Cartels Author: Matt C. Pinsker Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450967 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis on the Border: An Eyewitness Account of Illegal Aliens, Violent Crime, and Cartels Author: Matt C. Pinsker Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For six months, Army Captain Matt C. Pinsker was deployed to the Mexican-American border as a member of a unique mission. He and a handful of others were assigned to the Department of Justice as Special Prosecutors to handle the increasing number of immigration cases resulting from President Trump’s “zero tolerance” policy. Once arrived, Captain Pinsker found himself dead center handling the near-impossible challenges of America’s immigration crisis. Overnight, he was directly involved in family separations, DACA, asylum seekers and refugees, the war on drugs, gun-running, the Mexican cartels, caravans, and human trafficking. And every day, he was making decisions that would permanently affect those whose lives he touched. In the course of these official interactions, Pinsker experienced some unexpected gut punches. Over weeks, then months, he discovered that the situation at the border was far more dangerous than most Americans realized, simultaneously creating a massive humanitarian crisis both at home and abroad. In this stunning book, Captain Pinsker describes a constant cycle of violence, human trafficking, and drug smuggling. He reveals how vulnerable immigrants are preyed upon and exploited en route to the border. As Captain Pinsker shares what took place on his watch—from separating refugee families to protecting them from the barbarism of Mexican drug cartels—he delivers an indictment of America’s failure to fix its broken immigration system and truly secure its border.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/accountable-how-we-can-save-capitalism-by-michael-o-leary-warren-valdmanis--65208210https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accountable: How we Can Save Capitalism Author: Michael O'leary, Warren Valdmanis Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Capitalism is failing and the tools we are relying on to fix it - corporate social responsibility, divestment, impact investing, and government control - are only making things worse. -Chevron boasts about the $50 million per year it spends on renewable energy whilst it spends 200 times that on oil exploration -Goldman Sachs touts its 10,000 Women initiative but its board ranks 358th out of the Fortune 500 for gender diversity and women earn 55% less than men do on average By focusing on corporations rather than people, we've put our faith in empty trends and brand-focused window-dressing. Why should those responsible for our current crisis be trusted to fix it? In Accountable, authors Michael O'Leary and Warren Valdmanis offer a blueprint for everyone to take responsibility for using their economic power as consumers, as investors, as employees, and as voters to trigger a fundamental shift away from an economy that is unethical, unfair, and destructive to our environment and institutions. Their investigation cuts through the tired dogma of current economic thinking to reveal a hopeful truth: if we can make our corporations accountable to a deeper purpose, we can make capitalism both prosperous and good. Trenchant and gripping, this is an indispensable guide and call to action for citizens to take control of our economic power and hold corporations to a higher standard. © Michael O'Leary, Warren Valdmanis 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437347Thu, 20 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accountable: How we Can Save Capitalism Author: Michael O'leary, Warren Valdmanis Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accountable: How we Can Save Capitalism Author: Michael O'leary, Warren Valdmanis Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Capitalism is failing and the tools we are relying on to fix it - corporate social responsibility, divestment, impact investing, and government control - are only making things worse. -Chevron boasts about the $50 million per year it spends on renewable energy whilst it spends 200 times that on oil exploration -Goldman Sachs touts its 10,000 Women initiative but its board ranks 358th out of the Fortune 500 for gender diversity and women earn 55% less than men do on average By focusing on corporations rather than people, we've put our faith in empty trends and brand-focused window-dressing. Why should those responsible for our current crisis be trusted to fix it? In Accountable, authors Michael O'Leary and Warren Valdmanis offer a blueprint for everyone to take responsibility for using their economic power as consumers, as investors, as employees, and as voters to trigger a fundamental shift away from an economy that is unethical, unfair, and destructive to our environment and institutions. Their investigation cuts through the tired dogma of current economic thinking to reveal a hopeful truth: if we can make our corporations accountable to a deeper purpose, we can make capitalism both prosperous and good. Trenchant and gripping, this is an indispensable guide and call to action for citizens to take control of our economic power and hold corporations to a higher standard. © Michael O'Leary, Warren Valdmanis 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conspiracy-to-riot-the-life-and-times-of-one-of-the-chicago-7-by-lee-weiner--65208209https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conspiracy to Riot: The Life and Times of One of the Chicago 7 Author: Lee Weiner Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In March 1969, eight young men were indicted by the federal government for conspiracy to incite a riot. Some of them barely knew one another, having come together briefly to protest the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago and the war in Vietnam. First dubbed the 'Conspiracy 8' and later the 'Chicago 7,' the group included firebrands like Abbie Hoffman and Bobby Seale, but also a little-known community activist and social worker named Lee Weiner, who was just as surprised as the rest of the country when his name was called. The ensuing trial was a media sensation, and it changed Weiner's life forever. But as he recalls in his memoir, the actions that brought him before a jury and a vindictive government were part of a long tradition of American radicalism that had shaped him from an early age and remain directly relevant to today's efforts to change America for the better. From Weiner's Jewish family's leftist political roots to wild anti-war demonstrations on the streets and high-profile political appointments, Conspiracy to Riot shows how commitment to your ideals can change your destiny—for better and for worse.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conspiracy to Riot: The Life and Times of One of the Chicago 7 Author: Lee Weiner Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conspiracy to Riot: The Life and Times of One of the Chicago 7 Author: Lee Weiner Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In March 1969, eight young men were indicted by the federal government for conspiracy to incite a riot. Some of them barely knew one another, having come together briefly to protest the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago and the war in Vietnam. First dubbed the 'Conspiracy 8' and later the 'Chicago 7,' the group included firebrands like Abbie Hoffman and Bobby Seale, but also a little-known community activist and social worker named Lee Weiner, who was just as surprised as the rest of the country when his name was called. The ensuing trial was a media sensation, and it changed Weiner's life forever. But as he recalls in his memoir, the actions that brought him before a jury and a vindictive government were part of a long tradition of American radicalism that had shaped him from an early age and remain directly relevant to today's efforts to change America for the better. From Weiner's Jewish family's leftist political roots to wild anti-war demonstrations on the streets and high-profile political appointments, Conspiracy to Riot shows how commitment to your ideals can change your destiny—for better and for worse.]]>905cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-doppelte-spur-ungekurzt-by-ilija-trojanow--65208059https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453211 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Doppelte Spur (ungekürzt) Author: Ilija Trojanow Narrator: Thomas Sarbacher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Labyrinth der Macht - Eigentlich hat Ilija viel Erfahrung. Als investigativer Journalist kennt er die zersetzende Wirkung der Macht und die subversiven Routinen der Aufdeckung. Aber diesmal ist es anders. Durch einen doppelten Leak der amerikanischen und russischen Geheimdienste entdeckt er ein undurchdringbares Netzwerk von Oligarchen, Mafiosi und Politikern, in das auch die Staatspräsidenten beider Länder involviert sind. Zusammen mit Boris, einem amerikanischen Wirtschaftsjournalisten, und Emi, die über Kindesmissbrauch in der Geldaristokratie forscht, folgt er der doppelten Spur der Leaks, doch die Flut an Hinweisen ist schier grenzenlos. Um welchen Preis kann man die Dokumente veröffentlichen? Und lässt sich der Kampf gegen Korruption überhaupt gewinnen? Ilija Trojanow gelingt in diesem Roman ein virtuoses Spiel mit Fakten und Fiktionen, das uns vor Augen führt, wie sehr wir durch Fake News zu Komplizen der Macht werden.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453211Fri, 14 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453211 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Doppelte Spur (ungekürzt) Author: Ilija Trojanow Narrator: Thomas Sarbacher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453211 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Doppelte Spur (ungekürzt) Author: Ilija Trojanow Narrator: Thomas Sarbacher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Labyrinth der Macht - Eigentlich hat Ilija viel Erfahrung. Als investigativer Journalist kennt er die zersetzende Wirkung der Macht und die subversiven Routinen der Aufdeckung. Aber diesmal ist es anders. Durch einen doppelten Leak der amerikanischen und russischen Geheimdienste entdeckt er ein undurchdringbares Netzwerk von Oligarchen, Mafiosi und Politikern, in das auch die Staatspräsidenten beider Länder involviert sind. Zusammen mit Boris, einem amerikanischen Wirtschaftsjournalisten, und Emi, die über Kindesmissbrauch in der Geldaristokratie forscht, folgt er der doppelten Spur der Leaks, doch die Flut an Hinweisen ist schier grenzenlos. Um welchen Preis kann man die Dokumente veröffentlichen? Und lässt sich der Kampf gegen Korruption überhaupt gewinnen? Ilija Trojanow gelingt in diesem Roman ein virtuoses Spiel mit Fakten und Fiktionen, das uns vor Augen führt, wie sehr wir durch Fake News zu Komplizen der Macht werden.]]>185rztcleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/welfare-for-the-rich-how-your-tax-dollars-end-up-in-millionaires-pockets-and-what-you-can-do-about-it-by-phil-harvey-lisa-conyers--65208191https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welfare for the Rich: How Your Tax Dollars End Up in Millionaires' Pockets - And What You Can Do About It Author: Phil Harvey, Lisa Conyers Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In today's ultra-polarized and highly partisan political environment, Welfare for the Rich is one of the rare books written to appeal to engaged and open-minded citizens from across the political spectrum. Welfare for the Rich is the first book to describe and analyze the many ways that federal and state governments provide handouts—subsidies, grants, tax credits, loan guarantees, price supports, and many other payouts—to millionaires, billionaires, and the companies they own and run. Many journalists, scholars, and activists have focused on one or more of these dysfunctional programs. A few of the most egregious examples have even become famous. But Welfare for the Rich is the first attempt to paint a comprehensive, easily accessible picture of a system largely designed by the richest Americans—through lobbyists, lawyers, political action committees, special interest groups, and other powerful influencers—with the specific goal of making sure the government keeps wealth and power flowing from the many to the few.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439843Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welfare for the Rich: How Your Tax Dollars End Up in Millionaires' Pockets - And What You Can Do About It Author: Phil Harvey, Lisa Conyers Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welfare for the Rich: How Your Tax Dollars End Up in Millionaires' Pockets - And What You Can Do About It Author: Phil Harvey, Lisa Conyers Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In today's ultra-polarized and highly partisan political environment, Welfare for the Rich is one of the rare books written to appeal to engaged and open-minded citizens from across the political spectrum. Welfare for the Rich is the first book to describe and analyze the many ways that federal and state governments provide handouts—subsidies, grants, tax credits, loan guarantees, price supports, and many other payouts—to millionaires, billionaires, and the companies they own and run. Many journalists, scholars, and activists have focused on one or more of these dysfunctional programs. A few of the most egregious examples have even become famous. But Welfare for the Rich is the first attempt to paint a comprehensive, easily accessible picture of a system largely designed by the richest Americans—through lobbyists, lawyers, political action committees, special interest groups, and other powerful influencers—with the specific goal of making sure the government keeps wealth and power flowing from the many to the few.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-good-country-equation-how-we-can-repair-the-world-in-one-generation-by-simon-anholt--65208071https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451611 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Country Equation: How We Can Repair the World in One Generation Author: Simon Anholt Narrator: Simon Anholt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Not only does Anholt explain the challenges facing the world with unique clarity, he also provides genuinely new, informative, practical, innovative solutions. . . . The book is a must-read for anyone who cares about humanity's shared future.' -H. E. Mohamed Abdullahi Mohamed (Farmaajo), President of the Federal Republic of Somalia Why doesn't the world work? Why, despite all the power, technology, money and knowledge that humanity has accumulated, are we are still unable to defeat global challenges like climate change, war, poverty, migration, extremism, and inequality? Simon Anholt has spent decades helping countries from Austria to Zambia to improve their international standing. Using colorful descriptions of his experiences-dining with Vladimir Putin at his country home, taking a group of Felipe Calderon's advisors on their first Mexico City subway ride, touring a beautiful new government hospital in Afghanistan that nobody would use because it was in Taliban-controlled territory-he tells how he began finding answers to that question. Ultimately, Anholt hit on the Good Country Equation, a formula for encouraging international cooperation and reinventing education for a globalized era. Anholt even offers a 'selfish' argument for cooperation: he shows that it generates goodwill, which in turn translates into increased trade, foreign investment, tourism, talent attraction, and even domestic electoral success. Arnholt insists we can change the way countries behave and the way people are educated in a single generation-because that's all the time we have.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451611Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451611 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Country Equation: How We Can Repair the World in One Generation Author: Simon Anholt Narrator: Simon Anholt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451611 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Country Equation: How We Can Repair the World in One Generation Author: Simon Anholt Narrator: Simon Anholt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Not only does Anholt explain the challenges facing the world with unique clarity, he also provides genuinely new, informative, practical, innovative solutions. . . . The book is a must-read for anyone who cares about humanity's shared future.' -H. E. Mohamed Abdullahi Mohamed (Farmaajo), President of the Federal Republic of Somalia Why doesn't the world work? Why, despite all the power, technology, money and knowledge that humanity has accumulated, are we are still unable to defeat global challenges like climate change, war, poverty, migration, extremism, and inequality? Simon Anholt has spent decades helping countries from Austria to Zambia to improve their international standing. Using colorful descriptions of his experiences-dining with Vladimir Putin at his country home, taking a group of Felipe Calderon's advisors on their first Mexico City subway ride, touring a beautiful new government hospital in Afghanistan that nobody would use because it was in Taliban-controlled territory-he tells how he began finding answers to that question. Ultimately, Anholt hit on the Good Country Equation, a formula for encouraging international cooperation and reinventing education for a globalized era. Anholt even offers a 'selfish' argument for cooperation: he shows that it generates goodwill, which in turn translates into increased trade, foreign investment, tourism, talent attraction, and even domestic electoral success. Arnholt insists we can change the way countries behave and the way people are educated in a single generation-because that's all the time we have.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/grandstanding-the-use-and-abuse-of-moral-talk-by-justin-tosi-brandon-warmke--65208224https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grandstanding: The Use and Abuse of Moral Talk Author: Justin Tosi, Brandon Warmke Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We are all guilty of it. We call people terrible names in conversation or online. We vilify those with whom we disagree, and make bolder claims than we could defend. We want to be seen as taking the moral high ground not just to make a point, or move a debate forward, but to look a certain way—incensed, or compassionate, or committed to a cause. We exaggerate. In other words, we grandstand. Nowhere is this more evident than in public discourse today, and especially as it plays out across the internet. To philosophers Justin Tosi and Brandon Warmke, who have written extensively about moral grandstanding, such one-upmanship is not just annoying, but dangerous. As politics gets more and more polarized, people on both sides of the spectrum move further and further apart when they let grandstanding get in the way of engaging one another. Drawing from work in psychology, economics, and political science, and along with contemporary examples spanning the political spectrum, the authors dive deeply into why and how we grandstand. Using the analytic tools of psychology and moral philosophy, they explain what drives us to behave in this way, and what we stand to lose by taking it too far. Most importantly, they show how, by avoiding grandstanding, we can re-build a public square worth participating in.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436951Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grandstanding: The Use and Abuse of Moral Talk Author: Justin Tosi, Brandon Warmke Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grandstanding: The Use and Abuse of Moral Talk Author: Justin Tosi, Brandon Warmke Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We are all guilty of it. We call people terrible names in conversation or online. We vilify those with whom we disagree, and make bolder claims than we could defend. We want to be seen as taking the moral high ground not just to make a point, or move a debate forward, but to look a certain way—incensed, or compassionate, or committed to a cause. We exaggerate. In other words, we grandstand. Nowhere is this more evident than in public discourse today, and especially as it plays out across the internet. To philosophers Justin Tosi and Brandon Warmke, who have written extensively about moral grandstanding, such one-upmanship is not just annoying, but dangerous. As politics gets more and more polarized, people on both sides of the spectrum move further and further apart when they let grandstanding get in the way of engaging one another. Drawing from work in psychology, economics, and political science, and along with contemporary examples spanning the political spectrum, the authors dive deeply into why and how we grandstand. Using the analytic tools of psychology and moral philosophy, they explain what drives us to behave in this way, and what we stand to lose by taking it too far. Most importantly, they show how, by avoiding grandstanding, we can re-build a public square worth participating in.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/they-can-t-kill-us-all-the-story-of-black-lives-matter-by-wesley-lowery--65208144https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Can't Kill Us All: The Story of Black Lives Matter Author: Wesley Lowery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **Winner of the Christopher Isherwood Prize for Autobiographical Prose** A deeply reported book on the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement, offering unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America, and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it In over a year of on-the-ground reportage, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled across the US to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today. In an effort to grasp the scale of the response to Michael Brown's death and understand the magnitude of the problem police violence represents, Lowery conducted hundreds of interviews with the families of victims of police brutality, as well as with local activists working to stop it. Lowery investigates the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with constant discrimination, failing schools, crumbling infrastructure and too few jobs. Offering a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, They Can't Kill Us All demonstrates that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. And at the end of President Obama's tenure, it grapples with a worrying and largely unexamined aspect of his legacy: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to the marginalised Americans most in need of it. 'A devastating front-line account of the police killings and the young activism that sparked one of the most significant racial justice movements since the 1960s: Black Lives Matter ... Lowery more or less pulls the sheet off America ... essential reading' Junot Díaz, The New York Times, Books of 2016 'Electric ... so well reported, so plainly told and so evidently the work of a man who has not grown a callus on his heart' Dwight Garner, The New York Times, 'A Top Ten Book of 2016' 'I'd recommend everyone to read this book ... it's not just statistics, it's not just the information, but it's the connective tissue that shows the human story behind it. I really enjoyed it' Trevor Noah, host of Comedy Central's 'The Daily Show' © Wesley Lowery 2017 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446413Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Can't Kill Us All: The Story of Black Lives Matter Author: Wesley Lowery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Can't Kill Us All: The Story of Black Lives Matter Author: Wesley Lowery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **Winner of the Christopher Isherwood Prize for Autobiographical Prose** A deeply reported book on the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement, offering unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America, and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it In over a year of on-the-ground reportage, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled across the US to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today. In an effort to grasp the scale of the response to Michael Brown's death and understand the magnitude of the problem police violence represents, Lowery conducted hundreds of interviews with the families of victims of police brutality, as well as with local activists working to stop it. Lowery investigates the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with constant discrimination, failing schools, crumbling infrastructure and too few jobs. Offering a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, They Can't Kill Us All demonstrates that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. And at the end of President Obama's tenure, it grapples with a worrying and largely unexamined aspect of his legacy: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to the marginalised Americans most in need of it. 'A devastating front-line account of the police killings and the young activism that sparked one of the most significant racial justice movements since the 1960s: Black Lives Matter ... Lowery more or less pulls the sheet off America ... essential reading' Junot Díaz, The New York Times, Books of 2016 'Electric ... so well reported, so plainly told and so evidently the work of a man who has not grown a callus on his heart' Dwight Garner, The New York Times, 'A Top Ten Book of 2016' 'I'd recommend everyone to read this book ... it's not just statistics, it's not just the information, but it's the connective tissue that shows the human story behind it. I really enjoyed it' Trevor Noah, host of Comedy Central's 'The Daily Show' © Wesley Lowery 2017 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-torture-machine-racism-and-police-violence-in-chicago-by-flint-taylor--65208132https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Torture Machine: Racism and Police Violence in Chicago Author: Flint Taylor Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With his colleagues at the People’s Law Office (PLO), Flint Taylor has argued landmark civil-rights cases that have exposed corruption and cover-ups within the Chicago Police Department (CPD) and throughout the city’s corrupt political machine. The Torture Machine takes listeners from the 1969 murders of Black Panther Party Chairman Fred Hampton and Panther Mark Clark—and the historic thirteen-years of litigation that followed—through the dogged pursuit of commander Jon Burge, the leader of a torture ring within the CPD that used barbaric methods, including electric shock, to elicit false confessions from suspects. Joining forces with community activists, torture survivors and their families, other lawyers, and local reporters, Taylor and the PLO gathered evidence from multiple cases to bring suit against the CPD officers and the City of Chicago. As the struggle expanded beyond the torture scandal to the ultimately successful campaign to end the death penalty in Illinois, and obtained reparations for many of the torture survivors, it set human-rights precedents that have since been adopted across the United States.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447406Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Torture Machine: Racism and Police Violence in Chicago Author: Flint Taylor Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 18...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447406 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Torture Machine: Racism and Police Violence in Chicago Author: Flint Taylor Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With his colleagues at the People’s Law Office (PLO), Flint Taylor has argued landmark civil-rights cases that have exposed corruption and cover-ups within the Chicago Police Department (CPD) and throughout the city’s corrupt political machine. The Torture Machine takes listeners from the 1969 murders of Black Panther Party Chairman Fred Hampton and Panther Mark Clark—and the historic thirteen-years of litigation that followed—through the dogged pursuit of commander Jon Burge, the leader of a torture ring within the CPD that used barbaric methods, including electric shock, to elicit false confessions from suspects. Joining forces with community activists, torture survivors and their families, other lawyers, and local reporters, Taylor and the PLO gathered evidence from multiple cases to bring suit against the CPD officers and the City of Chicago. As the struggle expanded beyond the torture scandal to the ultimately successful campaign to end the death penalty in Illinois, and obtained reparations for many of the torture survivors, it set human-rights precedents that have since been adopted across the United States.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-un-mundo-que-cambia-patriotismo-frente-a-agenda-globalista-by-cesar-vidal--65208094https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un mundo que cambia: patriotismo frente a agenda globalista Author: César Vidal Narrator: César Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El 26 de diciembre 1991, tuvo lugar un hecho de extraordinaria importancia en la Historia universal. Se trató de la disolución de la Unión Soviética, un acontecimiento de enormes repercusiones que pocos habían previsto. A decir verdad, sólo el historiador Andrei Amalrík y el premio Nobel Alexander Solzhenitsyn , disidentes rusos, habían tenido el valor y la visión para anunciar que semejante seísmo tendría lugar. Aunque es indiscutible que la Guerra fría concluyó, no son pocos los que pretenden seguir analizando la situación actual del globo desde la perspectiva de un período histórico que terminó hace cuatro décadas. Pretender comprender el presente con paradigmas de la Guerra fría - incluso con los de izquierdas y derechas - constituye una equivocación de consecuencias perjudiciales. La Historia ha seguido avanzando y al igual que habría constituido una necedad pretender comprender la Europa de finales del siglo XIX sobre lo que fue la vida de Napoleón, destronado definitivamente en 1815, es absurdo, e incluso ridículo, entender nuestro mundo sobre la base de la Guerra fría. Nuestro mundo ha seguido cambiando desde 1991 y lo que resulta aún más relevante es que ese conjunto de cambios es constante e implica desafíos colosales con los que nunca antes ha tenido que enfrentarse el género humano. Lejos de ser la democracia y la libertad realidades que se imponen de manera casi natural, lo cierto es que se encuentran más amenazadas que nunca y que esa amenaza no sólo es externa sino, en buena medida, también interna. Un mundo que cambia es un intento de explicar que es verdaderamente la democracia y su fragilidad, y que es la agenda globalista, la cual amenaza a el patriotismo y la continuidad de la misma democracia.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447407Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un mundo que cambia: patriotismo frente a agenda globalista Author: César Vidal Narrator: César Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un mundo que cambia: patriotismo frente a agenda globalista Author: César Vidal Narrator: César Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El 26 de diciembre 1991, tuvo lugar un hecho de extraordinaria importancia en la Historia universal. Se trató de la disolución de la Unión Soviética, un acontecimiento de enormes repercusiones que pocos habían previsto. A decir verdad, sólo el historiador Andrei Amalrík y el premio Nobel Alexander Solzhenitsyn , disidentes rusos, habían tenido el valor y la visión para anunciar que semejante seísmo tendría lugar. Aunque es indiscutible que la Guerra fría concluyó, no son pocos los que pretenden seguir analizando la situación actual del globo desde la perspectiva de un período histórico que terminó hace cuatro décadas. Pretender comprender el presente con paradigmas de la Guerra fría - incluso con los de izquierdas y derechas - constituye una equivocación de consecuencias perjudiciales. La Historia ha seguido avanzando y al igual que habría constituido una necedad pretender comprender la Europa de finales del siglo XIX sobre lo que fue la vida de Napoleón, destronado definitivamente en 1815, es absurdo, e incluso ridículo, entender nuestro mundo sobre la base de la Guerra fría. Nuestro mundo ha seguido cambiando desde 1991 y lo que resulta aún más relevante es que ese conjunto de cambios es constante e implica desafíos colosales con los que nunca antes ha tenido que enfrentarse el género humano. Lejos de ser la democracia y la libertad realidades que se imponen de manera casi natural, lo cierto es que se encuentran más amenazadas que nunca y que esa amenaza no sólo es externa sino, en buena medida, también interna. Un mundo que cambia es un intento de explicar que es verdaderamente la democracia y su fragilidad, y que es la agenda globalista, la cual amenaza a el patriotismo y la continuidad de la misma democracia.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/corporate-crime-and-punishment-the-crisis-of-underenforcement-by-john-c-coffee-jr--65208080https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451612 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corporate Crime and Punishment: The Crisis of Underenforcement Author: John C. Coffee Jr. Narrator: James Gillies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Professor Coffee's compelling new approach to holding fraudsters to account is indispensable reading for any lawmaker serious about deterring corporate crime.' -Robert Jackson, former Commissioner, Securities and Exchange Commission In the early 2000s, federal enforcement efforts sent white collar criminals at Enron and WorldCom to prison. But since the 2008 financial collapse, this famously hasn't happened. Corporations have been permitted to enter into deferred prosecution agreements and avoid criminal convictions, in part due to a mistaken assumption that leniency would encourage cooperation and because enforcement agencies don't have the funding or staff to pursue lengthy prosecutions, says distinguished Columbia Law Professor John C. Coffee. 'We are moving from a system of justice for organizational crime that mixed carrots and sticks to one that is all carrots and no sticks,' he says. He offers a series of bold proposals for ensuring that corporate malfeasance can once again be punished. For example, he describes incentives that could be offered to both corporate executives to turn in their corporations and to corporations to turn in their executives, allowing prosecutors to play them off against each other. Whistleblowers should be offered cash bounties to come forward because, Coffee writes, 'it is easier and cheaper to buy information than seek to discover it in adversarial proceedings.' All federal enforcement agencies should be able to hire outside counsel on a contingency fee basis, which would cost the public nothing and provide access to discovery and litigation expertise the agencies don't have. Through these and other equally controversial ideas, Coffee intends to rebalance the scales of justice.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451612Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451612 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corporate Crime and Punishment: The Crisis of Underenforcement Author: John C. Coffee Jr. Narrator: James Gillies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451612 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corporate Crime and Punishment: The Crisis of Underenforcement Author: John C. Coffee Jr. Narrator: James Gillies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Professor Coffee's compelling new approach to holding fraudsters to account is indispensable reading for any lawmaker serious about deterring corporate crime.' -Robert Jackson, former Commissioner, Securities and Exchange Commission In the early 2000s, federal enforcement efforts sent white collar criminals at Enron and WorldCom to prison. But since the 2008 financial collapse, this famously hasn't happened. Corporations have been permitted to enter into deferred prosecution agreements and avoid criminal convictions, in part due to a mistaken assumption that leniency would encourage cooperation and because enforcement agencies don't have the funding or staff to pursue lengthy prosecutions, says distinguished Columbia Law Professor John C. Coffee. 'We are moving from a system of justice for organizational crime that mixed carrots and sticks to one that is all carrots and no sticks,' he says. He offers a series of bold proposals for ensuring that corporate malfeasance can once again be punished. For example, he describes incentives that could be offered to both corporate executives to turn in their corporations and to corporations to turn in their executives, allowing prosecutors to play them off against each other. Whistleblowers should be offered cash bounties to come forward because, Coffee writes, 'it is easier and cheaper to buy information than seek to discover it in adversarial proceedings.' All federal enforcement agencies should be able to hire outside counsel on a contingency fee basis, which would cost the public nothing and provide access to discovery and litigation expertise the agencies don't have. Through these and other equally controversial ideas, Coffee intends to rebalance the scales of justice.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-state-revolution-vladimir-lenin-by-vladimir-lenin--65208077https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The State & Revolution Vladimir Lenin Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known by his alias Lenin, was a Russian revolutionary, politician, and political theorist. He served as head of government of Soviet Russia from 1917 to 1924 and of the Soviet Union from 1922 to 1924. Under his administration, Russia and then the wider Soviet Union became a one-party communist state governed by the Russian Communist Party. Ideologically a communist, he developed a variant of Marxism known as Leninism. The State and Revolution (1917) is a well known book by Vladimir Lenin. In the book, Lenin describes the role of the State in society, the necessity of proletarian revolution, and the theoretic inadequacies of social democracy in achieving revolution to establish the dictatorship of the proletariat. Produced by Devin Lawerence Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451968Sat, 01 Aug 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The State & Revolution Vladimir Lenin Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The State & Revolution Vladimir Lenin Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known by his alias Lenin, was a Russian revolutionary, politician, and political theorist. He served as head of government of Soviet Russia from 1917 to 1924 and of the Soviet Union from 1922 to 1924. Under his administration, Russia and then the wider Soviet Union became a one-party communist state governed by the Russian Communist Party. Ideologically a communist, he developed a variant of Marxism known as Leninism. The State and Revolution (1917) is a well known book by Vladimir Lenin. In the book, Lenin describes the role of the State in society, the necessity of proletarian revolution, and the theoretic inadequacies of social democracy in achieving revolution to establish the dictatorship of the proletariat. Produced by Devin Lawerence Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/greed-is-dead-politics-after-individualism-by-john-kay-paul-collier--65208252https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greed Is Dead: Politics After Individualism Author: John Kay, Paul Collier Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The idea that people are basically driven by individualism and economic incentives, and that prosperity and good societies come from top-down leadership, has dominated politics for the last thirty years (from some perspectives, much longer). This book shows that the age of homo economicus and centralisation is coming to an end. Instead, Collier and Kay argue that community and mutuality will be the drivers of successful societies in the future - as they are already in some parts of the world. They show how politics can reverse the move to extremes of right and left in recent years, that the centre can hold, and that if we think differently we can find common ground to the benefit of all. © John Kay, Paul Collier 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437305Thu, 30 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greed Is Dead: Politics After Individualism Author: John Kay, Paul Collier Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greed Is Dead: Politics After Individualism Author: John Kay, Paul Collier Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The idea that people are basically driven by individualism and economic incentives, and that prosperity and good societies come from top-down leadership, has dominated politics for the last thirty years (from some perspectives, much longer). This book shows that the age of homo economicus and centralisation is coming to an end. Instead, Collier and Kay argue that community and mutuality will be the drivers of successful societies in the future - as they are already in some parts of the world. They show how politics can reverse the move to extremes of right and left in recent years, that the centre can hold, and that if we think differently we can find common ground to the benefit of all. © John Kay, Paul Collier 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/el-diario-del-che-en-bolivia-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65208173https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451018 to listen full audiobooks. Title: El Diario Del Che en Bolivia Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Che Guevara's famous last diary, found in his backpack after he was captured by the Bolivian Army in 1967 played a pivotal role in catapulting him to iconic status after his death. In 1967 Guevara left Cuba to lead the Bolivian Liberation Army. In the jungles of Bolivia they attempted to initiate a revolution like that in Cuba, in which Che played such a central role. This fascinating diary describes the troubled guerrilla campaign until Che’s final entry on the 7th October 1967 – the day before his capture by the CIA-backed Bolivian Army and his execution. Ernesto Che Guevara was born in Argentina in 1928. After fighting alongside Fidel Castro in the three-year guerrilla war in Cuba, he became the Minister for Industry following the victory of the Cuban revolution. In 1966 he established a guerrilla base in Bolivia. He was captured by the CIA and killed in 1967. Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451018Wed, 29 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451018 to listen full audiobooks. Title: El Diario Del Che en Bolivia Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451018 to listen full audiobooks. Title: El Diario Del Che en Bolivia Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Che Guevara's famous last diary, found in his backpack after he was captured by the Bolivian Army in 1967 played a pivotal role in catapulting him to iconic status after his death. In 1967 Guevara left Cuba to lead the Bolivian Liberation Army. In the jungles of Bolivia they attempted to initiate a revolution like that in Cuba, in which Che played such a central role. This fascinating diary describes the troubled guerrilla campaign until Che’s final entry on the 7th October 1967 – the day before his capture by the CIA-backed Bolivian Army and his execution. Ernesto Che Guevara was born in Argentina in 1928. After fighting alongside Fidel Castro in the three-year guerrilla war in Cuba, he became the Minister for Industry following the victory of the Cuban revolution. In 1966 he established a guerrilla base in Bolivia. He was captured by the CIA and killed in 1967. Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/forensics-for-dummies-2nd-edition-by-d-p-lyle-md--65208251https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensics For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: D.P. Lyle MD Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understand the real-life science behind crime scene investigation Forensics For Dummies takes you inside the world of crime scene investigation to give you the low down on this exciting field. Written by a doctor and former Law & Order consultant, this guide will have you solving crimes along with your favorite TV shows in no time. From fingerprints and fibers to blood and ballistics, you'll walk through the processes that yield significant information from the smallest clues. You'll learn how Hollywood gets it wrong, and how real-world forensics experts work every day in fields as diverse as biology, psychology, anthropology, medicine, information technology, and more. If you're interested in a forensics career, you'll find out how to break in—and the education you'll need to do the type of forensics work that interests you the most. Written for the true forensics fan, this book doesn't shy away from the details; you'll learn what goes on at the morgue as you determine cause of death, and you'll climb into the mind of a killer as you learn how forensic psychologists narrow down the suspect list. Crime shows are entertaining, but the reality is that most forensics cases aren't wrapped up in an hour. This book shows you how it's really done, and the amazing technology and brilliant people that do it every day.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436131Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensics For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: D.P. Lyle MD Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 7 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436131 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensics For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: D.P. Lyle MD Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understand the real-life science behind crime scene investigation Forensics For Dummies takes you inside the world of crime scene investigation to give you the low down on this exciting field. Written by a doctor and former Law & Order consultant, this guide will have you solving crimes along with your favorite TV shows in no time. From fingerprints and fibers to blood and ballistics, you'll walk through the processes that yield significant information from the smallest clues. You'll learn how Hollywood gets it wrong, and how real-world forensics experts work every day in fields as diverse as biology, psychology, anthropology, medicine, information technology, and more. If you're interested in a forensics career, you'll find out how to break in—and the education you'll need to do the type of forensics work that interests you the most. Written for the true forensics fan, this book doesn't shy away from the details; you'll learn what goes on at the morgue as you determine cause of death, and you'll climb into the mind of a killer as you learn how forensic psychologists narrow down the suspect list. Crime shows are entertaining, but the reality is that most forensics cases aren't wrapped up in an hour. This book shows you how it's really done, and the amazing technology and brilliant people that do it every day.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-case-for-the-american-people-the-united-states-v-donald-j-trump-by-norman-eisen--65208213https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Case for the American People: The United States v. Donald J. Trump Author: Norman Eisen Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Democrats’ special impeachment counsel on the House Judiciary Committee lays out President Trump’s shocking pattern of betrayals, lies, and high crimes, arguing articles of impeachment to the ultimate judges: the American people.   In his behind-the-scenes account of the attempts to bring the president to justice—from filing the very first legal actions against him, through the Mueller report, to the turbulent impeachment and trial, to the president’s ongoing wrongdoing today—Norman Eisen, at the forefront of the battle since the day of Trump’s inauguration, pulls back the curtain on the process. He reveals ten proposed articles of impeachment, not just the two that were publicly tried, all of which he had a hand in drafting. He then guides us through Trump’s lifelong instincts that have dictated his presidency: a cycle of abuse, corruption, and relentless obstruction of the truth.   Since taking the oath of office, Donald Trump has been on a spree of high crimes and misdemeanors, using the awesome power of the presidency for his own personal gain, at the expense of the American people. He has inflamed our divisions for his electoral benefit, with flagrant disregard for the Constitution that makes us America. Each step of the way, he has lied incessantly, including to cover up his crimes. And yet he remains in the country’s highest office.   Congress, federal and state prosecutors, and courts have worked to hold the president accountable for his myriad offenses—with some surprising successes and devastating failures. Eisen, who served as special counsel to the House Judiciary Committee for Trump’s impeachment and trial, presents the case against Trump anew. Eisen’s gripping narrative and rousing closing argument—at turns revelatory, insightful, and enraging—will inspire our nation of judges. History has proven that this president’s nefarious behavior will continue, no matter the crisis. But, as Eisen’s candid retelling affirms, there is an ultimate constitutional power that transcends the president’s, a power that can and must defeat him if our nation is to survive. The verdict of the American people remains in the balance. It is time for us to act.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Case for the American People: The United States v. Donald J. Trump Author: Norman Eisen Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Case for the American People: The United States v. Donald J. Trump Author: Norman Eisen Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Democrats’ special impeachment counsel on the House Judiciary Committee lays out President Trump’s shocking pattern of betrayals, lies, and high crimes, arguing articles of impeachment to the ultimate judges: the American people.   In his behind-the-scenes account of the attempts to bring the president to justice—from filing the very first legal actions against him, through the Mueller report, to the turbulent impeachment and trial, to the president’s ongoing wrongdoing today—Norman Eisen, at the forefront of the battle since the day of Trump’s inauguration, pulls back the curtain on the process. He reveals ten proposed articles of impeachment, not just the two that were publicly tried, all of which he had a hand in drafting. He then guides us through Trump’s lifelong instincts that have dictated his presidency: a cycle of abuse, corruption, and relentless obstruction of the truth.   Since taking the oath of office, Donald Trump has been on a spree of high crimes and misdemeanors, using the awesome power of the presidency for his own personal gain, at the expense of the American people. He has inflamed our divisions for his electoral benefit, with flagrant disregard for the Constitution that makes us America. Each step of the way, he has lied incessantly, including to cover up his crimes. And yet he remains in the country’s highest office.   Congress, federal and state prosecutors, and courts have worked to hold the president accountable for his myriad offenses—with some surprising successes and devastating failures. Eisen, who served as special counsel to the House Judiciary Committee for Trump’s impeachment and trial, presents the case against Trump anew. Eisen’s gripping narrative and rousing closing argument—at turns revelatory, insightful, and enraging—will inspire our nation of judges. History has proven that this president’s nefarious behavior will continue, no matter the crisis. But, as Eisen’s candid retelling affirms, there is an ultimate constitutional power that transcends the president’s, a power that can and must defeat him if our nation is to survive. The verdict of the American people remains in the balance. It is time for us to act.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/intimations-six-essays-by-zadie-smith--65208157https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intimations: Six Essays Author: Zadie Smith Narrator: Zadie Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Deeply personal and powerfully moving, a short and timely series of essays on the experience of lockdown, by one of the most clear-sighted and essential writers of our time From the critically acclaimed author of Feel Free, Swing Time, White Teeth and many more 'There will be many books written about the year 2020: historical, analytic, political and comprehensive accounts. This is not any of those - the year isn't half-way done. What I've tried to do is organize some of the feelings and thoughts that events, so far, have provoked in me, in those scraps of time the year itself has allowed. These are above all personal essays: small by definition, short by necessity.' Crafted with the sharp intelligence, wit and style that have won Zadie Smith millions of fans, and suffused with a profound intimacy and tenderness in response to these unprecedented times, Intimations is a vital work of art, a gesture of connection and an act of love - an essential book in extraordinary times. © Zadie Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444440Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intimations: Six Essays Author: Zadie Smith Narrator: Zadie Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intimations: Six Essays Author: Zadie Smith Narrator: Zadie Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Deeply personal and powerfully moving, a short and timely series of essays on the experience of lockdown, by one of the most clear-sighted and essential writers of our time From the critically acclaimed author of Feel Free, Swing Time, White Teeth and many more 'There will be many books written about the year 2020: historical, analytic, political and comprehensive accounts. This is not any of those - the year isn't half-way done. What I've tried to do is organize some of the feelings and thoughts that events, so far, have provoked in me, in those scraps of time the year itself has allowed. These are above all personal essays: small by definition, short by necessity.' Crafted with the sharp intelligence, wit and style that have won Zadie Smith millions of fans, and suffused with a profound intimacy and tenderness in response to these unprecedented times, Intimations is a vital work of art, a gesture of connection and an act of love - an essential book in extraordinary times. © Zadie Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-icon-black-matters-series-let-freedom-ring-the-exemplary-life-of-john-lewis-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65208085https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Icon Black Matters Series: Let Freedom Ring, The Exemplary Life of John Lewis Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: John Robert Lewis was an American politician and civil-rights leader who served in the United States House of Representatives for Georgia's 5th congressional district from 1987 until his death in 2020 from pancreatic cancer. Lewis served as the chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) from 1963 to 1966. This is his remarkable story! Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450268Mon, 27 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Icon Black Matters Series: Let Freedom Ring, The Exemplary Life of John Lewis Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Icon Black Matters Series: Let Freedom Ring, The Exemplary Life of John Lewis Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: John Robert Lewis was an American politician and civil-rights leader who served in the United States House of Representatives for Georgia's 5th congressional district from 1987 until his death in 2020 from pancreatic cancer. Lewis served as the chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) from 1963 to 1966. This is his remarkable story! Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-plan-to-remove-donald-trump-from-the-presidency-by-jerome-corsi--65208129https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plan: To Remove Donald Trump from the Presidency Author: Jerome Corsi Narrator: Jerome Corsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many who listen to this audiobook will dismiss it as fiction. But a few will recognize that every word here is true. This may be one of the last books written under the U.S. Constitution and the grant of freedoms were given under the First Amendment, including both freedom of religion and freedom of speech. In future generations, this book will be suppressed if the forces of darkness succeed with their plan to destroy the United States as we have known it since 1776. I am going to lay out the plan in the first chapter. Subsequent chapters will provide supporting evidence for the claims made in the first chapter. I have decided to keep this book short such that it can be listen to in a few hours. For this reason, much of the supporting documentation will be abbreviated, with some material mentioned only by reference to other published works. All I ask of you is to listen with an open mind. At worst, you will have the experience of listening to a concept for a novel, or a movie. Those who understand will experience fear, especially if it is listened to by those who have launched the Satanic plan described in these pages. But I vouch that every word I speak here will be true and fully verifiable, but most likely only in retrospect – after the events I describe herein have taken place. I wrote this book in the firm belief that we can prevent these events from happening. But a people who have abandoned God will only screech in derision when reading these words, realizing only too late their delusions.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451292Sun, 26 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plan: To Remove Donald Trump from the Presidency Author: Jerome Corsi Narrator: Jerome Corsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Plan: To Remove Donald Trump from the Presidency Author: Jerome Corsi Narrator: Jerome Corsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many who listen to this audiobook will dismiss it as fiction. But a few will recognize that every word here is true. This may be one of the last books written under the U.S. Constitution and the grant of freedoms were given under the First Amendment, including both freedom of religion and freedom of speech. In future generations, this book will be suppressed if the forces of darkness succeed with their plan to destroy the United States as we have known it since 1776. I am going to lay out the plan in the first chapter. Subsequent chapters will provide supporting evidence for the claims made in the first chapter. I have decided to keep this book short such that it can be listen to in a few hours. For this reason, much of the supporting documentation will be abbreviated, with some material mentioned only by reference to other published works. All I ask of you is to listen with an open mind. At worst, you will have the experience of listening to a concept for a novel, or a movie. Those who understand will experience fear, especially if it is listened to by those who have launched the Satanic plan described in these pages. But I vouch that every word I speak here will be true and fully verifiable, but most likely only in retrospect – after the events I describe herein have taken place. I wrote this book in the firm belief that we can prevent these events from happening. But a people who have abandoned God will only screech in derision when reading these words, realizing only too late their delusions.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-on-us-by-colleen-cowles--65208089https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450275 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War On Us Author: Colleen Cowles Narrator: Colleen Cowles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The video of George Floyd's murder at the hands of police shines a light on the life-threatening issues with the U.S. criminal justice system. In 'War On Us: How the War on Drugs and Myths About Addiction Have Created a War on All of Us', attorney and advocate Colleen Cowles uses personal and professional experience to pull back the curtain to expose this failed system. War on Us shows how we've all become victims of this 'War', including those who've never tried an illegal drug. From physicians persecuted for providing health care to their patients to parents grieving the loss of their children to overdose or prison -- we're all affected.. Our health, our families, our assets, our safety and our freedom are at risk - regardless of political party affiliation.. One in three adults in the U.S. now has a criminal record. Patients with severe illnesses or chronic pain are denied access to proven pain medications. Over a trillion in taxpayer dollars in the U.S. alone has 'bought' the highest drug use in the world, the highest overdose rates in the world, and the highest incarceration rates in the world, In 'War on Us', Colleen goes further than concerns about police misconduct, addressing the law and the history that led to devastating results. The book describes the true impact of a 'War' brought about by racism, politics of both parties, economics and myths about addiction. Most importantly, the book outlines specific ways to end this failed 'War' and details steps to replace it with compassionate, effective policy that protects the public as well as individual rights. In WAR ON US, Colleen Cowles raises the alarm and offers practical, proven reforms. There are answers, if we have the will to implement change. It's time to end the War on Drugs - and the war on all of us. This book is the roadmap to do just that.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450275Wed, 15 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450275 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War On Us Author: Colleen Cowles Narrator: Colleen Cowles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 15, 2020 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450275 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War On Us Author: Colleen Cowles Narrator: Colleen Cowles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The video of George Floyd's murder at the hands of police shines a light on the life-threatening issues with the U.S. criminal justice system. In 'War On Us: How the War on Drugs and Myths About Addiction Have Created a War on All of Us', attorney and advocate Colleen Cowles uses personal and professional experience to pull back the curtain to expose this failed system. War on Us shows how we've all become victims of this 'War', including those who've never tried an illegal drug. From physicians persecuted for providing health care to their patients to parents grieving the loss of their children to overdose or prison -- we're all affected.. Our health, our families, our assets, our safety and our freedom are at risk - regardless of political party affiliation.. One in three adults in the U.S. now has a criminal record. Patients with severe illnesses or chronic pain are denied access to proven pain medications. Over a trillion in taxpayer dollars in the U.S. alone has 'bought' the highest drug use in the world, the highest overdose rates in the world, and the highest incarceration rates in the world, In 'War on Us', Colleen goes further than concerns about police misconduct, addressing the law and the history that led to devastating results. The book describes the true impact of a 'War' brought about by racism, politics of both parties, economics and myths about addiction. Most importantly, the book outlines specific ways to end this failed 'War' and details steps to replace it with compassionate, effective policy that protects the public as well as individual rights. In WAR ON US, Colleen Cowles raises the alarm and offers practical, proven reforms. There are answers, if we have the will to implement change. It's time to end the War on Drugs - and the war on all of us. This book is the roadmap to do just that.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/crossing-boundaries-a-traveler-s-guide-to-world-peace-by-aziz-abu-sarah--65208188https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing Boundaries: A Traveler’s Guide to World Peace Author: Aziz Abu Sarah Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential strategy book for how to have transformative, sustainable, responsible travel experiences-starting at your own front door. Recognized Peacemaker and National Geographic Explorer Aziz Abu Sarah shows how, by crossing boundaries, we can heal our world from stereotypes, prejudice, and ignorance. How can we bring together a world polarized by so many seemingly intractable conflicts? Through tourism? Yes, but a different kind of tourism, one that harnesses the power of travel to create a more connected and peaceful world. Aziz Abu Sarah argues that it's through one-on-one contact that we'll begin to heal divides. And he knows this firsthand. A former Palestinian radical, he cofounded a tour agency with a Jewish American that originated the Dual Narrative Tours, which are co-led by guides from different communities, including Israel and Palestine, Ireland, Vietnam, Colombia, and many other countries. A guide for going beyond museums and monuments to more transformative, sustainable, and responsible travel experiences, this book is for both the first-timer and seasoned veteran. Starting with his own moving story of creating connections across his divided hometown of Jerusalem and expanding to stories from all over the world, Abu Sarah offers tips on how to meet people naturally and safely, design an inclusive itinerary, shop to support the local economy, deal with setbacks, and much more. He shows that if you put down your phone and strike up a conversation, you can break through the walls that separate us. You'll discover shared values, build lasting relationships, and realize that ultimately far more unites us than divides us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441000Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing Boundaries: A Traveler’s Guide to World Peace Author: Aziz Abu Sarah Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crossing Boundaries: A Traveler’s Guide to World Peace Author: Aziz Abu Sarah Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential strategy book for how to have transformative, sustainable, responsible travel experiences-starting at your own front door. Recognized Peacemaker and National Geographic Explorer Aziz Abu Sarah shows how, by crossing boundaries, we can heal our world from stereotypes, prejudice, and ignorance. How can we bring together a world polarized by so many seemingly intractable conflicts? Through tourism? Yes, but a different kind of tourism, one that harnesses the power of travel to create a more connected and peaceful world. Aziz Abu Sarah argues that it's through one-on-one contact that we'll begin to heal divides. And he knows this firsthand. A former Palestinian radical, he cofounded a tour agency with a Jewish American that originated the Dual Narrative Tours, which are co-led by guides from different communities, including Israel and Palestine, Ireland, Vietnam, Colombia, and many other countries. A guide for going beyond museums and monuments to more transformative, sustainable, and responsible travel experiences, this book is for both the first-timer and seasoned veteran. Starting with his own moving story of creating connections across his divided hometown of Jerusalem and expanding to stories from all over the world, Abu Sarah offers tips on how to meet people naturally and safely, design an inclusive itinerary, shop to support the local economy, deal with setbacks, and much more. He shows that if you put down your phone and strike up a conversation, you can break through the walls that separate us. You'll discover shared values, build lasting relationships, and realize that ultimately far more unites us than divides us.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-law-of-law-school-the-essential-guide-for-first-year-law-students-by-jonathan-yusef-newton-andrew-guthrie-ferguson--65208170https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442457 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law of Law School: The Essential Guide for First-Year Law Students Author: Jonathan Yusef Newton, Andrew Guthrie Ferguson Narrator: Mark Kamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Dear Law Student: Here’s the truth. You belong here.” Law professor Andrew Ferguson and former student Jonathan Yusef Newton open with this statement of reassurance in The Law of Law School. As all former law students and current lawyers can attest, law school is disorienting, overwhelming, and difficult. Unlike other educational institutions, law school is not set up simply to teach a subject. Instead, the first year of law school is set up to teach a skill set and way of thinking, which you then apply to do the work of lawyering. What most first-year students don’t realize is that law school has a code, an unwritten rulebook of decisions and traditions that must be understood in order to succeed. The Law of Law School endeavors to distill this common wisdom into one hundred easily digestible rules. From self-care tips such as “Remove the Drama” to studying tricks like “Prepare for Class like an Appellate Argument,” topics on exams, classroom expectations, outlining, case briefing, professors, and mental health are all broken down into the rules that form the hidden law of law school. If you don’t have a network of lawyers in your family and are unsure of what to expect, Ferguson and Newton offer a forthright guide to navigating the expectations, challenges, and secrets to first-year success. Jonathan Newton was himself a non-traditional student and now shares his story as a pathway to a meaningful and positive law-school experience. This book is perfect for the soon-to-be law-school student or the current 1L and speaks to the growing number of first-generation law students in America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442457Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442457 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law of Law School: The Essential Guide for First-Year Law Students Author: Jonathan Yusef Newton, Andrew Guthrie Ferguson Narrator: Mark Kamish...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442457 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law of Law School: The Essential Guide for First-Year Law Students Author: Jonathan Yusef Newton, Andrew Guthrie Ferguson Narrator: Mark Kamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Dear Law Student: Here’s the truth. You belong here.” Law professor Andrew Ferguson and former student Jonathan Yusef Newton open with this statement of reassurance in The Law of Law School. As all former law students and current lawyers can attest, law school is disorienting, overwhelming, and difficult. Unlike other educational institutions, law school is not set up simply to teach a subject. Instead, the first year of law school is set up to teach a skill set and way of thinking, which you then apply to do the work of lawyering. What most first-year students don’t realize is that law school has a code, an unwritten rulebook of decisions and traditions that must be understood in order to succeed. The Law of Law School endeavors to distill this common wisdom into one hundred easily digestible rules. From self-care tips such as “Remove the Drama” to studying tricks like “Prepare for Class like an Appellate Argument,” topics on exams, classroom expectations, outlining, case briefing, professors, and mental health are all broken down into the rules that form the hidden law of law school. If you don’t have a network of lawyers in your family and are unsure of what to expect, Ferguson and Newton offer a forthright guide to navigating the expectations, challenges, and secrets to first-year success. Jonathan Newton was himself a non-traditional student and now shares his story as a pathway to a meaningful and positive law-school experience. This book is perfect for the soon-to-be law-school student or the current 1L and speaks to the growing number of first-generation law students in America.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/founding-sisters-and-the-nineteenth-amendment-by-eleanor-clift--65208138https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Sisters and the Nineteenth Amendment Author: Eleanor Clift Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After seventy-two arduous years, the fate of the suffrage movement and its masterwork, the Nineteenth Amendment, rested not only on one state, Tennessee, but on the shoulders of a single man: twenty-four-year-old legislator Harry Burn. Burn had previously voted with the anti-suffrage forces. If he did so again, the vote would be tied and the amendment would fall one state short of the thirty-six necessary for ratification. At the last minute, though, Harry Burn’s mother convinced him to vote in favor of the suffragist, and American history was forever changed. In this riveting account, political analyst Eleanor Clift chronicles the many thrilling twists and turns of the suffrage struggle and shows how the issues and arguments that surrounded the movement still reverberate today. Beginning with the Seneca Falls Woman’s Rights Convention of 1848, Clift introduces the movement’s leaders, recounts the marches and demonstrations, and profiles the opposition—antisuffragists, both men and women, who would do anything to stop women from getting the vote.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441366Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Sisters and the Nineteenth Amendment Author: Eleanor Clift Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Sisters and the Nineteenth Amendment Author: Eleanor Clift Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After seventy-two arduous years, the fate of the suffrage movement and its masterwork, the Nineteenth Amendment, rested not only on one state, Tennessee, but on the shoulders of a single man: twenty-four-year-old legislator Harry Burn. Burn had previously voted with the anti-suffrage forces. If he did so again, the vote would be tied and the amendment would fall one state short of the thirty-six necessary for ratification. At the last minute, though, Harry Burn’s mother convinced him to vote in favor of the suffragist, and American history was forever changed. In this riveting account, political analyst Eleanor Clift chronicles the many thrilling twists and turns of the suffrage struggle and shows how the issues and arguments that surrounded the movement still reverberate today. Beginning with the Seneca Falls Woman’s Rights Convention of 1848, Clift introduces the movement’s leaders, recounts the marches and demonstrations, and profiles the opposition—antisuffragists, both men and women, who would do anything to stop women from getting the vote.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/take-back-the-tray-revolutionizing-food-in-hospitals-schools-and-other-institutions-by-joshna-maharaj--65208135https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444213 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back the Tray: Revolutionizing Food in Hospitals, Schools, and Other Institutions Author: Joshna Maharaj Narrator: Joshna Maharaj Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A beloved chef takes on institutional food and sparks a revolution with this manifesto, memoir from the trenches, and blueprint for reclaiming control from corporations and brutal bottom lines. "With hard-won insights and deep commitment, Joshna Maharaj takes us on a mouthwatering tour of what our collective food future might be." ? Raj Patel, author of Stuffed and Starved: The Hidden Battle for the World Food System Good food generally doesn't arrive on a tray, but Chef Joshna Maharaj knows that institutional kitchens have the ability to produce good, nourishing food, because she's been making it happen over the past 14 years. She's served meals to people who'd otherwise go hungry, baked fresh scones for maternity ward mothers, and dished out wholesome, scratch-made soups to stressed-out undergrads. She's determined to bring health, humanity, and hospitality back to institutional food while also building sustainability, supporting the local economy, and reinvigorating the work of frontline staff. Maharaj reconnects food with health, wellness, education, and rehabilitation in a way that serves people, not just budgets, and proves change is possible with honest, sustained commitment on all levels, from government right down to the person sorting the trash. The need is clear, the time is now, and this revolution is delicious.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444213Mon, 13 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444213 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back the Tray: Revolutionizing Food in Hospitals, Schools, and Other Institutions Author: Joshna Maharaj Narrator: Joshna Maharaj Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444213 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back the Tray: Revolutionizing Food in Hospitals, Schools, and Other Institutions Author: Joshna Maharaj Narrator: Joshna Maharaj Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A beloved chef takes on institutional food and sparks a revolution with this manifesto, memoir from the trenches, and blueprint for reclaiming control from corporations and brutal bottom lines. "With hard-won insights and deep commitment, Joshna Maharaj takes us on a mouthwatering tour of what our collective food future might be." ? Raj Patel, author of Stuffed and Starved: The Hidden Battle for the World Food System Good food generally doesn't arrive on a tray, but Chef Joshna Maharaj knows that institutional kitchens have the ability to produce good, nourishing food, because she's been making it happen over the past 14 years. She's served meals to people who'd otherwise go hungry, baked fresh scones for maternity ward mothers, and dished out wholesome, scratch-made soups to stressed-out undergrads. She's determined to bring health, humanity, and hospitality back to institutional food while also building sustainability, supporting the local economy, and reinvigorating the work of frontline staff. Maharaj reconnects food with health, wellness, education, and rehabilitation in a way that serves people, not just budgets, and proves change is possible with honest, sustained commitment on all levels, from government right down to the person sorting the trash. The need is clear, the time is now, and this revolution is delicious.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/angela-davis-words-for-the-coming-revolution-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65208100https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angela Davis; Words for The Coming Revolution Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This unique audiobook from historian and author Geoffrey Giuliano chronicles the life, times, trials, and triumphs of the remarkable scholar, activist, feminist, teacher, and reformer Angela Davis, using informed commentary, but most significantly, the words and wisdom of Ms. Davis herself. Forget the rhetoric, rumors, and urban legends surrounding this polarizing figure and listen directly to Ms. Davis. Prison reform, civil rights, racial equality - all these topics are presented by author and producer Giuliano. Icon Audio Arts is privileged to present the important, liberating teachings of the dame of American civil rights and a tireless lifetime champion of the poor and oppressed. This audiobook is a must for all university library collections and institutions. Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447002Sun, 12 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angela Davis; Words for The Coming Revolution Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angela Davis; Words for The Coming Revolution Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This unique audiobook from historian and author Geoffrey Giuliano chronicles the life, times, trials, and triumphs of the remarkable scholar, activist, feminist, teacher, and reformer Angela Davis, using informed commentary, but most significantly, the words and wisdom of Ms. Davis herself. Forget the rhetoric, rumors, and urban legends surrounding this polarizing figure and listen directly to Ms. Davis. Prison reform, civil rights, racial equality - all these topics are presented by author and producer Giuliano. Icon Audio Arts is privileged to present the important, liberating teachings of the dame of American civil rights and a tireless lifetime champion of the poor and oppressed. This audiobook is a must for all university library collections and institutions. Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/catalan-el-cementiri-dels-reis-menors-by-zoran-malkoc--65208240https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Catalan] - El cementiri dels reis menors Author: Zoran Malkoč Narrator: Joan Mora Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Membres del club d’aficionats del Hajduk, bèsties humanes, combatents decebuts i nans que, com en un projecte d’estat secret, eliminen les mines i transformen els racons oblidats d’Eslavònia en un paradís turístic... tots aquests reis menors de corones rovellades tenen el mèrit de fer que l’excursió cap al fràgil castell aeri de la prosa de Malkoč, esdevingui un viatge del qual no volem (ni podem) tornar. - Zoran Malkoč (Nova Gradiška, 1967) és narrador, esportista (judoka), soldat i antiquari. Va estudiar a la Facultat de Filosofia i Lletres de Zagreb. Els seus relats, editats en revistes croats i internacionals, han rebut múltiples premios.Ha publicat la singular novel·la de relats El cementiri dels reis menors (2010) i les novel·les Kao kad progutaš Brdo balona, ​​«Com quan engulles un munt de globus», (2004) i Roki Raketa (2014) amb la qual ha guanyat el premi T-portal de novel·la, el premi Literari més important a Croàcia.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442685Mon, 06 Jul 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Catalan] - El cementiri dels reis menors Author: Zoran Malkoč Narrator: Joan Mora Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Catalan] - El cementiri dels reis menors Author: Zoran Malkoč Narrator: Joan Mora Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Membres del club d’aficionats del Hajduk, bèsties humanes, combatents decebuts i nans que, com en un projecte d’estat secret, eliminen les mines i transformen els racons oblidats d’Eslavònia en un paradís turístic... tots aquests reis menors de corones rovellades tenen el mèrit de fer que l’excursió cap al fràgil castell aeri de la prosa de Malkoč, esdevingui un viatge del qual no volem (ni podem) tornar. - Zoran Malkoč (Nova Gradiška, 1967) és narrador, esportista (judoka), soldat i antiquari. Va estudiar a la Facultat de Filosofia i Lletres de Zagreb. Els seus relats, editats en revistes croats i internacionals, han rebut múltiples premios.Ha publicat la singular novel·la de relats El cementiri dels reis menors (2010) i les novel·les Kao kad progutaš Brdo balona, ​​«Com quan engulles un munt de globus», (2004) i Roki Raketa (2014) amb la qual ha guanyat el premi T-portal de novel·la, el premi Literari més important a Croàcia.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/above-the-law-the-inside-story-of-how-the-justice-department-tried-to-subvert-president-trump-by-matthew-whitaker--65208229https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Above the Law: The Inside Story of How the Justice Department Tried to Subvert President Trump Author: Matthew Whitaker Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Attorney General Jeff Sessions resigned in November 2018, two years after Donald Trump's surprise electoral victory, a political outsider named Matthew Whitaker became Acting Attorney General of the United States. Now Whitaker shares the shocking truth that he discovered when he temporarily became head of the Justice Department: that so-called public servants, the people charged with upholding our nation’s founding principle of “equal justice under law,” have abandoned that principle in order to advance a vicious partisan vendetta against President Trump.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437770Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Above the Law: The Inside Story of How the Justice Department Tried to Subvert President Trump Author: Matthew Whitaker Narrator: John Pruden Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Above the Law: The Inside Story of How the Justice Department Tried to Subvert President Trump Author: Matthew Whitaker Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Attorney General Jeff Sessions resigned in November 2018, two years after Donald Trump's surprise electoral victory, a political outsider named Matthew Whitaker became Acting Attorney General of the United States. Now Whitaker shares the shocking truth that he discovered when he temporarily became head of the Justice Department: that so-called public servants, the people charged with upholding our nation’s founding principle of “equal justice under law,” have abandoned that principle in order to advance a vicious partisan vendetta against President Trump.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-lives-always-mattered-angela-davis-in-conversation-the-black-pnather-years-by-geoffrey-giuliano--65208139https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives Always Mattered; Angela Davis in Conversation; The Black Pnather Years Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: June 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This unique audiobook from historian and author Geoffrey Giuliano chronicles the life, times, trials, and triumphs of the remarkable scholar, activist, feminist, teacher, and reformer Angela Davis, using informed commentary, but most significantly, the words and wisdom of Ms. Davis herself. Forget the rhetoric, rumors, and urban legends surrounding this polarizing figure and listen directly to Ms. Davis. Prison reform, civil rights, racial equality - all these topics are presented by author and producer Giuliano. Icon Audio Arts is privileged to present the important, liberating teachings of the dame of American civil rights and a tireless lifetime champion of the poor and oppressed. This audiobook is a must for all university library collections and institutions. Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor. Geoffrey has been collecting and trading in Beatles and other rock memorabilia since 1968. Two coffee table books of his extensive world class collection have been published by Penguin Books.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443342Sat, 20 Jun 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives Always Mattered; Angela Davis in Conversation; The Black Pnather Years Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives Always Mattered; Angela Davis in Conversation; The Black Pnather Years Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: June 20, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This unique audiobook from historian and author Geoffrey Giuliano chronicles the life, times, trials, and triumphs of the remarkable scholar, activist, feminist, teacher, and reformer Angela Davis, using informed commentary, but most significantly, the words and wisdom of Ms. Davis herself. Forget the rhetoric, rumors, and urban legends surrounding this polarizing figure and listen directly to Ms. Davis. Prison reform, civil rights, racial equality - all these topics are presented by author and producer Giuliano. Icon Audio Arts is privileged to present the important, liberating teachings of the dame of American civil rights and a tireless lifetime champion of the poor and oppressed. This audiobook is a must for all university library collections and institutions. Edited by Macc Kay Production executive Avalon Giuliano ICON Intern Eden Giuliano Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor. Geoffrey has been collecting and trading in Beatles and other rock memorabilia since 1968. Two coffee table books of his extensive world class collection have been published by Penguin Books.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/touching-the-jaguar-transforming-fear-into-action-to-change-your-life-and-the-world-by-john-perkins--65208172https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439915 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touching the Jaguar: Transforming Fear into Action to Change Your Life and the World Author: John Perkins Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This eloquent book inspires us to create a new reality of what it means to be humans on this magnificent planet.' -Deepak Chopra When New York Times bestselling author John Perkins was a young Peace Corps volunteer, his life was saved by an Amazonian shaman who taught him to 'touch the jaguar'-to transform his fears into positive action. He went on to become an 'economic hit man' (EHM), convincing developing countries to build huge infrastructure projects that put them perpetually in debt to the World Bank and other US-controlled institutions. Although he sincerely believed this was the best model for economic development, he came to realize it was really a new form of colonialism. Returning to the Amazon, he saw the destructive impact of his EHM work. But he also was inspired by a previously uncontacted tribe that touched its jaguar by uniting with its enemies to defend its territory against invading oil and mining companies. For the first time, Perkins details how his experiences in the Amazon converted him from an EHM to a crusader for transforming our failing Death Economy that destroys its own resources and nature itself into a flourishing Life Economy that renews itself. He provides a strategy for each of us to change our lives and defend our territory-the earth-against destructive policies and systems.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439915Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439915 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touching the Jaguar: Transforming Fear into Action to Change Your Life and the World Author: John Perkins Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439915 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touching the Jaguar: Transforming Fear into Action to Change Your Life and the World Author: John Perkins Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This eloquent book inspires us to create a new reality of what it means to be humans on this magnificent planet.' -Deepak Chopra When New York Times bestselling author John Perkins was a young Peace Corps volunteer, his life was saved by an Amazonian shaman who taught him to 'touch the jaguar'-to transform his fears into positive action. He went on to become an 'economic hit man' (EHM), convincing developing countries to build huge infrastructure projects that put them perpetually in debt to the World Bank and other US-controlled institutions. Although he sincerely believed this was the best model for economic development, he came to realize it was really a new form of colonialism. Returning to the Amazon, he saw the destructive impact of his EHM work. But he also was inspired by a previously uncontacted tribe that touched its jaguar by uniting with its enemies to defend its territory against invading oil and mining companies. For the first time, Perkins details how his experiences in the Amazon converted him from an EHM to a crusader for transforming our failing Death Economy that destroys its own resources and nature itself into a flourishing Life Economy that renews itself. He provides a strategy for each of us to change our lives and defend our territory-the earth-against destructive policies and systems.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-right-to-privacy-by-louis-d-brandeis-and-samuel-d-warren--65208202https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right to Privacy Author: Louis D. Brandeis And Samuel D. Warren Narrator: Douglas Harvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: June 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Right to Privacy is an article that appeared in the Harvard Law Review December 15, 1890 that is considered the first document that argued for the inherent right to privacy, defining the right as one of the natural rights, the “right to be left alone”. The authorship is credited to both Louis Brandeis and his law partner Samuel Warren, but the article was apparently written mostly by Brandeis. The article was inspired by the coverage of intimate details of private lives made possible by the use of instantaneous photography and the mass circulation of newspapers. The core argument is an extension of the fundamental right of the individual to full protection in person and property, and notes that the principle is continually reconfigured in light of political, social and economic change, in much the same way that protection against bodily injury came to include fear of injury in addition to actual injury, and that property grew to add intangible property to tangible property. The article examines libel, slander, and intellectual property law as possible protections and finds them inadequate, and proceeds to examine case law and attempt to define privacy itself, an finally imposes limitations on the protection. While short by contemporary standards, The Right to Privacy has been called one of the most influential essays in the history of American law and is especially relevant today as new technologies and business models seek ever more personal data and threats of terror invoke escalating surveillance tactics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439335Wed, 03 Jun 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right to Privacy Author: Louis D. Brandeis And Samuel D. Warren Narrator: Douglas Harvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right to Privacy Author: Louis D. Brandeis And Samuel D. Warren Narrator: Douglas Harvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: June 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Right to Privacy is an article that appeared in the Harvard Law Review December 15, 1890 that is considered the first document that argued for the inherent right to privacy, defining the right as one of the natural rights, the “right to be left alone”. The authorship is credited to both Louis Brandeis and his law partner Samuel Warren, but the article was apparently written mostly by Brandeis. The article was inspired by the coverage of intimate details of private lives made possible by the use of instantaneous photography and the mass circulation of newspapers. The core argument is an extension of the fundamental right of the individual to full protection in person and property, and notes that the principle is continually reconfigured in light of political, social and economic change, in much the same way that protection against bodily injury came to include fear of injury in addition to actual injury, and that property grew to add intangible property to tangible property. The article examines libel, slander, and intellectual property law as possible protections and finds them inadequate, and proceeds to examine case law and attempt to define privacy itself, an finally imposes limitations on the protection. While short by contemporary standards, The Right to Privacy has been called one of the most influential essays in the history of American law and is especially relevant today as new technologies and business models seek ever more personal data and threats of terror invoke escalating surveillance tactics.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-decisiones-dificiles-by-felipe-calderon-hinojosa--65208222https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437840 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Decisiones difíciles Author: Felipe Calderón Hinojosa Narrator: Luis Leonardo Suárez, Felipe Calderón Hinojosa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Con el liderazgo de México hemos podido ver progresos en una amplia gama de retos que son vitales para prosperar: la seguridad alimentaria, el crecimiento económico verde, el combate al cambio climático, la educación financiera... Todo esto se dio en gran parte por el liderazgo del Presidente Calderón.» Barack Obama. Reunión del G20 en Los Cabos, BCS, 2012. 'Gobernar es decidir. No es ni remotamente algo simple. En las decisiones que se toman como Presidente de la República lo que está en juego es el rumbo de la nación y las condiciones de vida de decenas de millones de personas.' Así comienza este recorrido en el que Felipe Calderón reflexiona sobre la compleja tarea de gobernar y lo que significa tomar decisiones en escenarios de incertidumbre, decisiones que, a fin de cuentas, nadie más quiere tomar. Al enfrentar este reto, dice el autor, es inevitable relatar las circunstancias, las vivencias, las ideas que rodean cada hecho. Así, a partir de una concepción muy particular de la política, como vocación y deber, Felipe Calderón presenta una visión de conjunto de las decisiones más difíciles que ha tomado en su trayectoria, como espectador privilegiado de la transición democrática primero y después como protagonista en momentos fundamentales del pasado reciente, en particular como Presidente de México. En un recuento crítico en el que intercala anécdotas personales y episodios inéditos hasta hoy, aborda sin cortapisas los temas más delicados de su administración, desde las elecciones en las que resultó ganador, pasando por la extinción de Luz y Fuerza, la crisis económica o la pandemia de la influenza, hasta la estrategia de seguridad implementada por su gobierno, lo cual permite al lector entrever las razones detrás de sucesos cruciales que configuraron el presente del país. Con plena conciencia de que en las decisiones presidenciales es imprescindible la capacidad de preguntarse qué es lo correcto, la firmeza de carácter para actuar y la disposición de enmendar los errores que inevitablementellegan a cometerse, Felipe Calderón finaliza la travesía con una carta dirigida a Andrés Manuel López Obrador, donde expone puntualmente su visión de la actualidad y los desafíos por venir.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437840Fri, 29 May 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437840 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Decisiones difíciles Author: Felipe Calderón Hinojosa Narrator: Luis Leonardo Suárez, Felipe Calderón Hinojosa Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437840 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Decisiones difíciles Author: Felipe Calderón Hinojosa Narrator: Luis Leonardo Suárez, Felipe Calderón Hinojosa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: «Con el liderazgo de México hemos podido ver progresos en una amplia gama de retos que son vitales para prosperar: la seguridad alimentaria, el crecimiento económico verde, el combate al cambio climático, la educación financiera... Todo esto se dio en gran parte por el liderazgo del Presidente Calderón.» Barack Obama. Reunión del G20 en Los Cabos, BCS, 2012. 'Gobernar es decidir. No es ni remotamente algo simple. En las decisiones que se toman como Presidente de la República lo que está en juego es el rumbo de la nación y las condiciones de vida de decenas de millones de personas.' Así comienza este recorrido en el que Felipe Calderón reflexiona sobre la compleja tarea de gobernar y lo que significa tomar decisiones en escenarios de incertidumbre, decisiones que, a fin de cuentas, nadie más quiere tomar. Al enfrentar este reto, dice el autor, es inevitable relatar las circunstancias, las vivencias, las ideas que rodean cada hecho. Así, a partir de una concepción muy particular de la política, como vocación y deber, Felipe Calderón presenta una visión de conjunto de las decisiones más difíciles que ha tomado en su trayectoria, como espectador privilegiado de la transición democrática primero y después como protagonista en momentos fundamentales del pasado reciente, en particular como Presidente de México. En un recuento crítico en el que intercala anécdotas personales y episodios inéditos hasta hoy, aborda sin cortapisas los temas más delicados de su administración, desde las elecciones en las que resultó ganador, pasando por la extinción de Luz y Fuerza, la crisis económica o la pandemia de la influenza, hasta la estrategia de seguridad implementada por su gobierno, lo cual permite al lector entrever las razones detrás de sucesos cruciales que configuraron el presente del país. Con plena conciencia de que en las decisiones presidenciales es imprescindible la capacidad de preguntarse qué es lo correcto, la firmeza de carácter para actuar y la disposición de enmendar los errores que inevitablementellegan a cometerse, Felipe Calderón finaliza la travesía con una carta dirigida a Andrés Manuel López Obrador, donde expone puntualmente su visión de la actualidad y los desafíos por venir.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/food-forensics-the-hidden-toxins-lurking-in-your-food-and-how-you-can-avoid-them-for-lifelong-health-by-mike-adams--65208081https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Forensics: The Hidden Toxins Lurking in Your Food and How You Can Avoid Them for Lifelong Health Author: Mike Adams Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What’s really in your food? Award-winning investigative journalist and clean food activist Mike Adams, the “Health Ranger,” is founder and editor of Natural News, one of the top health news websites in the world, reaching millions of readers each month. Now, in Food Forensics, Adams meticulously tests groceries, fast foods, dietary supplements, spices, and protein powders for heavy metals and toxic elements that could be jeopardizing your health. To conduct this extensive research, Adams built a state-of-the-art laboratory with cutting-edge scientific instruments. Publishing results of metal concentrations for more than eight-hundred different foods, Food Forensics is doing the job the FDA refuses to do: testing off-the-shelf foods and sharing the findings so the public can make informed decisions about what they consume or avoid. In Food Forensics, you’ll discover little-known truths about other toxic food ingredients such as polysorbate 80, MSG, sodium nitrite, pesticides, and weed killers such as glyphosate. Adams reveals stunning, never-before-reported details of heavy metals found in recycled human waste used on crops and in parks, and he explains how industrial pollution causes mercury, lead, and cadmium to end up in your favorite protein powders. This book will forever change your view of food safety, regulation, and manufacturing. When you know what’s really in your food, you can start making changes to protect yourself against serious diseases like cancer, all while maximizing your natural immune defenses against infection and disease.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452156Tue, 12 May 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Forensics: The Hidden Toxins Lurking in Your Food and How You Can Avoid Them for Lifelong Health Author: Mike Adams Narrator: Roger Wayne Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Forensics: The Hidden Toxins Lurking in Your Food and How You Can Avoid Them for Lifelong Health Author: Mike Adams Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What’s really in your food? Award-winning investigative journalist and clean food activist Mike Adams, the “Health Ranger,” is founder and editor of Natural News, one of the top health news websites in the world, reaching millions of readers each month. Now, in Food Forensics, Adams meticulously tests groceries, fast foods, dietary supplements, spices, and protein powders for heavy metals and toxic elements that could be jeopardizing your health. To conduct this extensive research, Adams built a state-of-the-art laboratory with cutting-edge scientific instruments. Publishing results of metal concentrations for more than eight-hundred different foods, Food Forensics is doing the job the FDA refuses to do: testing off-the-shelf foods and sharing the findings so the public can make informed decisions about what they consume or avoid. In Food Forensics, you’ll discover little-known truths about other toxic food ingredients such as polysorbate 80, MSG, sodium nitrite, pesticides, and weed killers such as glyphosate. Adams reveals stunning, never-before-reported details of heavy metals found in recycled human waste used on crops and in parks, and he explains how industrial pollution causes mercury, lead, and cadmium to end up in your favorite protein powders. This book will forever change your view of food safety, regulation, and manufacturing. When you know what’s really in your food, you can start making changes to protect yourself against serious diseases like cancer, all while maximizing your natural immune defenses against infection and disease.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-anti-federalist-papers-by-patrick-henry--65208174https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440625 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Federalist Papers Author: Patrick Henry Narrator: John Clicman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 23, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Anti-Federalist Papers is the collective name given to works written by the Founding Fathers who were opposed to or concerned with the merits of the United States Constitution of 1787. Starting on 25 September 1787 (8 days after the final draft of the US Constitution) and running through the early 1790s, these anti-Federalists published a series of essays arguing against a stronger and more energetic union as embodied in the new Constitution. Although less influential than their counterparts, The Federalist Papers, these works nonetheless played an important role in shaping the early American political landscape and in the passage of the US Bill of Rights.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440625Thu, 23 Apr 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440625 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Federalist Papers Author: Patrick Henry Narrator: John Clicman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 23,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440625 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Federalist Papers Author: Patrick Henry Narrator: John Clicman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 23, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Anti-Federalist Papers is the collective name given to works written by the Founding Fathers who were opposed to or concerned with the merits of the United States Constitution of 1787. Starting on 25 September 1787 (8 days after the final draft of the US Constitution) and running through the early 1790s, these anti-Federalists published a series of essays arguing against a stronger and more energetic union as embodied in the new Constitution. Although less influential than their counterparts, The Federalist Papers, these works nonetheless played an important role in shaping the early American political landscape and in the passage of the US Bill of Rights.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-infektionsschutzgesetz-ifsg-ungekurzte-lesung-by-bundesrepublik-deutschland--65208063https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454688 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Infektionsschutzgesetz (IfSG) (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bundesrepublik Deutschland Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Zweck des Infektionsschutzgesetzes ist es, übertragbaren Krankheiten beim Menschen vorzubeugen, Infektionen frühzeitig zu erkennen und ihre Weiterverbreitung zu verhindern. Zweck dieses Hörbuches ist es, der interessierten Hörerschaft dieses Gesetz mit seinen Regelungen zur Verhütung und Bekämpfung verfügbar zu machen und näherzubringen. Zweck eines Hörbuchsprechers ist die fesselnde und unterhaltsame Interpretation eines Textes. Dass Christoph Maria Herbst diesen Zweck vollumfänglich erfüllen kann, hat er schon einige Male unter Beweis gestellt - auch mit dem BGB und der StVO.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454688Fri, 17 Apr 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454688 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Infektionsschutzgesetz (IfSG) (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bundesrepublik Deutschland Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454688 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Infektionsschutzgesetz (IfSG) (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bundesrepublik Deutschland Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Zweck des Infektionsschutzgesetzes ist es, übertragbaren Krankheiten beim Menschen vorzubeugen, Infektionen frühzeitig zu erkennen und ihre Weiterverbreitung zu verhindern. Zweck dieses Hörbuches ist es, der interessierten Hörerschaft dieses Gesetz mit seinen Regelungen zur Verhütung und Bekämpfung verfügbar zu machen und näherzubringen. Zweck eines Hörbuchsprechers ist die fesselnde und unterhaltsame Interpretation eines Textes. Dass Christoph Maria Herbst diesen Zweck vollumfänglich erfüllen kann, hat er schon einige Male unter Beweis gestellt - auch mit dem BGB und der StVO.]]>185rztecleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-exit-racism-rassismuskritisch-denken-lernen-by-tupoka-ogette--65208061https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454619 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - EXIT RACISM - rassismuskritisch denken lernen Author: Tupoka Ogette Narrator: Leo Struck, Christian Cante, Anne Schmidt, Anne Tetzner, Kira Soltani, Tupoka Ogette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Obwohl Rassismus in allen Bereichen der deutschen Gesellschaft wirkt, ist es nicht leicht, über ihn zu sprechen. Keiner möchte rassistisch sein, und viele Menschen scheuen sich vor dem Begriff. Tupoka Ogette begleitet in diesem Hörbuch die Hörer*innen bei ihrer mitunter ersten Auseinandersetzung mit Rassismus und tut dies ohne erhobenen Zeigefinger. Vielmehr werden die Hörer*innen auf eine rassismuskritische Reise mitgenommen, in deren Verlauf sie nicht nur konkretes Wissen über die Geschichte des Rassismus und dessen Wirkungsweisen erhalten, sondern auch Unterstützung in der emotionalen Auseinandersetzung mit dem Thema. Weiterführende Materialien zum Hörbuch finden Hörer*innen auf www.exitracism.de]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454619Wed, 08 Apr 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454619 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - EXIT RACISM - rassismuskritisch denken lernen Author: Tupoka Ogette Narrator: Leo Struck, Christian Cante, Anne Schmidt, Anne Tetzner, Kira...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454619 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - EXIT RACISM - rassismuskritisch denken lernen Author: Tupoka Ogette Narrator: Leo Struck, Christian Cante, Anne Schmidt, Anne Tetzner, Kira Soltani, Tupoka Ogette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Obwohl Rassismus in allen Bereichen der deutschen Gesellschaft wirkt, ist es nicht leicht, über ihn zu sprechen. Keiner möchte rassistisch sein, und viele Menschen scheuen sich vor dem Begriff. Tupoka Ogette begleitet in diesem Hörbuch die Hörer*innen bei ihrer mitunter ersten Auseinandersetzung mit Rassismus und tut dies ohne erhobenen Zeigefinger. Vielmehr werden die Hörer*innen auf eine rassismuskritische Reise mitgenommen, in deren Verlauf sie nicht nur konkretes Wissen über die Geschichte des Rassismus und dessen Wirkungsweisen erhalten, sondern auch Unterstützung in der emotionalen Auseinandersetzung mit dem Thema. Weiterführende Materialien zum Hörbuch finden Hörer*innen auf www.exitracism.de]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-isis-peril-the-world-s-most-feared-terror-group-and-its-shadow-on-south-asia-by-kabir-taneja--65208189https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441979 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Peril: The World’s Most Feared Terror Group and its Shadow on South Asia Author: Kabir Taneja Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As early as 2014, after the fall of Mosul, maps of ISIS showing a desire to take over South Asia started to appear on social media. But how far has that borne fruit? Or has it always been more of an ill-conceived chimera? One of the shortcomings of our understanding of ISIS in India-and indeed in South Asia-is that neither the media nor the public discourse seems to know what ISIS itself is. The militant group has eclipsed Al Qaeda to become the most feared terror group in the West, and it continues to expand its influence, despite losing the territory it had captured. And yet, its shadow on South Asia has not been grasped quite as clearly. In The ISIS Peril, Kabir Taneja explores the psychology of South Asian jihadists through the discussion on various narratives from Kashmir to Kerala, the Islamic State's online propaganda strategies by way of Twitter, Facebook and Telegram, leading to the radicalization and subsequent recruitment of the youth, to the Holey Bakery attack in Bangladesh in 2016 and the Easter weekend bombings in Sri Lanka in 2019. Based on detailed and rare primary sources, Taneja uncovers the ideological underpinnings of the jihadist movement in South Asia, and in the process, not only exposes its fault lines but also highlights the challenges in defeating not just the world's most feared terror group but something more powerful, an ideology that it represents.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441979Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441979 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Peril: The World’s Most Feared Terror Group and its Shadow on South Asia Author: Kabir Taneja Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441979 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Peril: The World’s Most Feared Terror Group and its Shadow on South Asia Author: Kabir Taneja Narrator: Abhishek Ajay Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As early as 2014, after the fall of Mosul, maps of ISIS showing a desire to take over South Asia started to appear on social media. But how far has that borne fruit? Or has it always been more of an ill-conceived chimera? One of the shortcomings of our understanding of ISIS in India-and indeed in South Asia-is that neither the media nor the public discourse seems to know what ISIS itself is. The militant group has eclipsed Al Qaeda to become the most feared terror group in the West, and it continues to expand its influence, despite losing the territory it had captured. And yet, its shadow on South Asia has not been grasped quite as clearly. In The ISIS Peril, Kabir Taneja explores the psychology of South Asian jihadists through the discussion on various narratives from Kashmir to Kerala, the Islamic State's online propaganda strategies by way of Twitter, Facebook and Telegram, leading to the radicalization and subsequent recruitment of the youth, to the Holey Bakery attack in Bangladesh in 2016 and the Easter weekend bombings in Sri Lanka in 2019. Based on detailed and rare primary sources, Taneja uncovers the ideological underpinnings of the jihadist movement in South Asia, and in the process, not only exposes its fault lines but also highlights the challenges in defeating not just the world's most feared terror group but something more powerful, an ideology that it represents.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/midnight-s-machines-a-political-history-of-technology-in-india-by-arun-mohan-sukumar--65208156https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Midnight's Machines: A Political History of Technology in India Author: Arun Mohan Sukumar Narrator: Gaurav Marwahi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every Prime Minister of independent India has guided, if not personally overseen, one prized portfolio: technology. If, in the early years, Nehru and his scientist-advisors retained an iron grip on it, subsequent governments created a bureaucracy that managed everything from the country's crown jewels-its nuclear and space programmes-to solar stoves and mechanized bullock carts. But a lesser-known political project began on 15 August 1947: the Indian state's undertaking to influence what the citizens thought about technology and its place in society. Beneath its soaring rhetoric on the virtues or vices of technology, the state buried a grim reality: India's inability to develop it at home. The political class sent contradictory signals to the general public. On the one hand, they were asked to develop a scientific temper, on the other, to be wary of becoming enslaved to technology; to be thrilled by the spectacle of a space launch while embracing jugaad, frugal innovation, and the art of 'thinking small'. To mask its failure at building computers, the Indian state decried them in the seventies as expensive, job-guzzling machines. When it urged citizens to welcome them the next decade, the government was, unsurprisingly, met with fierce resistance. From Jawaharlal Nehru to Narendra Modi, India's political leadership has tried its best to modernize the nation through technology, but on its own terms and with little success. In this engaging and panoramic history spanning the arc of modern India from the post-War years to present day, Arun Mohan Sukumar gives us the long view with a reasoned, occasionally provocative standpoint, using a lens that's wide enough for the frame it encompasses. With compelling arguments drawn from archival public records and open-source reportage, he unearths the reasons why India embraced or rejected new technologies, giving us a new way to understand and appreciate the individual moments that brought the country into the twenty-first century.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441977Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Midnight's Machines: A Political History of Technology in India Author: Arun Mohan Sukumar Narrator: Gaurav Marwahi Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Midnight's Machines: A Political History of Technology in India Author: Arun Mohan Sukumar Narrator: Gaurav Marwahi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every Prime Minister of independent India has guided, if not personally overseen, one prized portfolio: technology. If, in the early years, Nehru and his scientist-advisors retained an iron grip on it, subsequent governments created a bureaucracy that managed everything from the country's crown jewels-its nuclear and space programmes-to solar stoves and mechanized bullock carts. But a lesser-known political project began on 15 August 1947: the Indian state's undertaking to influence what the citizens thought about technology and its place in society. Beneath its soaring rhetoric on the virtues or vices of technology, the state buried a grim reality: India's inability to develop it at home. The political class sent contradictory signals to the general public. On the one hand, they were asked to develop a scientific temper, on the other, to be wary of becoming enslaved to technology; to be thrilled by the spectacle of a space launch while embracing jugaad, frugal innovation, and the art of 'thinking small'. To mask its failure at building computers, the Indian state decried them in the seventies as expensive, job-guzzling machines. When it urged citizens to welcome them the next decade, the government was, unsurprisingly, met with fierce resistance. From Jawaharlal Nehru to Narendra Modi, India's political leadership has tried its best to modernize the nation through technology, but on its own terms and with little success. In this engaging and panoramic history spanning the arc of modern India from the post-War years to present day, Arun Mohan Sukumar gives us the long view with a reasoned, occasionally provocative standpoint, using a lens that's wide enough for the frame it encompasses. With compelling arguments drawn from archival public records and open-source reportage, he unearths the reasons why India embraced or rejected new technologies, giving us a new way to understand and appreciate the individual moments that brought the country into the twenty-first century.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-in-america-by-alexis-de-tocqueville--65208221https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438989 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: Peter Wickham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sent by the French government to examine the American prison system, Alexis de Tocqueville spent nine months touring the United States between 1831 and 1832. However, fascinated by the success of America's democratic system, de Tocqueville took advantage of his stay to examine the country's foundations and glean ideas that might rescue his homeland from the manacles of social inequality. He leaves no stone unturned, exploring each branch of government, the constitution, economics, religion, race, the judiciary, laws, principles, education, culture, and views on wealth and poverty. Many of his observations have been praised for their prescience and foresight, and many are still relevant, offering fresh and piercing insights into American life today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438989Wed, 01 Apr 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438989 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: Peter Wickham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 17 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438989 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: Peter Wickham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sent by the French government to examine the American prison system, Alexis de Tocqueville spent nine months touring the United States between 1831 and 1832. However, fascinated by the success of America's democratic system, de Tocqueville took advantage of his stay to examine the country's foundations and glean ideas that might rescue his homeland from the manacles of social inequality. He leaves no stone unturned, exploring each branch of government, the constitution, economics, religion, race, the judiciary, laws, principles, education, culture, and views on wealth and poverty. Many of his observations have been praised for their prescience and foresight, and many are still relevant, offering fresh and piercing insights into American life today.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/reflections-on-the-revolution-in-france-by-edmund-burke--65208211https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438988 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections on the Revolution in France Author: Edmund Burke Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written in the form of a letter to a Frenchman, Edmund Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France is an impassioned attack on the French Revolution and its hasty destruction of the Church, the old elites and the Crown. Burke tackles the new republic and its allegiance to principles such as liberty and equality, as well as its failure to recognize the complexities of human nature, society, and wisdom accumulated over time, contending that gradual change and adjustment is far better than immediate upheaval. Burke's treatise later became the target of Thomas Paine's own reflections on the French Revolution in Rights of Man, a devastating work that predicted more revolutions to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438988Wed, 01 Apr 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438988 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections on the Revolution in France Author: Edmund Burke Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438988 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections on the Revolution in France Author: Edmund Burke Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written in the form of a letter to a Frenchman, Edmund Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France is an impassioned attack on the French Revolution and its hasty destruction of the Church, the old elites and the Crown. Burke tackles the new republic and its allegiance to principles such as liberty and equality, as well as its failure to recognize the complexities of human nature, society, and wisdom accumulated over time, contending that gradual change and adjustment is far better than immediate upheaval. Burke's treatise later became the target of Thomas Paine's own reflections on the French Revolution in Rights of Man, a devastating work that predicted more revolutions to come.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-trial-of-the-edmund-fitzgerald-eyewitness-accounts-from-the-us-coast-guard-hearings-by-michael-schumacher--65208152https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442111 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of the Edmund Fitzgerald: Eyewitness Accounts from the US Coast Guard Hearings Author: Michael Schumacher Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A documentary drawn from testimony at the Coast Guard’s official inquiry looks anew at one of the most storied, and mysterious, shipwrecks in American history The sinking of the Edmund Fitzgerald is one of the most famous shipwreck stories in Great Lakes history. It is also one of maritime lore’s great mysteries, the details of its disappearance as obscure now as on that fateful November day in 1975. The investigation into the wreck, resulting in a controversial final report, generated more than three thousand pages of documentation, a mere fraction of which has been made available to the public. In The Trial of the Edmund Fitzgerald, Michael Schumacher mines this rich resource to produce the first-ever documentary account, a companion to his popular narrative Mighty Fitz: The Sinking of the Edmund Fitzgerald. In the words of search and rescue personnel, ship designers and inspectors, scientists and naval engineers, former crewmen of the Fitz and the Arthur M. Anderson (the nearby ore carrier that captured the damaged vessel’s last communications), The Trial of the Edmund Fitzgerald recreates the doomed ore boat’s final minutes, the suspense of the search and rescue operations, and the drama of the subsequent Coast Guard inquiry. From the Anderson’s captain and first mate we hear reports of the Fitzgerald taking on water in the fierce storm near Michipicoten and Caribou Islands, losing its radar, and stating, finally, famously, “We are holding our own.” We follow the investigation, the speculation, and expert testimony to a problematic conclusion—countered by an alternate theory that the Anderson’s captain maintained to his dying day. By declaring the Edmund Fitzgerald an official gravesite, Canada closed the wreck to further exploration. But here the exploration continues, providing a unique, and uniquely enlightening, perspective on this unforgettable episode in America’s maritime history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442111Tue, 24 Mar 2020 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442111 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of the Edmund Fitzgerald: Eyewitness Accounts from the US Coast Guard Hearings Author: Michael Schumacher Narrator: Traber Burns Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442111 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of the Edmund Fitzgerald: Eyewitness Accounts from the US Coast Guard Hearings Author: Michael Schumacher Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A documentary drawn from testimony at the Coast Guard’s official inquiry looks anew at one of the most storied, and mysterious, shipwrecks in American history The sinking of the Edmund Fitzgerald is one of the most famous shipwreck stories in Great Lakes history. It is also one of maritime lore’s great mysteries, the details of its disappearance as obscure now as on that fateful November day in 1975. The investigation into the wreck, resulting in a controversial final report, generated more than three thousand pages of documentation, a mere fraction of which has been made available to the public. In The Trial of the Edmund Fitzgerald, Michael Schumacher mines this rich resource to produce the first-ever documentary account, a companion to his popular narrative Mighty Fitz: The Sinking of the Edmund Fitzgerald. In the words of search and rescue personnel, ship designers and inspectors, scientists and naval engineers, former crewmen of the Fitz and the Arthur M. Anderson (the nearby ore carrier that captured the damaged vessel’s last communications), The Trial of the Edmund Fitzgerald recreates the doomed ore boat’s final minutes, the suspense of the search and rescue operations, and the drama of the subsequent Coast Guard inquiry. From the Anderson’s captain and first mate we hear reports of the Fitzgerald taking on water in the fierce storm near Michipicoten and Caribou Islands, losing its radar, and stating, finally, famously, “We are holding our own.” We follow the investigation, the speculation, and expert testimony to a problematic conclusion—countered by an alternate theory that the Anderson’s captain maintained to his dying day. By declaring the Edmund Fitzgerald an official gravesite, Canada closed the wreck to further exploration. But here the exploration continues, providing a unique, and uniquely enlightening, perspective on this unforgettable episode in America’s maritime history.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-american-constitution-101-by-david-l-hudson--65208161https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443495 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Constitution 101 Author: David L. Hudson Narrator: David L. Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 3.64 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A captivating 24-lecture audio series on the U.S. Constitution by award-winning law professor David L. Hudson Jr. Written more than two hundred years ago, the Constitution remains the backbone of American government and an example of freedom and democracy the world over. Once called the "Miracle at Philadelphia," it remains America's vital governing force today. Join Prof. Hudson to learn how and why this foundational document came to be and how it has been interpreted and applied to all facets of American life. As Janis Adams Kyser, Director of the Tennessee Center for Civic Learning and Engagement, writes, "His true gift is educating students, educators, professors, and citizens on the US Constitution, Bill of Rights, and American liberties.... I could write for hours about the qualities of David Hudson." Your audio course will begin in the summer of 1787, as the Founding Fathers met to revise the Articles of Confederation, then explore the ratification process and James Madison's championing of the Bill of Rights. After considering pivotal moments in constitutional history, including later amendments and influential periods of the Supreme Court, you'll explore contemporary ramifications of the First Amendment as well as the articles of impeachment. Through captivating lectures, you'll not only learn how the Constitution was formed, but travel through history to see how it has shaped U.S. politics ever since. You'll see powerful examples of how the Constitution ensured that the United States would be governed by the rule of law. After listening to this series, you'll have a greater appreciation for the sweaty work that forged the Constitution, as well as the document's role throughout U.S. history. Don't miss this chance to engage more fully with the work that changed the United States forever. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443495Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443495 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Constitution 101 Author: David L. Hudson Narrator: David L. Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443495 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Constitution 101 Author: David L. Hudson Narrator: David L. Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 3.64 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A captivating 24-lecture audio series on the U.S. Constitution by award-winning law professor David L. Hudson Jr. Written more than two hundred years ago, the Constitution remains the backbone of American government and an example of freedom and democracy the world over. Once called the "Miracle at Philadelphia," it remains America's vital governing force today. Join Prof. Hudson to learn how and why this foundational document came to be and how it has been interpreted and applied to all facets of American life. As Janis Adams Kyser, Director of the Tennessee Center for Civic Learning and Engagement, writes, "His true gift is educating students, educators, professors, and citizens on the US Constitution, Bill of Rights, and American liberties.... I could write for hours about the qualities of David Hudson." Your audio course will begin in the summer of 1787, as the Founding Fathers met to revise the Articles of Confederation, then explore the ratification process and James Madison's championing of the Bill of Rights. After considering pivotal moments in constitutional history, including later amendments and influential periods of the Supreme Court, you'll explore contemporary ramifications of the First Amendment as well as the articles of impeachment. Through captivating lectures, you'll not only learn how the Constitution was formed, but travel through history to see how it has shaped U.S. politics ever since. You'll see powerful examples of how the Constitution ensured that the United States would be governed by the rule of law. After listening to this series, you'll have a greater appreciation for the sweaty work that forged the Constitution, as well as the document's role throughout U.S. history. Don't miss this chance to engage more fully with the work that changed the United States forever. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/legends-of-the-ring-great-american-boxers-by-david-hudson--65208158https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443469 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legends of the Ring: Great American Boxers Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 4, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive series on America’s boxing greats by a renowned boxing expert, author of over 40 books, and world-champion boxing judge. The bare-knuckle boxer John L. Sullivan in the late 1800s, the ferocious fists of “Iron” Mike Tyson in the 1980s, the culture shock of the legendary Jack Johnson, the worldwide phenomenon of Muhammad Ali—the sport of boxing has shaped American culture for more than a century. No sport is more enthralling than boxing—called “the noble art” and the “sweet science.” As famed boxing announcer Larry Merchant once noted, boxing is the “theater of the unexpected.” Its storied history has seen momentous bouts, the breakdown of racial barriers, and fights of the century.  In this thrilling 18-part audio series, the inimitable David L. Hudson, Jr., takes you on a thrilling ringside ride. You’ll explore the rich history of the sport, its greatest heavyweight champions, controversial decisions, historic upsets, and much more.   Along the way, you will hear the sagas of such luminaries as Jack Johnson, Joe Louis, Jersey Joe Walcott, Sugar Ray Robinson, Floyd Mayweather, Oscar De La Hoya, Sugar Ray Leonard, Rocky Marciano, Muhammad Ali, Joe Frazier, George Foreman, and Mike Tyson. Other lectures include segments on controversial decisions, great ring tragedies, ring weirdness, and bare-knuckle boxing.  You don’t want to miss this revelatory, no-holds-barred exploration of boxing.  This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443469Wed, 04 Sep 2019 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443469 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legends of the Ring: Great American Boxers Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443469 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legends of the Ring: Great American Boxers Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 4, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive series on America’s boxing greats by a renowned boxing expert, author of over 40 books, and world-champion boxing judge. The bare-knuckle boxer John L. Sullivan in the late 1800s, the ferocious fists of “Iron” Mike Tyson in the 1980s, the culture shock of the legendary Jack Johnson, the worldwide phenomenon of Muhammad Ali—the sport of boxing has shaped American culture for more than a century. No sport is more enthralling than boxing—called “the noble art” and the “sweet science.” As famed boxing announcer Larry Merchant once noted, boxing is the “theater of the unexpected.” Its storied history has seen momentous bouts, the breakdown of racial barriers, and fights of the century.  In this thrilling 18-part audio series, the inimitable David L. Hudson, Jr., takes you on a thrilling ringside ride. You’ll explore the rich history of the sport, its greatest heavyweight champions, controversial decisions, historic upsets, and much more.   Along the way, you will hear the sagas of such luminaries as Jack Johnson, Joe Louis, Jersey Joe Walcott, Sugar Ray Robinson, Floyd Mayweather, Oscar De La Hoya, Sugar Ray Leonard, Rocky Marciano, Muhammad Ali, Joe Frazier, George Foreman, and Mike Tyson. Other lectures include segments on controversial decisions, great ring tragedies, ring weirdness, and bare-knuckle boxing.  You don’t want to miss this revelatory, no-holds-barred exploration of boxing.  This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/landmark-supreme-court-decisions-and-how-they-impact-your-life-by-david-hudson--65208207https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landmark Supreme Court Decisions and How They Impact Your Life Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How has the Supreme Court impacted your life? Can the police search your emails? What made desegregation possible? Who is entitled to equal protection under the law? What are your essential rights and freedoms? What are the government's responsibilities and limits? 16 Supreme Court cases have played an outsized role in answering these vital questions. You may know many by name - like Brown v. Board of Education, Roe v. Wade, and Marbury v. Madison. But who were the people involved, and what issues were at stake? How have your life and your country changed because of these decisions? Join award-winning professor David L. Hudson on a riveting journey through these 16 monumental decisions. You will come away with a better understanding of American history, the legal system, and your individual freedoms. And you will enjoy each step, replete with vivid stories, along your way. A legal scholar with over 40 books to his name, Prof. Hudson also happens to be a judge - of professional boxing. You'll find that his lectures take after his own refreshing blend of knowledgeability on the one hand and liveliness on the other. By the end of the course, you will have gained a deep understanding of some of the Court's landmark decisions. You will also better understand how the Supreme Court actually works, and what its role might be for our future as a nation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941Mon, 24 Jun 2019 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landmark Supreme Court Decisions and How They Impact Your Life Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landmark Supreme Court Decisions and How They Impact Your Life Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How has the Supreme Court impacted your life? Can the police search your emails? What made desegregation possible? Who is entitled to equal protection under the law? What are your essential rights and freedoms? What are the government's responsibilities and limits? 16 Supreme Court cases have played an outsized role in answering these vital questions. You may know many by name - like Brown v. Board of Education, Roe v. Wade, and Marbury v. Madison. But who were the people involved, and what issues were at stake? How have your life and your country changed because of these decisions? Join award-winning professor David L. Hudson on a riveting journey through these 16 monumental decisions. You will come away with a better understanding of American history, the legal system, and your individual freedoms. And you will enjoy each step, replete with vivid stories, along your way. A legal scholar with over 40 books to his name, Prof. Hudson also happens to be a judge - of professional boxing. You'll find that his lectures take after his own refreshing blend of knowledgeability on the one hand and liveliness on the other. By the end of the course, you will have gained a deep understanding of some of the Court's landmark decisions. You will also better understand how the Supreme Court actually works, and what its role might be for our future as a nation.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bill-of-rights-understanding-constitution-and-your-freedoms-by-david-hudson--65208148https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bill of Rights: Understanding Constitution and Your Freedoms Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 4, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From free speech to fair trials, many of your rights as an American are guaranteed by the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution. Known as the Bill of Rights, this enduring document-along with its interpretation-continues to inspire debate and shape our lives. But if you're like most Americans, you haven't had a chance to explore the Constitution and its fascinating history since you were a teenager. Now, The Bill of Rights: Understanding the Constitution and Your Freedoms offers you an engaging and accessible refresher led by a legal scholar and expert on the Bill of Rights. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor David L. Hudson, Jr. , you'll begin by examining the historic development of the Bill of Rights. Then you'll turn your attention to the freedoms found in its pages. Throughout the course, Prof. Hudson uses contemporary examples to help you grasp the meaning and implications of your individual liberties. In 19 lectures, you'll explore the deeper meaning of those liberties. Some of the most famous include freedom of speech, freedom of religion, and the right to keep and bear arms. Others you may be less familiar with include freedom of assembly, freedom to petition the government for a redress of grievances, freedom from double jeopardy, and the right to a grand jury. Don't just know your rights. For an enjoyable, memorable, and illuminating discussion of what Madison once called "the Great Rights of Mankind," look no further. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443497Mon, 04 Feb 2019 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bill of Rights: Understanding Constitution and Your Freedoms Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bill of Rights: Understanding Constitution and Your Freedoms Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 4, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From free speech to fair trials, many of your rights as an American are guaranteed by the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution. Known as the Bill of Rights, this enduring document-along with its interpretation-continues to inspire debate and shape our lives. But if you're like most Americans, you haven't had a chance to explore the Constitution and its fascinating history since you were a teenager. Now, The Bill of Rights: Understanding the Constitution and Your Freedoms offers you an engaging and accessible refresher led by a legal scholar and expert on the Bill of Rights. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor David L. Hudson, Jr. , you'll begin by examining the historic development of the Bill of Rights. Then you'll turn your attention to the freedoms found in its pages. Throughout the course, Prof. Hudson uses contemporary examples to help you grasp the meaning and implications of your individual liberties. In 19 lectures, you'll explore the deeper meaning of those liberties. Some of the most famous include freedom of speech, freedom of religion, and the right to keep and bear arms. Others you may be less familiar with include freedom of assembly, freedom to petition the government for a redress of grievances, freedom from double jeopardy, and the right to a grand jury. Don't just know your rights. For an enjoyable, memorable, and illuminating discussion of what Madison once called "the Great Rights of Mankind," look no further. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/free-speech-101-expression-and-the-american-constitution-by-david-hudson--65208195https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435953 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech 101: Expression and the American Constitution Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Free speech lies at the heart of our American identity. The Founding Fathers enshrined this right in the first 45 words of the Bill of Rights. But what does the First Amendment really mean? How have views of its provisions evolved since 1791? The First Amendment grants us freedom of religion and the press, as well as the rights to petition and peaceful assembly. But perhaps no doctrine is as important to liberty as the freedom of speech. In this 12-lecture audio course, First Amendment expert Professor David L. Hudson, Jr., leads you on a gripping tour of free speech law in the United States. Holding it up as a blueprint for personal liberty, you will examine the history of the First Amendment as well as the terminology and theories that undergird it. Freedom of speech encompasses all manner of expression, both verbal and non-verbal. Through a close reading of the Free Speech Clause and a recap of the Founding Fathers’ historical moment, you''ll see why it was and continues to be a cornerstone of American culture. In five hours, this succinct and brilliantly-taught course gives you the opportunity to comprehend the historical, legal, and philosophical basis for one of your most vital rights. You will better understand current free speech debates and gain valuable insight into the First Amendment''s future. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435953Mon, 08 Oct 2018 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435953 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech 101: Expression and the American Constitution Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435953 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech 101: Expression and the American Constitution Author: David Hudson Narrator: David Hudson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Free speech lies at the heart of our American identity. The Founding Fathers enshrined this right in the first 45 words of the Bill of Rights. But what does the First Amendment really mean? How have views of its provisions evolved since 1791? The First Amendment grants us freedom of religion and the press, as well as the rights to petition and peaceful assembly. But perhaps no doctrine is as important to liberty as the freedom of speech. In this 12-lecture audio course, First Amendment expert Professor David L. Hudson, Jr., leads you on a gripping tour of free speech law in the United States. Holding it up as a blueprint for personal liberty, you will examine the history of the First Amendment as well as the terminology and theories that undergird it. Freedom of speech encompasses all manner of expression, both verbal and non-verbal. Through a close reading of the Free Speech Clause and a recap of the Founding Fathers’ historical moment, you''ll see why it was and continues to be a cornerstone of American culture. In five hours, this succinct and brilliantly-taught course gives you the opportunity to comprehend the historical, legal, and philosophical basis for one of your most vital rights. You will better understand current free speech debates and gain valuable insight into the First Amendment''s future. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/moral-theology-a-catholic-s-guide-to-living-the-good-life-by-dennis-j-billy--65208223https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435979 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Theology: A Catholic's Guide to Living the Good Life Author: Dennis J. Billy Narrator: Dennis J. Billy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 4, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Taught by one of Catholicism's most esteemed professors, this course will help you live a better life.   Fr. Dennis Billy holds three doctorate degrees and has published 40 books, but his humble approach to teaching and quiet wisdom have made him a beloved professor. This audio course not only offers profound reflections on theology and philosophy; it also invites you to deepen your friendship with God.   Central to the work of Aristotle and other great philosophers, the "good life" is one of the most fundamental aspects of humanity's search for meaning. Now you can explore the good life in the Catholic tradition. In the process, you'll strengthen your relationships with others and find greater personal purpose.   After exploring how the Trinity imbues life with meaning, you'll reflect upon conscience and how it helps us discern between good and evil. You'll also turn to Scripture, learning how the Ten Commandments and Beatitudes provide blueprints for the good life.   Following an in-depth study of the cardinal and theological virtues, you'll see how prayer can help you overcome evil and how living in the Spirit leads to happiness. Finally, you'll explore the threefold path of purgation, illumination, and transforming union.   The Good Life: A Course on Moral Theology will inspire and guide you. Begin this essential journey today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435979Fri, 04 Nov 2016 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435979 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Theology: A Catholic's Guide to Living the Good Life Author: Dennis J. Billy Narrator: Dennis J. Billy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435979 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Theology: A Catholic's Guide to Living the Good Life Author: Dennis J. Billy Narrator: Dennis J. Billy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 4, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Taught by one of Catholicism's most esteemed professors, this course will help you live a better life.   Fr. Dennis Billy holds three doctorate degrees and has published 40 books, but his humble approach to teaching and quiet wisdom have made him a beloved professor. This audio course not only offers profound reflections on theology and philosophy; it also invites you to deepen your friendship with God.   Central to the work of Aristotle and other great philosophers, the "good life" is one of the most fundamental aspects of humanity's search for meaning. Now you can explore the good life in the Catholic tradition. In the process, you'll strengthen your relationships with others and find greater personal purpose.   After exploring how the Trinity imbues life with meaning, you'll reflect upon conscience and how it helps us discern between good and evil. You'll also turn to Scripture, learning how the Ten Commandments and Beatitudes provide blueprints for the good life.   Following an in-depth study of the cardinal and theological virtues, you'll see how prayer can help you overcome evil and how living in the Spirit leads to happiness. Finally, you'll explore the threefold path of purgation, illumination, and transforming union.   The Good Life: A Course on Moral Theology will inspire and guide you. Begin this essential journey today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/introduction-to-christian-mysticism-by-harvey-d-egan--65208238https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435960 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Introduction to Christian Mysticism Author: Harvey D. Egan Narrator: Harvey D. Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 7, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Join one of the world's leading experts on Christian mysticism in his masterpiece audio course. These 12 inspiring audio lectures will captivate your mind and stir your spirit. The mystics show us the deepest recesses of the human spirit. Now, this remarkable series gives you the rare opportunity to take one of the world's leading experts on mysticism as your personal guide. Boston College's Fr. Harvey Egan draws on 50 years of teaching the Christian mystics. Brilliantly taught, his lectures are filled with faithful insights. Under his guidance, you will explore the mystical life by focusing upon 11 significant figures. You will begin with Ignatius of Loyola and his finding of God in all things before looking at the "apophatic" mysticism of the Cloud of Unknowing. Next, you will explore the classical mysticisms of Teresa of Avila, John of the Cross, and Catherine of Siena, whom many consider to be the apex of the mystical tradition. You will also encounter the visionary mysticism of Julian of Norwich. You will discover the captivating mysticism of Francis de Sales, Angela of Foligno, and Karl Rahner. Finally, after considering Pierre Teilhard de Chardin's cosmic mysticism, you will be moved by Mother Teresa of Calcutta. Let the great mystics of our tradition speak to you today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a PDF study guide.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435960Wed, 07 Sep 2016 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435960 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Introduction to Christian Mysticism Author: Harvey D. Egan Narrator: Harvey D. Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435960 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Introduction to Christian Mysticism Author: Harvey D. Egan Narrator: Harvey D. Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 7, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Join one of the world's leading experts on Christian mysticism in his masterpiece audio course. These 12 inspiring audio lectures will captivate your mind and stir your spirit. The mystics show us the deepest recesses of the human spirit. Now, this remarkable series gives you the rare opportunity to take one of the world's leading experts on mysticism as your personal guide. Boston College's Fr. Harvey Egan draws on 50 years of teaching the Christian mystics. Brilliantly taught, his lectures are filled with faithful insights. Under his guidance, you will explore the mystical life by focusing upon 11 significant figures. You will begin with Ignatius of Loyola and his finding of God in all things before looking at the "apophatic" mysticism of the Cloud of Unknowing. Next, you will explore the classical mysticisms of Teresa of Avila, John of the Cross, and Catherine of Siena, whom many consider to be the apex of the mystical tradition. You will also encounter the visionary mysticism of Julian of Norwich. You will discover the captivating mysticism of Francis de Sales, Angela of Foligno, and Karl Rahner. Finally, after considering Pierre Teilhard de Chardin's cosmic mysticism, you will be moved by Mother Teresa of Calcutta. Let the great mystics of our tradition speak to you today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a PDF study guide.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-america-understanding-the-declaration-of-independence-and-the-constitution-by-jeffrey-sikkenga--65208096https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448092 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Is America? Understanding the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution Author: Jeffrey Sikkenga Narrator: Jeffrey Sikkenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Real education is about pursuing great questions, and the goal of this course is to pursue the most important question for us as citizens: namely, “What are the fundamental principles of America’s Founding?” This is the course you always wish you had taken when you were an undergrad. Professor Sikkenga, a skilled teacher, who passionately ascribes to the founding principles that make America great, expertly teaches you the history of the founding documents in 18 erudite lectures. More than ever before, Americans are reclaiming our national identity based on these founding principles. Through this course, you will explore what defines us as Americans, especially the fundamental principles embodied in our founding documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. From these lively lectures, you will understand the Declaration and Constitution as never before. How and why were the critical sections written? What principles do they enshrine and how do these principles define the limits of government and the rights and freedoms that make us American. Understanding the answers to these questions has never been so vitally important. In a time when the limits of government power and individual freedoms are being tested, it is essential to understand how our founding fathers meant for these documents to steer a right path towards freedom and prosperity. Join Professor Jeffrey Sikkenga, Associate Professor at Ashland University, in exploring the rights and freedoms that the founding fathers granted us in these two great documents, the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. You will love this course. “We are not afraid to follow truth wherever it may lead, nor to tolerate any error so long as reason is left free to combat it.” -Thomas Jefferson]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448092Mon, 04 Jul 2011 01:22:22 +0000Tomas ReichertPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448092 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Is America? Understanding the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution Author: Jeffrey Sikkenga Narrator: Jeffrey Sikkenga Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448092 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Is America? Understanding the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution Author: Jeffrey Sikkenga Narrator: Jeffrey Sikkenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Real education is about pursuing great questions, and the goal of this course is to pursue the most important question for us as citizens: namely, “What are the fundamental principles of America’s Founding?” This is the course you always wish you had taken when you were an undergrad. Professor Sikkenga, a skilled teacher, who passionately ascribes to the founding principles that make America great, expertly teaches you the history of the founding documents in 18 erudite lectures. More than ever before, Americans are reclaiming our national identity based on these founding principles. Through this course, you will explore what defines us as Americans, especially the fundamental principles embodied in our founding documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. From these lively lectures, you will understand the Declaration and Constitution as never before. How and why were the critical sections written? What principles do they enshrine and how do these principles define the limits of government and the rights and freedoms that make us American. Understanding the answers to these questions has never been so vitally important. In a time when the limits of government power and individual freedoms are being tested, it is essential to understand how our founding fathers meant for these documents to steer a right path towards freedom and prosperity. Join Professor Jeffrey Sikkenga, Associate Professor at Ashland University, in exploring the rights and freedoms that the founding fathers granted us in these two great documents, the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. You will love this course. “We are not afraid to follow truth wherever it may lead, nor to tolerate any error so long as reason is left free to combat it.” -Thomas Jefferson]]>305cleanfull